Bitdefender Total Security 2010 User's Guide
Advertisement
Advertisement
User's guide
Copyright© 2009 BitDefender
BitDefender Total Security 2010
BitDefender Total Security 2010
User's guide
Published 2009.07.02
Copyright© 2009 BitDefender
Legal Notice
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without written permission from an authorized representative of BitDefender. The inclusion of brief quotations in reviews may be possible only with the mention of the quoted source. The content can not be modified in any way.
Warning and Disclaimer. This product and its documentation are protected by copyright. The information in this document is provided on an “as is” basis, without warranty. Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, the authors will not have any liability to any person or entity with respect to any loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by the information contained in this work.
This book contains links to third-party Websites that are not under the control of BitDefender, therefore BitDefender is not responsible for the content of any linked site. If you access a third-party website listed in this document, you will do so at your own risk. BitDefender provides these links only as a convenience, and the inclusion of the link does not imply that BitDefender endorses or accepts any responsibility for the content of the third-party site.
Trademarks. Trademark names may appear in this book. All registered and unregistered trademarks in this document are the sole property of their respective owners, and are respectfully acknowledged.
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Each man has his price Bob
And yours was pretty low
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Table of Contents
Installation and Removal .............................................. 1
3.1.1. Step 1/2 - Register BitDefender Total Security 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Getting Started ......................................................... 21
iv
BitDefender Total Security 2010
v
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Intermediate Mode ................................................... 128
16.1.2. Adding Computers to the BitDefender Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Expert Mode ........................................................... 154
vi
BitDefender Total Security 2010
vii
BitDefender Total Security 2010
20.7.2. Managing Instant Messaging (IM) Control Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
viii
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Integration into Windows and Third-Party Software ........ 343
ix
BitDefender Total Security 2010
31. Integration into Windows Contextual Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
33. Integration into Instant Messenger Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
34.1.4. Step 4/6 - Train Bayesian Filter with Legitimate Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
How To ................................................................... 369
Troubleshooting and Getting Help ............................... 380
39.3. File and Printer Sharing in Wi-Fi (Wireless) Network Does Not Work . . . . . . . . 384
39.4.1. Legitimate Messages Are Marked as [spam] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
x
BitDefender Total Security 2010
39.4.3. Antispam Filter Does Not Detect Any Spam Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
BitDefender Rescue CD ............................................. 399
xi
BitDefender Total Security 2010
License and Warranty
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DO NOT INSTALL THE
SOFTWARE. BY SELECTING "I ACCEPT", "OK", "CONTINUE", "YES" OR BY INSTALLING
OR USING THE SOFTWARE IN ANY WAY, YOU ARE INDICATING YOUR COMPLETE
UNDERSTANDING AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.
PRODUCT REGISTRATION. By accepting this Agreement, You agree to register Your
Software, using “My account”, as a condition of Your use of the Software (receiving updates) and Your right to Maintenance. This control helps ensure that the Software operates only on validly licensed Computers and that validly licensed end users receive Maintenance services. Registration requires a valid product serial number and a valid email address for renewal and other notices.
These Terms cover BITDEFENDER Solutions and Services with the Back-up Services included, for home-users licensed to you, including related documentation and any update and upgrade of the applications delivered to you under the purchased license or any related service agreement as defined in the documentation and any copy of these items.
This License Agreement is a legal agreement between you (either an individual or a legal person) and BITDEFENDER for use of BITDEFENDER’s software product identified above, which includes computer software and services, and may include associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation
(hereafter designated as "BitDefender"), all of which are protected by international copyright laws and international treaties. By installing, copying or using BitDefender, you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.
If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement, do not install or use BitDefender.
BitDefender License. BitDefender is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties.
BitDefender is licensed, not sold.
GRANT OF LICENSE. BITDEFENDER hereby grants you and only you the following non-exclusive, limited, non assignable, non-transferable, non-sublicensable and royalty-bearing license to use BitDefender.
APPLICATION SOFTWARE. You may install and use BitDefender, on as many computers as necessary with the limitation imposed by the total number of licensed users. You may make one additional copy for back-up purpose.
DESKTOP USER LICENSE. This license applies to BitDefender software that can be installed on a single computer and which does not provide network services. Each primary user may install this software on a single computer and may make one additional copy for backup on a different device. The number of primary users allowed is the number of the users of the license.
TERMS OF USE FOR BACK-UP SERVICES.
License and Warranty xii
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. The Service is made available by the Licensor to you during the period of any free trial of the Service, and for the period when you maintain a paid subscription to the Service. Use of the Service consists of you, as Subscriber to the Service, electronically transmitting encrypted computer data (Data) via the Software over the Internet into a location (the Location) maintained by the Licensor or the
Licensor’s Associates, and of the storing of that encrypted computer Data at that
Location, and should retrieval of that Data be required, of you retrieving a copy of the said Data.
You acknowledge that for backups to occur on a daily automatic basis as intended, your computer must be turned on, powered up, and connected to the internet.
Prior to the transmission of your data, the data is encrypted, and is stored by the
Licensor or the Licensor’s Associates as encrypted data (Data). During recovery, the Data is de-encrypted by the Software to restore your data to your computer.
2. Payment. Upon your complete installation of the Software, you shall be allowed to use the Service free of charge for the number of days indicated when you downloaded the Software (hereinafter referred to as the "Evaluation Period").
After the expiry of the Evaluation Period, if you continue to use the Service, you shall automatically be charged all applicable fees for the Service based upon the subscription rate for the subscription selected by you.
Charges for the use of the Service are based on the size of the account selected by you, and on the duration of the Service selected by you.
Unless otherwise agreed, you will pay in advance any subscription or fees and other charges incurred by you for the use of the Service at the subscription rates in effect for the billing period in which those charges are incurred.
For situations where credit card payment is utilized, you shall maintain a current authorization for the Licensor to debit your Credit Card account for such amounts as become due from time to time, so that you can continue a paid up subscription to the Service.
For situations where your Credit Card issuing financial institution has been notified of a payment dispute, you agrees that proof by the Licensor of Service usage by you constitutes the yours authorization to submit a payment request to the Credit
Card issuing financial institution.
If you do not hold credit cards, the Licensor may choose to bill you through an invoice, in which case full payment for invoices issued in any given month must be received by the Licensor within the number of days stated on the invoice from the date shown on the invoice, failing which the Service may be suspended or terminated.
If the your account is not paid in accordance with the agreed payment terms
(which generally means for fee-paying subscriptions that the subscription is paid
License and Warranty xiii
BitDefender Total Security 2010 in advance) for any period, the Licensor may, in addition to any other rights, at its sole discretion and without notice to you: a. (a) suspend the obligation of the Licensor to perform under this Agreement, and deny you access to and use of the Service until your subscription is back in good standing, or b. (b) terminate your access to and use of the Service.
From time to time the Licensor may offer special promotional or free trial offers at the Licensor’s discretion, and the Licensor reserves the right to discontinue or modify those offers at the Licensor’s sole discretion. Any free trial offer entitles a new Subscriber to a one-time free trial usage of the Service. Free trial terms may vary from offer to offer. At the end of the free trial period, if you continue to use the Service, you may be automatically subscribed, and if so, if you have provided credit card details to the Licensor, the Licensor may bill your credit card for the fees to the Service plan selected by you. You wish to terminate the Service at the end of the free trial period, and do not want to subscribe to the Service, you must cancel the free trial Service before the end of the free trial period. To cancel your Service, follow the instructions set out in the Software.
3. PERMITTED USES
You are hereby authorized to use the Service for a maximum of the storage capacity (specified in megabytes) as paid for by you to the Licensor according to the subscription rates published by the Licensor from time to time.
If you require additional storage, you may purchase additional subscriptions for services, or may change your account size by contacting the Licensor and agreeing to pay a higher subscription rate.
You may use the Service on more than one computer, and may install the Software on your computer, or on multiple computers, or on a network of computers.
4. USES NOT PERMITTED
You acknowledge that although the Service is intended for use with a network of computers, the Service is not intended for backing up files on servers.
You may not use the Software or the Service in any manner which is illegal.
5. ILLEGAL USE
You shall not use the Service for storage, possession, or transmission of any information, (including without limitation, stolen materials, obscene materials, or child pornography) the possession, creation, or transmission of which violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, or is defamatory, libelous, unlawfully threatening, or unlawfully harassing, is obscene, or indecent in violation of applicable law, or to propagate any viruses, worms, Trojans, or other programming intended to damage any computer, computer system, or computer data, or to
License and Warranty xiv
BitDefender Total Security 2010 use the Software or the Service in any manner that may injure any party or property in any way whatsoever.
6. SIGNUP INFORMATION AND PRIVACY POLICY
All use by the Licensor of personal information collected from you through, or associated with your subscription to the Service shall be undertaken in accordance with the Licensor’s privacy policy which will be in accordance with any applicable privacy legislation from time to time.
To use the Service, you must provide certain limited information about you (your
Details) at the sign-up stage, and you agree that your Details will be current, complete, and accurate, and that through the Software, you will maintain and update your Details in your details section from time to time to keep those Details current, complete, and accurate. You shall provide the Licensor with a current physical (street) address and Internet e-mail address for future communications and shall notify the Licensor of any change of address.
Your Details may include credit card information relating to you. Upon supplying credit card information to the Licensor to pay for a subscription to the Service, you hereby grant permission to the Licensor to verify your personal information, including all information pertaining to the credit card with the appropriate credit agency and/or other relevant entity.
If the Licensor discovers that any of your Details is inaccurate, incomplete, or not current, including in particular, the credit card information, the Licensor may terminate your right to access to the Service after 30 day’s notice given to you by at least two emails sent to you at the most recent email address provided by you to the Licensor.
By entering into this Agreement you consent to the Licensor collecting and retaining information about you, including your name, your address, your email address, and your credit card information on the basis that such information is used only in relation to the Service, to analyzing data relating to the Service, to providing you with information relating to the Service, and to your obligations relating to the Service and this Agreement.
From time to time the Licensor may publish on its website its current Privacy
Policy, and if so, that publication thereof is provided to you as a courtesy for informational purposes only related to the Licensor’s intent at the time of posting that Privacy Policy. From time to time the Licensor may amend its Privacy Policy to comply with changing laws or otherwise. The information in any such Privacy
Policy is the then current statement of intention of the Licensor in relation to its
Privacy Policy, but to the maximum extent allowed by law, the Licensor hereby disclaims the content of any such published Privacy Policy, and disavows any representations, covenants, and warranties contained in any such Privacy Policy.
7. ENCRYPTION AND CONFIDENTIALITY
License and Warranty xv
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Your data stored on the Service is encrypted by the Software with the intention of protecting the privacy of that data which is accessible only to you and other users who have access to your username and password.
The Licensor warrants that in UltraSafe mode your data is encrypted in a manner which prevents the Licensor (and the Licensor’s Associates) from being able to interpret or read your data.
Accordingly, in UltraSafe mode, the Licensor shall not have any capacity, responsibility, or obligation to you , your Designated Users, or other users of the
Service, or to any other party or government body or authority, to monitor, supervise, or oversee the contents of files stored through the Service.
8. YOUR RESPONSIBILITY FOR DATA AND PASSWORDS
You are solely responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of passwords, including restricting the use of your password by your Designated Users. You shall be responsible for all use of the Service accessed through your password.
In UltraSafe mode, the Licensor does not know your password, and accordingly cannot be responsible for providing you with a password in the event of a forgotten password. Without the correct password, your data will remain encrypted and inaccessible.
9. SUBSCRIBER RESPONSIBILITY FOR EQUIPMENT
You are responsible for and must provide all telephone and computer and other equipment and services necessary to access the Service.
You acknowledge that for backups to occur through the Service, your computer must be turned on, powered up, and connected to the Internet.
You acknowledge that the Licensor does not warrant that the Service will function satisfactorily on all computer systems or in conjunction with all computer operating systems, or on all combinations of computers and operating systems.
You acknowledge that your computer system and operating system may not be compatible with the Software or the Service, and or that the functionality and or features and or performance of the Software and or the Service may not suit for you and you adopt full responsibility for all such matters.
10. SUBSCRIBER BEARS ALL RISK
You expressly agree that use of the Software and of the Service is at your sole risk, and you expressly adopt all responsibility for, and risk associated with, the satisfactory or unsatisfactory performance of the Software and the Service. You expressly acknowledge and agree that you are bearing all risk as referred to herein is an essential part of this Agreement and is an essential factor in establishing the price of the Service, and acknowledges that your bearing all risk is an inherent part of the Service and of this Agreement and is inseparable from the Service and unseverable from this Agreement.
License and Warranty xvi
BitDefender Total Security 2010
In particular, you acknowledge that from time to time, the Service may fail or be interrupted for a period for any number of reasons (including for example, without limitation, through power interruption, or hard disc failure, or for periodic system maintenance whether scheduled or unscheduled and whether or not you were given advance notice of such maintenance, or for technical failure of the Software or telecommunications infrastructure, or delay or disruption attributable to viruses, denial of service attacks, increased or fluctuating demand, or for any other reason) and that the Software may function imperfectly or malfunction, and accordingly you acknowledge that it is your responsibility to adopt the level of backup utilities, methods, and services most appropriate to your needs for backup.
11. YOUR RESPONSIBILITY FOR BACKUP NEEDS AND BEST PRACTICE
You acknowledge that the Service may not meet your requirements which are personal to your circumstances and expectations.
You will maintain a primary electronic file of all materials stored through the
Service and acknowledges that you should not utilize the Service as a substitute for primary electronic file maintenance.
You acknowledge that you are responsible for keeping abreast of best practice in relation to the backing up of computer files, and of assessing your needs for backup, and if appropriate to your needs, you are responsible for using multiple methods of backup. (For example, if appropriate to you needs, you could maintain two Services which have scheduled backups commencing twelve hours apart, or the Service could be just one of a multitude of methods which you use to backup your computer files.)
You acknowledge that the Licensor offers the Service without any advice in relation to any matter associated with the Service, or in relation to backup best practice, or to any other matter whatsoever.
12. NO WARRANTY BY LICENSOR EXCEPT STATUTORY WARRANTIES
You expressly acknowledge and agree that the limitation of warranty as referred to herein is an essential part of this Agreement and is an essential factor in establishing the price of BitDefender, and acknowledge that you accept the limitation of warranty as an inherent part of the Service and as inseparable from the Service.
13. BACKUP OF YOUR FILES
The Licensor or the Licensor’s Associates (including the Licensor’s nominated data centre) may make copies of all data stored as part of the backup and recovery of files on servers utilized in connection with the Service. The Licensor is not obliged to archive such copies and will utilize them only for the Licensor’s backup purposes in connection with providing the Service. Such copies will not be accessible to you except through the normal operation of the Service.
14. NO BAILMENT
License and Warranty xvii
BitDefender Total Security 2010
With respect to your data which is backed up through the Service and stored as encrypted data (Data) by the Licensor or the Licensor’s Associates, apart from the obligations specifically set out in this Agreement, neither the Licensor nor the Licensor’s Associates have any obligation to you or any other users in relation to access to the Data.
The parties acknowledge that you own or control your computer and the data stored on it; and that, in turn, the Licensor or the Licensor’s Associates owns or controls the server and hard discs upon which is stored the encrypted Data which relates to your data; and that the Data is actually part of the hard disc on that server; and you acknowledges that your only interest in that encrypted Data is to obtain a copy thereof from time to time during the currency of your subscription.
The parties acknowledge that the term “bailment” refers to a set of legal rights which relate to goods which are in the possession of another, or to the transfer of possession of property, or to the return to its owner of property which for any reason may be in the possession of another party.
The parties acknowledge that at all times during the currency of the Service, the
Licensor and or the Licensor’s Associates will never hold copies of your data, and at most will only hold Data (encrypted data) which relates to your data; and that at no time during the currency of the Service will there be any property (including data or Data) of your (or of your Designated Users or any other users) in the possession of the Licensor or the Licensor’s Associates, and that no bailment or similar obligation of any kind whatsoever is created between you (and/or your
Designated Users or other users) on the one hand, and the Licensor and or the
Licensor’s Associates on the other hand.
TERM OF LICENSE. The license granted hereunder shall commence on the purchasing date of BitDefender and shall expire at the end of the period for which the license is purchased.
EXPIRATION. The product will cease to perform its functions immediately upon expiration of the license.
UPGRADES. If BitDefender is labeled as an upgrade, you must be properly licensed to use a product identified by BITDEFENDER as being eligible for the upgrade in order to use BitDefender. A BitDefender labeled as an upgrade replaces and/or supplements the product that formed the basis for your eligibility for the upgrade.
You may use the resulting upgraded product only in accordance with the terms of this License Agreement. If BitDefender is an upgrade of a component of a package of software programs that you licensed as a single product, BitDefender may be used and transferred only as part of that single product package and may not be separated for use by more than the total number of licensed users. The terms and conditions of this license replace and supersede any previous agreements that may have existed between you and BITDEFENDER regarding the original product or the resulting upgraded product.
License and Warranty xviii
BitDefender Total Security 2010
COPYRIGHT. All rights, titles and interest in and to BitDefender and all copyright rights in and to BitDefender (including but not limited to any images, photographs, logos, animations, video, audio, music, text, and "applets" incorporated into
BitDefender), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of BitDefender are owned by BITDEFENDER. BitDefender is protected by copyright laws and international treaty provisions. Backup services and software is copyrighted to
SOSTech, and it is protected by copyright and other intellectual laws and treaties.
Therefore, you must treat BitDefender like any other copyrighted material. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying BitDefender. You must produce and include all copyright notices in their original form for all copies created irrespective of the media or form in which BitDefender exists. You may not sub-license, rent, sell, lease or share the BitDefender license. You may not reverse engineer, recompile, disassemble, create derivative works, modify, translate, or make any attempt to discover the source code for BitDefender.
LIMITED WARRANTY. You expressly acknowledge and agree that the limitation of liability referred to herein is an essential part of this Agreement and is an essential factor in establishing the price of the Service, and acknowledges that you accepts the limitation of liability as an inherent part of the Service and as inseparable from the Service. Neither BitDefender, nor BitDefender Associates, nor any other party involved in creating, delivering, or maintaining the Service and the Software shall be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, exemplary, or consequential damages of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, and without any limitation whatsoever, damages for loss of profits or of confidential or other information, for the cost of recreation of computer files or of data, for the value of any lost computer files or data, or for business interruption, work stoppage, repair costs, for injury of any kind, for personal injury, for loss of privacy, for failure to meet any duty including of good faith or of reasonable care, for breach of any statutory responsibilities or duties, for negligence, and any other pecuniary or other loss whatsoever) arising directly or indirectly out of use of the Service or the Software or inability to use the Service or the Software or out of any breach of any warranty or of any duty, even if such damages arise from the breach of warranty or duty, or from negligence or misrepresentation, or breach of contract by the Licensor or by the BitDefender Associates, and even if you or any other party has advised
BitDefender of the possibility of such damages. BitDefender has offered the Service to you with the intention to provide a valuable service to you, but BitDefender does not warrant that the Service will meet your expectations or requirements. BitDefender does not warrant that the Service will be compatible with all computer hardware or computer software or operating systems or that it will function satisfactorily on all computer systems or in conjunction with all computer operating systems or with all computer data, or on all combinations of computers and operating systems. In particular, BitDefender does not warrant that BitDefender will function satisfactorily on your computer and or operating system and or internet service.
License and Warranty xix
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Nor does BitDefender make any representations about the performance or lack of performance of BitDefender either expressed or implied.
Any disclaimer of warranty by BitDefender set out herein also applies to the
BitDefender Associates.
No oral or other representation by BitDefender or by any party or representative of any party associated with BitDefender (or BitDefender Associates) shall create a warranty or obligation which is binding upon BitDefender or BitDefender Associates, except for the obligations set out herein.
BitDefender warrants that the media on which BITDEFENDER is distributed is free from defects for a period of thirty days from the date of delivery of BITDEFENDER to you. Your sole remedy for a breach of this warranty will be that BitDefender, at its option, may replace the defective media upon receipt of the damaged media, or refund the money you paid for BITDEFENDER. BitDefender does not warrant that
BITDEFENDER will be uninterrupted or error free or that the errors will be corrected.
BitDefender does not warrant that BITDEFENDER will meet your requirements.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, BITDEFENDER DISCLAIMS
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS,
ENHANCEMENTS, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT RELATED THERETO, OR ANY OTHER
MATERIALS (TANGIBLE OR INTANGIBLE) OR SERVICES SUPPLIED BY HIM.
BITDEFENDER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND
CONDITIONS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, NON
INTERFERENCE, ACCURACY OF DATA, ACCURACY OF INFORMATIONAL CONTENT,
SYSTEM INTEGRATION, AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS BY
FILTERING, DISABLING, OR REMOVING SUCH THIRD PARTY’S SOFTWARE, SPYWARE,
ADWARE, COOKIES, EMAILS, DOCUMENTS, ADVERTISEMENTS OR THE LIKE, WHETHER
ARISING BY STATUTE, LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM AND PRACTICE, OR
TRADE USAGE.
DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES. Anyone using, testing, or evaluating BitDefender bears all risk to the quality and performance of BitDefender. In no event shall BITDEFENDER be liable for any damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect damages arising out of the use, performance, or delivery of BitDefender, even if
BITDEFENDER has been advised of the existence or possibility of such damages.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR
EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
IN NO CASE SHALL BITDEFENDER'S LIABILITY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID
BY YOU FOR BITDEFENDER. The disclaimers and limitations set forth above will apply regardless of whether you accept to use, evaluate, or test BitDefender.
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO USERS. THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT FAULT-TOLERANT AND
IS NOT DESIGNED OR INTENDED FOR USE IN ANY HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT
License and Warranty xx
BitDefender Total Security 2010
REQUIRING FAIL-SAFE PERFORMANCE OR OPERATION. THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT FOR
USE IN THE OPERATION OF AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION, NUCLEAR FACILITIES, OR
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, WEAPONS SYSTEMS, DIRECT OR INDIRECT LIFE-SUPPORT
SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL, OR ANY APPLICATION OR INSTALLATION WHERE
FAILURE COULD RESULT IN DEATH, SEVERE PHYSICAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.
CONSENT TO ELECRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. BitDefender may be required to send you legal notices and other communications about the Software and
Maintenance subscription services or our use of the information you provide us
(“Communications”). BitDefender will send Communications via in-product notices or via email to the primary user’s registered email address, or will post
Communications on its Sites. By accepting this Agreement, you consent to receive all Communications through these electronic means only and acknowledge and demonstrate that you can access Communications on Sites.
DATA COLLECTION TECHNOLOGY- BitDefender informs you that in certain programs or products it may use data collection technology to collect technical information
(including suspect files), to improve the products, to provide related services, to adapt them and to prevent the unlicensed or illegal use of the product or the damages resulting from the malware products. You accept that BitDefender may use such information as part of the services provided in relation to the product and to prevent and stop the malware programs running on your computer.
You acknowledge and accept that BitDefender may provide updates or additions to the program or product which automatically download to your computer.
By accepting this Agreement, You agree to upload the executable files for the purpose of being scanned by the BitDefender servers. Similarly, for the purpose of contracting and using the program, you may have to give BitDefender certain personal data. BitDefender informs you that it will treat your personal data in accordance with current applicable legislation and as established in its Privacy
Policy.
DATA COLLECTION. Access to the website by the User and the acquisition of products and services and the use of tools or content via the website implies the processing of personal data. Complying with legislation governing the processing of personal data and information society services and electronic commerce is of the utmost importance to BitDefender. Sometimes, to access products, services contents or tools, you will in some cases, need to provide certain personal details. BitDefender guarantees that such data will be treated confidentially and in accordance with legislation governing the protection of personal data and information society services and electronic commerce.
BitDefender complies with applicable data protection legislation, and has taken the administrative and technical steps necessary to guarantee the security of the personal data that it collects.
License and Warranty xxi
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You declare that all the data that you provide will be true and accurate and undertakes to inform BItDefender of any changes to said data. You have the right to object to the processing of any of his or her data which is not essential for the execution of the agreement and to its use for any purpose other than the maintenance of the contractual relationship.
In the event that you provide the details of a third-party, BitDefender shall not be held responsible for complying with the principles of information and consent, and it shall therefore be you that guarantees to have previously informed and obtained the consent of the owner of the data, with regards to communicating such data.
BitDefender and its affiliates and partners will only send marketing information by e-mail or other electronic means to those users who have given their express consent to receiving communication concerning BitDefender products or services or newsletters.
BitDefender’s privacy policy guarantees you the right to access, rectify, eliminate and object to the processing of data by notifying BitDefender via e-mail at: [email protected]
.
GENERAL. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Romania and by international copyright regulations and treaties. The exclusive jurisdiction and venue to adjudicate any dispute arising out of these License Terms shall be of the courts of Romania.
In the event of invalidity of any provision of this Agreement, the invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Agreement.
BitDefender and BitDefender logos are trademarks of BITDEFENDER. All other trademarks used in the product or in associated materials are the property of their respective owners.
The license will terminate immediately without notice if you are in breach of any of its terms and conditions. You shall not be entitled to a refund from BITDEFENDER or any resellers of BitDefender as a result of termination. The terms and conditions concerning confidentiality and restrictions on use shall remain in force even after any termination.
BITDEFENDER may revise these Terms at any time and the revised terms shall automatically apply to the corresponding versions of the Software distributed with the revised terms. If any part of these Terms is found void and unenforceable, it will not affect the validity of rest of the Terms, which shall remain valid and enforceable.
In case of controversy or inconsistency between translations of these Terms to other languages, the English version issued by BITDEFENDER shall prevail.
Contact BITDEFENDER, at 24, Preciziei Boulevard, West Gate Building H2, ground floor, Sector 6, Bucharest, Romania, or at Tel No: 40-21-206.34.70 or Fax:
40-21-264.17.99, e-mail address: [email protected]
.
License and Warranty xxii
BitDefender Total Security 2010
AGREEMENT TO BE LEGALLY BINDING
The parties acknowledge that they intend to be legally bound by this Agreement, and have entered into this Agreement in full knowledge of the legal ramifications of this Agreement.
(If in doubt about the legal consequences of entering into this Agreement, potential users of the Software or the Service should seek legal advice before entering into the Agreement, and before using the Software or the Service.)
License and Warranty xxiii
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Preface
This guide is intended to all users who have chosen BitDefender Total Security
2010 as a security solution for their personal computers. The information presented in this book is suitable not only for computer literates, it is accessible to everyone who is able to work under Windows.
This book will describe for you BitDefender Total Security 2010, will guide you through the installation process, will show you how to configure it. You will find out how to use BitDefender Total Security 2010, how to update, test and customize it.
You will learn how to get best from BitDefender.
We wish you a pleasant and useful lecture.
1. Conventions Used in This Book
1.1. Typographical Conventions
Several text styles are used in the book for an improved readability. Their aspect and meaning are presented in the following table.
Appearance sample syntax http://www.bitdefender.com
filename option sample code listing
Description
Syntax samples are printed with monospaced characters.
The URL link is pointing to some external location, on http or ftp servers.
E-mail addresses are inserted in the text for contact information.
This is an internal link, towards some location inside the document.
File and directories are printed using monospaced font.
All the product options are printed using strong characters.
The code listing is printed with monospaced characters.
1.2. Admonitions
The admonitions are in-text notes, graphically marked, bringing to your attention additional information related to the current paragraph.
Preface xxiv
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
The note is just a short observation. Although you can omit it, the notes can provide valuable information, such as specific feature or a link to some related topic.
Important
This requires your attention and is not recommended to skip over it. Usually, it provides non-critical but significant information.
Warning
This is critical information you should treat with increased caution. Nothing bad will happen if you follow the indications. You should read and understand it, because it describes something extremely risky.
2. Book Structure
The book consists of several parts containing major topics. Moreover, a glossary is provided to clarify some technical terms.
Installation and Removal. Step by step instructions for installing BitDefender on a personal computer. Starting with the prerequisites for a successfully installation, you are guided through the whole installation process. Finally, the removing procedure is described in case you need to uninstall BitDefender.
Getting Started.
Contains all the information you need to get started with
BitDefender. You are presented with the BitDefender interface and how to fix issues, configure basic settings and register your product.
Intermediate Mode. Presents the Intermediate Mode interface of BitDefender.
Expert Mode. A detailed presentation of the Expert Mode interface of BitDefender.
You are taught how to configure and use all BitDefender modules so as to efficiently protect your computer against all kind of threats (malware, spam, hackers, innapropriate content and so on).
Integration into Windows and Third-Party Software. Shows you how to use the BitDefender options on the Windows contextual menu and the BitDefender toolbars integrated into supported third-party programs.
How To.
Provides procedures to quickly perform the most common tasks in
BitDefender.
Troubleshooting and Getting Help. Where to look and where to ask for help if something unexpected appears.
BitDefender Rescue CD. Description of the BitDefender Rescue CD. It helps understand and use the features offered by this bootable CD.
Glossary. The Glossary tries to explain some technical and uncommon terms you will find in the pages of this document.
Preface xxv
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3. Request for Comments
We invite you to help us improve the book. We have tested and verified all of the information to the best of our ability. Please write to tell us about any flaws you find in this book or how you think it could be improved, to help us provide you with the best documentation possible.
Let us know by sending an e-mail to [email protected]
.
Important
Please write all of your documentation-related e-mails in English so that we can process them efficiently.
Preface xxvi
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Installation and Removal
1
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. System Requirements
You may install BitDefender Total Security 2010 only on computers running the following operating systems:
⚫ Windows XP (32/64 bit) with Service Pack 2 or higher
⚫ Windows Vista (32/64 bit) or Windows Vista with Service Pack 1 or higher
⚫ Windows 7 (32/64 bit)
Before installation, make sure that your computer meets the minimum hardware and software requirements.
Note
To find out the Windows operating system your computer is running and hardware information, right-click My Computer on the desktop and then select Properties from the menu.
1.1. Minimal System Requirements
⚫ 450 MB available free hard disk space
⚫ 800 MHz processor
⚫ RAM Memory:
▸ 512 MB for Windows XP
▸ 1 GB for Windows Vista and Windows 7
⚫ Internet Explorer 6.0
⚫ .NET Framework 1.1 (also available in the installer kit)
1.2. Recommended System Requirements
⚫ 600 MB available free hard disk space
⚫ Intel CORE Duo (1.66 GHz) or equivalent processor
⚫ RAM Memory:
▸ 1 GB for Windows XP and Windows 7
▸ 1.5 GB for Windows Vista
⚫ Internet Explorer 7 (or higher)
⚫ .NET Framework 1.1 (also available in the installer kit)
1.3. Supported Software
Antiphishing protection is provided only for:
⚫ Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher
⚫ Mozilla Firefox 2.5
⚫ Yahoo Messenger 8.5
⚫ Windows Live Messenger 8
Instant Messaging (IM) encryption is provided only for:
System Requirements 2
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Yahoo Messenger 8.5
⚫ Windows Live Messenger 8
Antispam protection is provided for all POP3/SMTP e-mail clients. The BitDefender
Antispam toolbar however is integrated only into:
⚫ Microsoft Outlook 2000 / 2003 / 2007
⚫ Microsoft Outlook Express
⚫ Microsoft Windows Mail
⚫ Thunderbird 2.0.0.17
System Requirements 3
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Preparing for Installation
Before you install BitDefender Total Security 2010, complete these preparations to ensure the installation will go smoothly:
⚫ Make sure that the computer where you plan to install BitDefender meets the minimum system requirements. If the computer does not meet all the minimum system requirements, BitDefender will not be installed or, if installed, it will not work properly and it will cause system slowdowns and instability. For a complete list of system requirements, please refer to
“System Requirements” (p. 2) .
⚫ Log on to the computer using an Administrator account.
⚫ Remove any other security software from the computer. Running two security programs simultaneously may affect their operation and cause major problems with the system. Windows Defender will be disabled by default before installation is initiated.
⚫ Disable or remove any firewall program that may be running on the computer.
Running two firewall programs simultaneously may affect their operation and cause major problems with the system. Windows Firewall will be disabled by default before installation is initiated.
Preparing for Installation 4
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3. Installing BitDefender
You can install BitDefender from the BitDefender installation CD or using the installation file downloaded on your computer from the BitDefender website or from other authorized websites (for example, the website of a BitDefender partner or an online shop). You can download the installation file from the BitDefender website at the following address: http://www.bitdefender.com/site/Downloads/ .
To install BitDefender from the CD, insert the CD into the drive. A welcome screen should be displayed in a few moments. Follow the instructions to start installation.
If the welcome screen does not appear, follow this path
Products\TotalSecurity\install\en\ from the CD's root directory and double-click runsetup.exe.
To install BitDefender using the installation file downloaded on your computer, locate the file and double-click it.
The installer will first check your system to validate the installation. If the installation is validated, the setup wizard will appear. The following image shows the setup wizard steps.
Installation Steps
Installing BitDefender 5
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Follow these steps to install BitDefender Total Security 2010:
1. Click Next. You can cancel installation anytime you want by clicking Cancel.
BitDefender Total Security 2010 alerts you if you have other antivirus products installed on your computer. Click Remove to uninstall the corresponding product.
If you want to continue without removing the detected products, click Next.
Warning
It is highly recommended that you uninstall any other antivirus products detected before installing BitDefender. Running two or more antivirus products at the same time on a computer usually renders the system unusable.
2. Please read the License Agreement and click I agree.
Important
If you do not agree to these terms click Cancel. The installation process will be abandoned and you will exit setup.
3. Select the type of installation to be performed.
⚫ Typical - to install the program immediately, using the default installation options. If you choose this option, skip to Step 6.
⚫ Custom - to configure the installation options and then install the program.
This option allows you to change the installation path.
4. By default, BitDefender Total Security 2010 will be installed in C:\Program
Files\BitDefender\BitDefender 2010. If you want to change the installation path, click Browse and select the folder in which you would like
BitDefender to be installed.
Click Next.
5. Select options regarding the installation process. Some of them will be selected by default:
⚫ Open readme file - to open the readme file at the end of the installation.
⚫ Place a shortcut on the desktop - to place a shortcut to BitDefender Total
Security 2010 on your desktop at the end of the installation.
⚫ Eject CD when installation is complete - to have the CD ejected at the end of the installation; this option appears when you install the product from the
CD.
⚫ Disable DNS Caching - to disable the DNS (Domain Name System) Caching.
The DNS Client service may be used by malicious applications to send information over the network without your consent.
⚫ Turn off Windows Firewall - to turn off Windows Firewall.
Installing BitDefender 6
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Important
We recommend you to turn off Windows Firewall since BitDefender Total Security
2010 already includes an advanced firewall. Running two firewalls on the same computer may cause problems.
⚫ Turn off Windows Defender - to turn off Windows Defender; this option appears only on Windows Vista.
Click Install in order to begin the installation of the product. If not already installed, BitDefender will first install .NET Framework 1.1.
6. Wait until the installation is completed. Click Finish. You will be asked to restart your system so that the setup wizard can complete the installation process. We recommend doing so as soon as possible.
Important
After completing the installation and restarting the computer, a
and a
will appear. Complete these wizards in order to register and configure BitDefender Total Security 2010 and to create a BitDefender account.
If you have accepted the default settings for the installation path, you can see in Program Files a new folder, named BitDefender, which contains the subfolder BitDefender 2010.
3.1. Registration Wizard
The first time you start your computer after installation, a registration wizard will appear. The wizard helps you register BitDefender and configure a BitDefender account.
You MUST create a BitDefender account in order to receive BitDefender updates.
The BitDefender account also gives you access to free technical support and special offers and promotions. If you loose your BitDefender license key, you can log in to your account at http://myaccount.bitdefender.com
to retrieve it.
Note
If you do not want to follow this wizard, click Cancel. You can open the registration wizard anytime you want by clicking the Register link, located at the bottom of the user interface.
Installing BitDefender 7
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3.1.1. Step 1/2 - Register BitDefender Total Security 2010
Registration
BitDefender Total Security 2010 comes with 30-day trial period. To continue evaluating the product, select I want to evaluate BitDefender and click Next.
To register BitDefender Total Security 2010:
1. Select I want to evaluate BitDefender with a license key.
2. Type the license key in the edit field.
Note
You can find your license key:
⚫ on the CD label.
⚫ on the product registration card.
⚫ in the online purchase e-mail.
If you do not have a BitDefender license key, click the provided link to go to the
BitDefender online store and buy one.
3. Click Register Now.
4. Click Next.
If a valid BitDefender license key is detected on your system, you can continue using this key by clicking Next.
Installing BitDefender 8
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3.1.2. Step 2/2 - Create a BitDefender Account
Account Creation
If you do not want to create a BitDefender account at the moment, select Register
later and click Finish. Otherwise, proceed according to your current situation:
⚫ “I do not have a BitDefender account” (p. 9)
⚫ “I already have a BitDefender account” (p. 10)
Important
You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender (if you register it with a license key, the deadline is extended to 30 days). Otherwise, BitDefender will no longer update.
I do not have a BitDefender account
To successfully create a BitDefender account, follow these steps:
1. Select Create a new account.
2. Type the required information in the corresponding fields. The data you provide here will remain confidential.
⚫ E-mail address - type in your e-mail address.
⚫ Password - type in a password for your BitDefender account. The password must be between 6 and 16 characters long.
Installing BitDefender 9
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Re-type password - type in again the previously specified password.
Note
Once the account is activated, you can use the provided e-mail address and password to log in to your account at http://myaccount.bitdefender.com
.
3. If you plan to use BitDefender to back your data up on secure online servers, select the corresponding check box to activate Online Backup. You can also activate Online Backup later. Online Backup is only available to users having registered to BitDefender Account.
4. Optionally, BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e-mail address of your account. Select one of the available options from the menu:
⚫ Send me all messages
⚫ Send me only product related messages
⚫ Don't send me any messages
5. Click Create.
6. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
7. Activate your account. Before being able to use your account, you must activate it. Check your e-mail and follow the instructions in the e-mail message sent to you by the BitDefender registration service.
I already have a BitDefender account
BitDefender will automatically detect if you have previously registered a BitDefender account on your computer. In this case, provide the password of your account and click Sign in. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
If you already have an active account, but BitDefender does not detect it, follow these steps to register the product to that account:
1. Select Sign in (previously created account).
2. Type the e-mail address and the password of your account in the corresponding fields.
Note
If you have forgotten your password, click Forgot your password? and follow the instructions.
3. If you plan to use BitDefender to back your data up on secure online servers, select the corresponding check box to activate Online Backup. You can also activate Online Backup later. Online Backup is only available to users having registered to BitDefender Account.
Installing BitDefender 10
BitDefender Total Security 2010
4. Optionally, BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e-mail address of your account. Select one of the available options from the menu:
⚫ Send me all messages
⚫ Send me only product related messages
⚫ Don't send me any messages
5. Click Sign in.
6. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
3.2. Configuration Wizard
Once you have completed the registration wizard, a configuration wizard will appear.
This wizard helps you configure the main BitDefender settings and user interface so that they suit your requirements better. At the end of the wizard, you can update the product files and malware signatures and scan the system files and applications to make sure they are not infected.
The wizard consists of a few simple steps. The number of steps depends on the choices you make. All of the steps are presented here, but you will be notified when your choices affect their number.
Completing this wizard is not mandatory; however, we recommend you do so in order to save time and ensure your system is safe even before BitDefender Total
Security 2010 is installed. If you do not want to follow this wizard, click Cancel.
BitDefender will notify you about the components that you need to configure when you open the user interface.
Installing BitDefender 11
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3.2.1. Step 1 - Select Usage Profile
Usage Profiles
Click the button that best describes the activities performed on this computer (the usage profile).
Option
Typical
Parent
Gamer
Custom
Description
Click here if this PC is used mainly for browsing and multimedia activities.
Click here if this PC is used by children and you want to control their access to Internet using the Parental Control module.
Click here if this PC is used primarily for gaming.
Click here if you want to configure all the main settings of
BitDefender.
You can later reset the usage profile from the product interface.
Installing BitDefender 12
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3.2.2. Step 2 - Describe Computer
Computer Description
Select the options that apply to your computer:
⚫ This computer is in a home network. Select this option if you want to manage remotely (from another computer) the BitDefender product you installed on this computer. An additional wizard step will allow you to configure the Home Network
Management module.
⚫ This computer is a laptop. Select this option if you want to have the Laptop
Mode enabled by default. While in Laptop Mode, scheduled scan tasks and backup tasks are not performed, as they require more system resources and, implicitly, increase power consumption.
Click Next to continue.
Installing BitDefender 13
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3.2.3. Step 3 - Select User Interface
User Interface View Modes
Click the button that best describes your computer skills to select an appropriate user interface view mode. You can choose to view the user interface under any of three modes, depending on your computer skills and on your previous experience with BitDefender.
Mode
Description
Suited for computer beginners and people who want
BitDefender to protect their computer and data without being bothered. This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side.
All you have to do is fix the existing issues when indicated by BitDefender. An intuitive step-by-step wizard assists you in fixing issues. Additionally, you can perform common tasks, such as updating the
BitDefender virus signature and product files or scanning the computer.
Aimed at users with average computer skills, this mode extends what you can do in Novice Mode.
Installing BitDefender 14
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Mode
Description
You can fix issues separately and choose which issues to be monitored. Moreover, you can manage remotely the BitDefender products installed on the computers in your household.
Suited for more technical users, this mode allows you to fully configure each functionality of BitDefender.
You can also use all tasks provided to protect your computer and data.
3.2.4. Step 4 - Configure Parental Control
Note
This step appears only if you have selected the Custom option in Step 1.
Parental Control Configuration
BitDefender Parental Control enables you to control the access to the Internet and to specific applications for each user holding a user account on the system.
If you want to use Parental Control, follow these steps:
1. Select Enable Parental Control.
Installing BitDefender 15
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. If you are sharing your Windows user account with your children, select the corresponding check box and type a password in the corresponding fields to protect the Parental Control settings. Anyone trying to change the Parental Control settings must first provide the password that you have configured.
Click Next to continue.
3.2.5. Step 5 - Configure BitDefender Network
Note
This step appears only if you have specified that the computer is connected to a home network in Step 2.
BitDefender Network Configuration
BitDefender enables you to create a virtual network of the computers in your household and to manage the BitDefender products installed in this network.
If you want this computer to be part of the BitDefender Home Network, follow these steps:
1. Select Enable Home Network.
2. Type the same administrative password in each of the edit fields. The password enables an administrator to manage this BitDefender product from another computer.
Click Next to continue.
Installing BitDefender 16
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3.2.6. Step 6 - Select the Tasks to Be Run
Task Selection
Set BitDefender to perform important tasks for the security of your system. The following options are available:
⚫ Update BitDefender and perform a quick system scan now - during the next step, the virus signatures and product files of BitDefender will be updated in order to protect your computer against the latest threats. Also, immediately after the update is completed, BitDefender will scan the files from the Windows and Program Files folders to make sure they are not infected. These folders contain files of the operating system and of installed applications and they are usually the first to be infected.
⚫ Run a System Scan every day at 2 AM - sets BitDefender to perform a standard scan of your computer every day at 2 AM. To change the time when the scan is run, click the menu and select the desired start time. If the computer is shut down when the schedule is due, the scan will run the next time you start your computer.
Note
If you later want to change the time when the scan is scheduled to run, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Antivirus on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Virus Scan tab.
Installing BitDefender 17
BitDefender Total Security 2010
4. Right-click the System Scan task and select Schedule. A new window will appear.
5. Change the frequency and the start time as needed.
6. Click OK to save the changes.
We recommend that you have these options enabled before moving on to the next step in order to ensure the security of your system. Click Next to continue.
If you clear the first check box, there are no tasks to be performed in the last step of the wizard. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
3.2.7. Step 7 - Finish
Task Status
Wait for BitDefender to update its malware signatures and scanning engines. As soon as the update is completed, a quick system scan will be started. The scan will be performed silently, in the background. You can notice the scan progress icon in the
. You can click this icon to open the scan window and to see the scan progress.
Click Finish to complete the wizard. You do not have to wait for the scan to complete.
Note
The scan will take a few minutes. When it is over, open the scan window and check the scan results to see if your system is clean. If viruses were detected during the scan, you should immediately open BitDefender and run a full system scan.
Installing BitDefender 18
BitDefender Total Security 2010
4. Upgrade
You can upgrade to BitDefender Total Security 2010 if you are using BitDefender
Total Security 2010 beta or the 2008 or 2009 version.
There are two ways to perform the upgrade:
⚫ Install BitDefender Total Security 2010 directly over the older version. If you install directly over the 2009 version, the Friends and Spammers lists and the Quarantine are automatically imported.
⚫ Remove the older version, then restart the computer and install the new version as described in chapter
“Installing BitDefender” (p. 5)
. No product settings will be saved. Use this upgrade method if the other fails.
Upgrade 19
BitDefender Total Security 2010
5. Repairing or Removing BitDefender
If you want to repair or remove BitDefender Total Security 2010, follow the path from the Windows start menu: Start → Programs → BitDefender 2010 → Repair
or Remove.
You will be requested to confirm your choice by clicking Next. A new window will appear where you can select:
⚫ Repair - to re-install all program components installed by the previous setup.
If you choose to repair BitDefender, a new window will appear. Click Repair to start the repairing process.
Restart the computer when prompted and, afterwards, click Install to reinstall
BitDefender Total Security 2010.
Once the installation process is completed, a new window will appear. Click Finish.
⚫ Remove - to remove all installed components.
Note
We recommend that you choose Remove for a clean re-installation.
If you choose to remove BitDefender, a new window will appear.
Important
By removing BitDefender, you will no longer be protected against viruses, spyware and hackers. If you want Windows Firewall and Windows Defender (only on Windows
Vista) to be enabled after uninstalling BitDefender, select the corresponding check boxes.
Click Remove to start the removal of BitDefender Total Security 2010 from your computer.
During the removal process you will be prompted to give us your feedback. Please click OK to take an online survey consisting of no more than five short questions.
If you do not want to take the survey, just click Cancel.
Once the removal process is completed, a new window will appear. Click Finish.
Note
After the removal process is over, we recommend that you delete the
BitDefender folder from Program Files .
Repairing or Removing BitDefender 20
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Getting Started
21
BitDefender Total Security 2010
6. Overview
Once you have installed BitDefender your computer is protected. If you have not completed the
configuration wizard , you must open BitDefender as soon as possible
and fix the existing issues. You may have to configure specific BitDefender components or take preventive actions to protect your computer and your data. If you want to, you can configure BitDefender not to alert you about specific issues.
If you have not registered the product (including creating a BitDefender account), remember to do so until the trial period ends. You must create an account within
15 days after installing BitDefender (if you register it, the deadline is extended to
30 days). Otherwise, BitDefender will no longer update. For more information on the registration process, please refer to
“Registration and My Account” (p. 48) .
6.1. Opening BitDefender
To access the main interface of BitDefender Total Security 2010, use the Windows
Start menu, by following the path Start → Programs → BitDefender 2010 →
BitDefender Total Security 2010 or, quicker, double click the BitDefender icon in the system tray.
6.2. User Interface View Modes
BitDefender Total Security 2010 meets the needs of computer beginners and very technical people alike. Its graphical user interface is designed to suit each and every category of users.
You can choose to view the user interface under any of three modes, depending on your computer skills and on your previous experience with BitDefender.
Mode
Description
Suited for computer beginners and people who want
BitDefender to protect their computer and data without being bothered. This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side.
All you have to do is fix the existing issues when indicated by BitDefender. An intuitive step-by-step wizard assists you in fixing issues. Additionally, you can perform common tasks, such as updating the
BitDefender virus signature and product files or scanning the computer.
Aimed at users with average computer skills, this mode extends what you can do in Novice Mode.
Overview 22
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Mode
Description
You can fix issues separately and choose which issues to be monitored. Moreover, you can manage remotely the BitDefender products installed on the computers in your household.
Suited for more technical users, this mode allows you to fully configure each functionality of BitDefender.
You can also use all tasks provided to protect your computer and data.
The user interface mode is selected in the configuration wizard. This wizard appears after the registration wizard, the first time you open your computer after installing the product. If you cancel the registration wizard or the configuration wizard, the user interface mode will default to Intermediate Mode.
To change the user interface mode, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender.
2. Click the Settings button in the upper-right corner of the window.
3. In the User Interface Settings category, click the arrow on the button and select the desired mode from the menu.
4. Click OK to save and apply the changes.
6.2.1. Novice Mode
If you are a computer beginner, displaying the user interface in Novice Mode may be the most adequate choice for you. This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side.
Overview 23
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Novice Mode
The window is organized into three main sections:
⚫ Security Status informs you of the issues that affect your computer's security and helps you fix them. By clicking Fix All Issues, a wizard will help you easily remove any threats to your computer and data security. For detailed information, please refer to
⚫ Protect Your PC is where you can find the necessary tasks to protect your computer and data. The available tasks you can perform are different depending on the selected usage profile.
▸ The Scan Now button starts a standard scan of your system for viruses, spyware and other malware. The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process. For detailed information about this wizard, please refer to
“Antivirus Scan Wizard” (p. 53) .
▸ The Update Now button helps you update the virus signature and product files of BitDefender. A new window will appear where you can see the update status. If updates are detected, they are automatically downloaded and installed on your computer.
▸ When the Typical profile is selected, the Backup button allows you to back up your data and restore them if necessary. Click the button and select the desired task from the menu. A wizard guides you in performing this task. For detailed information, please refer to section
“Backup and Restore Wizards” (p.
.
Overview 24
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Task
Local Backup
Online Backup
Local Restore
Online Restore
Description
This wizard guides you through the process of creating a local backup task. At the end of this process, you will be able to back your files up on the spot or schedule the product to back them up at a later moment.
This wizard helps you back up data on secure online servers and create an automatic backup routine.
This wizard helps you restore data that you backed up on a local storage medium.
This wizard helps you restore data that you backed up online.
▸ When the Parent profile is selected, the Parental Control button allows you to configure the Parental Control settings. For more information on how to configure Parental Control, please refer to
.
▸ When the Gamer profile is selected, the Turn On/Off Game Mode button allows you to enable/disable
Game Mode . Game Mode temporarily modifies
protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance.
⚫ Maintain Your PC is where you can find the tasks that optimize your computer's performance and responsiveness.
▸ PC Cleanup helps you free disk space and protect your privacy by deleting temporary Internet files and cookies, unused system files and recent documents shortcuts.
▸ Disk Defragmenter reorganizes data on your hard-disk to access files faster and improve overall system performance.
▸ Find Duplicates helps you find files that have multiple copies on your computer and delete the unnecessary copies.
In the upper-right corner of the window, you can see the Settings button. It opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main settings of BitDefender. For detailed information, please refer to
.
In the bottom-right corner of the window, you can find several useful links.
Link
Buy/Renew
Description
Opens a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender Total Security 2010 product.
Allows you to enter a new license key or to view the current license key and the registration status.
Overview 25
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Link
Help & Support
Description
Gives you access to a help file that shows you how to use
BitDefender.
6.2.2. Intermediate Mode
Aimed at users with average computer skills, Intermediate Mode is a simple interface that gives you access to all modules at a basic level. You'll have to keep track of warnings and critical alerts and fix undesired issues.
Intermediate Mode
The Intermediate Mode window consists of five tabs. The following table briefly describes each tab. For detailed information, please refer to the
part of this user guide.
Tab
Description
Displays the security status of your system and lets you reset the usage profile.
Displays the status of the security modules (antivirus, antiphishing, firewall, antispam, IM encryption, privacy, vulnerability check and update modules) together with the links to antivirus, update and vulnerability check tasks.
Overview 26
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Tab
Description
Displays the status of the BitDefender features designed to improve your system's performance together with links to tune-up tasks.
Displays the status of the file vault and of the backup modules together with links to the file vault and to backup tasks.
Displays the BitDefender home network structure. This is where you can perform various actions to configure and manage the BitDefender products installed in your home network. In this way, you can manage the security of your home network from a single computer.
In the upper-right corner of the window, you can see the Settings button. It opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main settings of BitDefender. For detailed information, please refer to
.
In the bottom-right corner of the window, you can find several useful links.
Link
Buy/Renew
Support
Help
Description
Opens a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender Total Security 2010 product.
Allows you to enter a new license key or to view the current license key and the registration status.
Allows you to contact the BitDefender support team.
Gives you access to a help file that shows you how to use
BitDefender.
Allows you to see a detailed history of all tasks performed by
BitDefender on your system.
6.2.3. Expert Mode
Expert Mode gives you access to each specific component of BitDefender. This is where you can configure BitDefender in detail.
Note
Expert Mode is suited for users having above average computer skills, who know the type of threats a computer is exposed to and how security programs work.
Overview 27
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Expert Mode
On the left side of the window there is a menu containing all security modules. Each module has one or more tabs where you can configure the corresponding security settings or perform security or administrative tasks. The following table briefly describes each module. For detailed information, please refer to the
part of this user guide.
Module
Description
Allows you to access the general settings or to view the dashboard and detailed system info.
Allows you to configure your virus shield and scanning operations in detail, to set exceptions and to configure the quarantine module.
Allows you to keep your Inbox SPAM-free and to configure the antispam settings in detail.
Allows you to protect your children against inappropriate content by using your customized computer access rules.
Overview 28
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Module Description
Allows you to prevent data theft from your computer and protect your privacy while you are online.
Allows you to protect your computer from inbound and outbound unauthorized connection attempts. It is quite similar to a guard at your gate - it will keep a watchful eye on your
Internet connection and keep track of who to allow access to the Internet and who to block.
Allows you to keep crucial software on your PC up-to-date.
Allows you to back your data up on your computer, on removable disks, on a network location or online to make sure you can restore them when necessary.
Allows you to encrypt Yahoo and Windows Live (MSN)
Messenger communications and also to local encrypt your critical files, folders or partitions.
Allows you to improve the performance of your computer by defragmenting your disk and cleaning up registries, duplicated file, etc.
Allows you to postpone the BitDefender scheduled tasks while your laptop runs on batteries and also to eliminate all alerts and pop-ups when you are playing.
Allows you to configure and manage several computers in your household.
Allows you to obtain info on the latest updates, to update the product and to configure the update process in detail.
Allows you to register BitDefender Total Security 2010, to change the license key or to create a BitDefender account.
In the upper-right corner of the window, you can see the Settings button. It opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main settings of BitDefender. For detailed information, please refer to
.
In the bottom-right corner of the window, you can find several useful links.
Link
Buy/Renew
Description
Opens a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender Total Security 2010 product.
Overview 29
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Link
Support
Help
Description
Allows you to enter a new license key or to view the current license key and the registration status.
Allows you to contact the BitDefender support team.
Gives you access to a help file that shows you how to use
BitDefender.
Allows you to see a detailed history of all tasks performed by
BitDefender on your system.
6.3. System Tray Icon
To manage the entire product more quickly, you can use the BitDefender icon in the system tray. If you double-click this icon, BitDefender will open. Also, by right-clicking the icon, a contextual menu will allow you to quickly manage the
BitDefender product.
⚫ Show - opens the main interface of BitDefender.
⚫ Help - opens the help file, which explains in detail how to configure and use BitDefender Total Security 2010.
⚫ About - opens a window where you can see information about BitDefender and where to look for help in case something unexpected appears.
⚫ Fix All Issues - helps you remove current security vulnerabilities. If the option is unavailable, there are no issues to be fixed. For detailed information, please refer to
.
Tray Icon
⚫ Turn Game Mode On / Off - activates / deactivates
.
⚫ Update Now - starts an immediate update. A new window will appear where you can see the update status.
⚫ Basic Settings - opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main product settings. For more information, please refer to
“Configuring Basic Settings” (p. 41)
.
The BitDefender system tray icon informs you when issues affect your computer or how the product operates, by displaying a special symbol, as follows:
⚫ Red triangle with an exclamation mark: Critical issues affect the security of your system. They require your immediate attention and must be fixed as soon as possible.
⚫ Yellow triangle with an exclamation mark: Non-critical issues affect the security of your system. You should check and fix them when you have the time.
Overview 30
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Letter G: The product operates in
.
If BitDefender is not working, the system tray icon is grayed out . This usually happens when the license key expires. It can also occur when the BitDefender services are not responding or when other errors affect the normal operation of
BitDefender.
6.4. Scan Activity Bar
The Scan activity bar is a graphic visualization of the scanning activity on your system. This small window is by default available only in
The gray bars (the File Zone) show the number of scanned files per second, on a scale from 0 to 50. The orange bars displayed in the Net Zone show the number of Kbytes transferred (sent and received from the Internet) every second, on a scale from 0 to 100.
Note Scan Activity Bar
The Scan activity bar will notify you when real-time protection or the Firewall is disabled by displaying a red cross over the corresponding area (File Zone or Net Zone).
6.4.1. Scan Files and Folders
You can use the Scan activity bar to quickly scan files and folders. Drag the file or folder you want to be scanned and drop it over the Scan Activity Bar as shown below.
Drag File
Drop File
The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
Scanning options. The scanning options are pre-configured for the best detection results. If infected files are detected, BitDefender will try to disinfect them (remove the malware code). If disinfection fails, the Antivirus Scan wizard will allow you to
Overview 31
BitDefender Total Security 2010 specify other actions to be taken on infected files. The scanning options are standard and you cannot change them.
6.4.2. Disable/Restore Scan Activity Bar
When you no longer want to see the graphic visualization, just right-click it and select Hide. To restore the Scan activity bar, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender.
2. Click the Settings button in the upper-right corner of the window.
3. In the General Settings category, select the check box corresponding to Scan
Activity Bar.
4. Click OK to save and apply the changes.
6.5. BitDefender Manual Scan
BitDefender Manual Scan lets you scan a specific folder or hard disk partition without having to create a scan task. This feature was designed to be used when Windows is running in Safe Mode. If your system is infected with a resilient virus, you can try to remove the virus by starting Windows in Safe Mode and scanning each hard disk partition using BitDefender Manual Scan.
To access the BitDefender Manual Scan, use the Windows Start menu, by following the path Start → Programs → BitDefender 2010 → BitDefender Manual Scan
The following window will appear:
Overview 32
BitDefender Total Security 2010
BitDefender Manual Scan
Click Add Folder, select the location you want to scan and click OK. If you want to scan multiple folders, repeat this action for each additional location.
The paths to the selected locations will appear in the Scan Target column. If you change your mind about the location, just click the Remove button next to it. Click the Remove All Paths button to remove all the locations that were added to the list.
When you are done selecting the locations, click Continue. The
will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
Scanning options. The scanning options are pre-configured for the best detection results. If infected files are detected, BitDefender will try to disinfect them (remove the malware code). If disinfection fails, the Antivirus Scan wizard will allow you to specify other actions to be taken on infected files. The scanning options are standard and you cannot change them.
What is Safe Mode?
Safe Mode is a special way to start Windows, used mainly to troubleshoot problems affecting normal operation of Windows. Such problems range from conflicting drivers to viruses preventing Windows to start normally. In Safe Mode, Windows loads only a minimum of operating system components and basic drivers. Only a few
Overview 33
BitDefender Total Security 2010 applications work in Safe Mode. This is why most viruses are inactive when using
Windows in Safe Mode and they can be easily removed.
To start Windows in Safe Mode, restart your computer and press the F8 key until the Windows Advanced Options Menu appears. You can choose between several options of starting Windows in Safe Mode. You might want to select Safe Mode
with Networking in order to be able to access the Internet.
Note
For more information on Safe Mode, go to the Windows Help and Support Center (in the Start menu, click Help and Support). You can also find useful information by searching the Internet.
6.6. Game Mode and Laptop Mode
Some computer activities, such as games or presentations, require increased system responsiveness and performance, and no interruptions. When your laptop is running on battery power, it is best that unnecessary operations, which consume additional power, be postponed until the laptop is connected back to A/C power.
To adapt to these particular situations, BitDefender Total Security 2010 includes two special operation modes:
6.6.1. Game Mode
Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance. While in Game Mode, the following settings are applied:
⚫ Minimize processor time & memory consumption
⚫ Postpone automatic updates & scans
⚫ Eliminate all alerts and pop-ups
⚫ Scan only the most important files
While in Game Mode, you can see the letter G over the BitDefender icon.
Using Game Mode
By default, BitDefender automatically enters Game Mode when you start a game from the BitDefender's list of known games or when an application goes to full screen. BitDefender will automatically return to the normal operation mode when you close the game or when the detected application exits full screen.
If you want to manually turn on Game Mode, use one of the following methods:
⚫ Right-click the BitDefender icon in the system tray and select Turn on Game
Mode.
Overview 34
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Press Ctrl+Shift+Alt+G (the default hotkey).
Important
Do not forget to turn Game Mode off when you finish. To do this, use the same methods you did when you turned it on.
Changing Game Mode Hotkey
If you want to change the hotkey, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Game / Laptop Mode on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Game Mode tab.
4. Click the Advanced Settings button.
5. Under the Use HotKey option, set the desired hotkey:
⚫ Choose the modifier keys you want to use by checking one the following: Control key (Ctrl), Shift key (Shift) or Alternate key (Alt).
⚫ In the edit field, type the letter corresponding to the regular key you want to use.
For example, if you want to use the Ctrl+Alt+D hotkey, you must check only
Ctrl and Alt and type D.
Note
Removing the checkmark next to Use HotKey will disable the hotkey.
6. Click OK to save the changes.
6.6.2. Laptop Mode
Laptop Mode is especially designed for laptop and notebook users. Its purpose is to minimize BitDefender's impact on power consumption while these devices are running on battery. While in Laptop Mode, scheduled scan tasks and backup tasks are not performed, as they require more system resources and, implicitly, increase power consumption.
BitDefender detects when your laptop has switched to battery power and it automatically enters Laptop Mode. Likewise, BitDefender automatically exits Laptop
Mode, when it detects the laptop is no longer running on battery.
To use Laptop Mode, you must specify in the
that you are using a laptop. If you did not select the appropriate option when running the wizard, you can later enable Laptop Mode as follows:
1. Open BitDefender.
Overview 35
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Click the Settings button in the upper-right corner of the window.
3. In the General Settings category, select the check box corresponding to Laptop
Mode Detection.
4. Click OK to save and apply the changes.
6.7. Automatic Device Detection
BitDefender automatically detects when you connect a removable storage device to your computer and offers to scan it before you access its files. This is recommended in order to prevent viruses and other malware from infecting your computer.
Detected devices fall into one of these categories:
⚫ CDs/DVDs
⚫ USB storage devices, such as flash pens and external hard-drives
⚫ mapped (remote) network drives
When such a device is detected, an alert window is displayed.
To scan the storage device, just click Yes. The
Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
If you do not want to scan the device, you must click
No. In this case, you may find one of these options useful:
⚫ Don't ask me again about this type of device
- BitDefender will no longer offer to scan storage devices of this type when they are connected to your computer.
⚫ Disable automatic device detection - You will no longer be prompted to scan new storage devices when they are connected to the computer.
Device Detection Alert
If you accidentally disabled automatic device detection and you want to enable it, or if you want to configure its settings, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Go to Antivirus>Virus Scan.
3. In the list of scan tasks, locate the Device Detection Scan task.
4. Right-click the task and select Open. A new window will appear.
5. On the Overview tab, configure the scanning options as needed.
6. On the Detection tab, choose which types of storage devices to be detected.
Overview 36
BitDefender Total Security 2010
7. Click OK to save and apply the changes.
Overview 37
BitDefender Total Security 2010
7. Fixing Issues
BitDefender uses an issue tracking system to detect and inform you about the issues that may affect the security of your computer and data. By default, it will monitor only a series of issues that are considered to be very important. However, you can configure it as needed, choosing which specific issues you want to be notified about.
This is how pending issues are notified:
⚫ A special symbol is displayed over the BitDefender icon in the
to indicate pending issues.
▸ Red triangle with an exclamation mark: Critical issues affect the security of your system. They require your immediate attention and must be fixed as soon as possible.
▸ Yellow triangle with an exclamation mark: Non-critical issues affect the security of your system. You should check and fix them when you have the time.
Also, if you move the mouse cursor over the icon, a pop-up will confirm the existence of pending issues.
⚫ When you open BitDefender, the Security Status area will indicate the number of issues affecting your system.
▸ In Intermediate Mode, the security status is shown on the Dashboard tab.
▸ In Expert Mode, go to General>Dashboard to check the security status.
7.1. Fix All Issues Wizard
The easiest way to fix the existing issues is to follow the step-by-step Fix All Issues wizard. The wizard helps you easily remove any threats to your computer and data security. To open the wizard, do any of the following:
⚫ Right-click the BitDefender icon in the
and select Fix All Issues.
⚫ Open BitDefender. Depending on the user interface mode, proceed as follows:
▸ In Novice Mode, click Fix All Issues.
▸ In Intermediate Mode, go to the Dashboard tab and click Fix All Issues.
▸ In Expert Mode, go to General>Dashboard and click Fix All Issues.
Fixing Issues 38
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Fix All Issues Wizard
The wizard displays the list of existing security vulnerabilities on your computer.
All current issues are selected to be fixed. If there is an issue that you do not want to be fixed, just select the corresponding check box. If you do so, its status will change to Skip.
Note
If you do not want to be notified about specific issues, you must configure the tracking system accordingly, as described in the next section.
To fix the selected issues, click Start. Some issues are fixed immediately. For others, a wizard helps you fix them.
The issues that this wizard helps you fix can be grouped into these main categories:
⚫ Disabled security settings. Such issues are fixed immediately, by enabling the respective security settings.
⚫ Preventive security tasks you need to perform. An example of such a task is scanning your computer. It is recommended that you scan your computer at least once a week. BitDefender will automatically do that for you in most cases.
However, if you have changed the scanning schedule or if the schedule is not completed, you will be notified about this issue.
When fixing such issues, a wizard helps you successfully complete the task.
Fixing Issues 39
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ System vulnerabilities. BitDefender automatically checks your system for vulnerabilities and alerts you about them. System vulnerabilities include the following:
▸ weak passwords to Windows user accounts.
▸ outdated software on your computer.
▸ missing Windows updates.
▸ Windows Automatic Updates is disabled.
When such issues are to be fixed, the vulnerability scan wizard is started. This wizard assists you in fixing the detected system vulnerabilities. For detailed information, please refer to section
“Vulnerability Check Wizard” (p. 65)
.
7.2. Configuring Issue Tracking
The issue tracking system is pre-configured to monitor and alert you about the most important issues that may affect the security of your computer and data. Additional issues may be monitored based on the choices you make in the
(when you configure your usage profile). Besides the issues monitored by default, there are several other issues you can be informed about.
You can configure the tracking system to best serve your security needs by choosing which specific issues to be informed about. You can do that either in Intermediate
Mode or in Expert Mode.
⚫ In Intermediate Mode, the tracking system can be configured from separate locations. Follow these steps:
1. Go to the Security, Tune-up or File Storage tab.
2. Click Configure Status Tracking.
3. Select the check boxes corresponding to the items you want to be monitored.
For detailed information, please refer to the
part of this user guide.
⚫ In Expert Mode, the tracking system can be configured from a central location.
Follow these steps:
1. Go to General>Dashboard.
2. Click Configure Status Tracking.
3. Select the check boxes corresponding to the items you want to be monitored.
For detailed information, please refer to chapter
Fixing Issues 40
BitDefender Total Security 2010
8. Configuring Basic Settings
You can configure the main product settings (including changing the user interface view mode) from the basic settings window. To open it, do any of the following:
⚫ Open BitDefender and click the Settings button in the upper-right corner of the window.
⚫ Right-click the BitDefender icon in the
and select Basic Settings.
Note
To configure the product settings in detail, use the Expert Mode interface. For detailed information, please refer to the
part of this user guide.
Basic Settings
The settings are organized into three categories:
To apply and save the configuration changes you make, click OK. To close the window without saving the changes, click Cancel.
Configuring Basic Settings 41
BitDefender Total Security 2010
8.1. User Interface Settings
In this area, you can switch the user interface view mode and reset the usage profile.
Switching the user interface view mode. As described in section
View Modes” (p. 22) , there are three modes for displaying the user interface. Each
user interface mode is designed for a specific category of users, based on their computer skills. In this way, the user interface accommodates all kinds of users, from computer beginners to very technical people.
The first button shows the current user interface view mode. To change the user interface mode, click the arrow on the button and select the desired mode from the menu.
Mode
Novice Mode
Intermediate Mode
Expert Mode
Description
Suited for computer beginners and people who want
BitDefender to protect their computer and data without being bothered. This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side.
All you have to do is fix the existing issues when indicated by BitDefender. An intuitive step-by-step wizard assists you in fixing issues. Additionally, you can perform common tasks, such as updating the
BitDefender virus signature and product files or scanning the computer.
Aimed at users with average computer skills, this mode extends what you can do in Novice Mode.
You can fix issues separately and choose which issues to be monitored. Moreover, you can manage remotely the BitDefender products installed on the computers in your household.
Suited for more technical users, this mode allows you to fully configure each functionality of BitDefender.
You can also use all tasks provided to protect your computer and data.
Resetting the usage profile.
The usage profile reflects the main activities performed on the computer. Depending on the usage profile, the product interface is organized to allow easy access to your preferred tasks.
To reconfigure the usage profile, click Reset Usage Profile and follow the configuration wizard.
Configuring Basic Settings 42
BitDefender Total Security 2010
8.2. Security Settings
In this area, you can enable or disable product settings that cover various aspects of computer and data security. The current status of a setting is indicated using one of these icons:
Green circle with a check mark: The setting is enabled.
Red circle with an exclamation mark: The setting is disabled.
To enable / disable a setting, select / clear the corresponding Enable check box.
Warning
Use caution when disabling real-time antivirus protection, firewall or automatic update.
Disabling these features may compromise your computer's security. If you really need to disable them, remember to re-enable them as soon as possible.
The entire list of settings and their description is provided in the following table:
Setting
Antivirus
Automatic Update
Vulnerability Check
Antispam
Antiphishing
Identity Control
IM Encryption
Parental Control
Description
Real-time protection ensures that all files are scanned as they are accessed by you or by an application running on this system.
Automatic update ensures that the newest BitDefender product and signature files are downloaded and installed automatically, on a regular basis.
Automatic vulnerability check ensures that crucial software on your PC is up-to-date.
Antispam filters the e-mail messages that you receive, marking unsolicited and junk mail as SPAM.
Antiphishing detects and alerts you in real-time if a web page is set up to steal personal information.
Identity Control helps you prevent your personal data from being sent out on the Internet without your consent. It blocks any instant messages, e-mail messages or web forms transmitting data you defined as being private to unauthorized recipients (addresses).
IM (Instant Messaging) Encryption secures your conversations via Yahoo! Messenger and Windows Live
Messenger provided that your IM contacts use a compatible BitDefender product and IM software.
Parental Control restricts the computer and online activities of your children based on the rules you
Configuring Basic Settings 43
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Setting
Firewall
File Encryption
Description defined.
Restrictions may include blocking inappropriate web sites, as well as limiting gaming and
Internet access according to a specified schedule.
Firewall protects your computer from hacker and malicious outside attacks.
File Encryption keeps your documents private by encrypting them in special vaulted drives. If you disable
File Encryption, all file vaults will be locked and you will no longer be able to access the files they contain.
The status of some of these settings may be monitored by the BitDefender issue tracking system. If you disable a monitored setting, BitDefender will indicate this as an issue that you need to fix.
If you do not want a monitored setting that you disabled to be shown as an issue, you must configure the tracking system accordingly. You can do that either in
Intermediate Mode or in Expert Mode.
⚫ In Intermediate Mode, the tracking system can be configured from separate locations, based on settings categories. For detailed information, please refer to the
part of this user guide.
⚫ In Expert Mode, the tracking system can be configured from a central location.
Follow these steps:
1. Go to General>Dashboard.
2. Click Configure Status Tracking.
3. Clear the check box corresponding to the item you want not to be monitored.
For detailed information, please refer to chapter
8.3. General Settings
In this area, you can enable or disable settings that affect product behavior and user experience. The current status of a setting is indicated using one of these icons:
Green circle with a check mark: The setting is enabled.
Red circle with an exclamation mark: The setting is disabled.
To enable / disable a setting, select / clear the corresponding Enable check box.
The entire list of settings and their description is provided in the following table:
Configuring Basic Settings 44
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Setting Description
Game Mode
Laptop Mode Detection
Settings Password
BitDefender News
Product Notification
Alerts
Scan Activity Bar
Send Virus Reports
Outbreak Detection
Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance during games.
Laptop Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on the life of your laptop battery.
This ensures that the BitDefender settings can only be changed by the person who knows this password.
When you enable this option, you will be prompted to configure the settings password. Type the desired password in both fields and click OK to set the password.
By enabling this option, you will receive important company news, product updates or new security threats from BitDefender.
By enabling this option, you will receive information alerts.
The Scan Activity Bar is a small, transparent window indicating the progress of the BitDefender scanning activity. For more information, please refer to
By enabling this option, virus scanning reports are sent to BitDefender labs for analysis. Please note that these reports will contain no confidential data, such as your name or IP address, and that they will not be used for commercial purposes.
By enabling this option, reports regarding potential virus-outbreaks are sent to BitDefender labs for analysis. Please note that these reports will contain no confidential data, such as your name or IP address, and that they will not be used for commercial purposes.
Configuring Basic Settings 45
BitDefender Total Security 2010
9. History and Events
The View Logs link at the bottom of the BitDefender main window opens another window with the BitDefender history & events. This window offers you an overview of the security-related events. For instance, you can easily check if the update was successfully performed, if malware was found on your computer, if your backup tasks run without error, etc.
Note
The link is only accessible in Intermediate Mode or in Expert Mode.
Events
In order to help you filter the BitDefender history & events, the following categories are provided on the left side:
⚫ Antivirus
⚫ Antispam
⚫ Parental Control
⚫ Privacy Control
⚫ Firewall
History and Events 46
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Vulnerability
⚫ Backup
⚫ IM encryption
⚫ File Encryption
⚫ Tune-Up
⚫ Game/Laptop Mode
⚫ Home Network
⚫ Update
⚫ Registration
⚫ Internet Log
A list of events is available for each category. Each event comes with the following information: a short description, the action BitDefender took on it when it happened, and the date and time when it occurred. If you want to find out more information about a particular event in the list, double click that event.
Click Clear all logs if you want to remove old logs or Refresh to make sure the latest logs are displayed.
History and Events 47
BitDefender Total Security 2010
10. Registration and My Account
BitDefender Total Security 2010 comes with 30-day trial period. During the trial period, the product is fully functional and you can test it to see if it meets your expectations. Please note that, after 15 days of evaluation, the product will cease to update, unless you create a BitDefender account. Creating a BitDefender account is a mandatory part of the registration process.
Before the trial period is over, you must register the product in order to keep your computer protected. Registration is a two-step process:
1. Product activation (registration of a BitDefender account). You must create a BitDefender account in order to receive updates and to have access to free technical support. If you already have a BitDefender account, register your
BitDefender product to that account. BitDefender will notify you that you need to activate your product and it will help you fix this issue.
Important
You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender (if you register it with a license key, the deadline is extended to 30 days). Otherwise,
BitDefender will no longer update.
2. Registration with a license key. The license key specifies how long you are entitled to use the product. As soon as the license key expires, BitDefender stops performing its functions and protecting your computer. You must register the product with a license key when the trial period ends. You should purchase a license key or renew your license a few days before the current license key expires.
10.1. Registering BitDefender Total Security 2010
If you want to register the product with a license key or to change the current license key, click the Register Now link, located at the bottom of the BitDefender window.
The product registration window will appear.
Registration and My Account 48
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Registration
You can see the BitDefender registration status, the current license key and how many days are left until the license expires.
To register BitDefender Total Security 2010:
1. Type the license key in the edit field.
Note
You can find your license key:
⚫ on the CD label.
⚫ on the product registration card.
⚫ in the online purchase e-mail.
If you do not have a BitDefender license key, click the provided link to go to the
BitDefender online store and buy one.
2. Click Register Now.
3. Click Finish.
If a valid BitDefender license key is detected on your system, you can continue using this key by clicking Finish.
Registration and My Account 49
BitDefender Total Security 2010
10.2. Activating BitDefender
To activate BitDefender, you must create or sign in to a BitDefender account. If you did not register a BitDefender account during the initial registration wizard, you can do that as follows:
⚫ In Novice Mode, click Fix All Issues. The wizard will help you fix all pending issues, including activating the product.
⚫ In Intermediate Mode, go to the Security tab and click the Fix button corresponding to the issue regarding the product activation.
⚫ In Expert Mode, go to Registration and click the Activate Product button.
The account registration window will open. This is where you can create or sign in into a BitDefender account to activate your product.
Account Creation
If you do not want to create a BitDefender account at the moment, select Register
later and click Finish. Otherwise, proceed according to your current situation:
⚫ “I do not have a BitDefender account” (p. 51)
⚫ “I already have a BitDefender account” (p. 51)
Registration and My Account 50
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Important
You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender (if you register it with a license key, the deadline is extended to 30 days). Otherwise, BitDefender will no longer update.
I do not have a BitDefender account
To successfully create a BitDefender account, follow these steps:
1. Select Create a new account.
2. Type the required information in the corresponding fields. The data you provide here will remain confidential.
⚫ E-mail address - type in your e-mail address.
⚫ Password - type in a password for your BitDefender account. The password must be between 6 and 16 characters long.
⚫ Re-type password - type in again the previously specified password.
Note
Once the account is activated, you can use the provided e-mail address and password to log in to your account at http://myaccount.bitdefender.com
.
3. If you plan to use BitDefender to back your data up on secure online servers, select the corresponding check box to activate Online Backup. You can also activate Online Backup later. Online Backup is only available to users having registered to BitDefender Account.
4. Optionally, BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e-mail address of your account. Select one of the available options from the menu:
⚫ Send me all messages
⚫ Send me only product related messages
⚫ Don't send me any messages
5. Click Create.
6. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
7. Activate your account. Before being able to use your account, you must activate it. Check your e-mail and follow the instructions in the e-mail message sent to you by the BitDefender registration service.
I already have a BitDefender account
BitDefender will automatically detect if you have previously registered a BitDefender account on your computer. In this case, provide the password of your account and click Sign in. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
Registration and My Account 51
BitDefender Total Security 2010
If you already have an active account, but BitDefender does not detect it, follow these steps to register the product to that account:
1. Select Sign in (previously created account).
2. Type the e-mail address and the password of your account in the corresponding fields.
Note
If you have forgotten your password, click Forgot your password? and follow the instructions.
3. If you plan to use BitDefender to back your data up on secure online servers, select the corresponding check box to activate Online Backup. You can also activate Online Backup later. Online Backup is only available to users having registered to BitDefender Account.
4. Optionally, BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e-mail address of your account. Select one of the available options from the menu:
⚫ Send me all messages
⚫ Send me only product related messages
⚫ Don't send me any messages
5. Click Sign in.
6. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
10.3. Purchasing License Keys
If the trial period is going to end soon, you must purchase a license key and register your product. Open BitDefender and click the Buy/Renew link, located at the bottom of the window. The link takes you to a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender product.
10.4. Renewing Your License
As a BitDefender customer, you are eligible for a discount when renewing the license of your BitDefender product. You may also upgrade your product to the current version at a special discount or free of charge.
If your current license key is going to expire soon, you must renew your license.
Open BitDefender and click the Buy/Renew link, located at the bottom of the window. The link takes you to a web page where you can renew your license.
Registration and My Account 52
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11. Wizards
In order to make BitDefender very easy to use, several wizards help you carry out specific security tasks or configure more complex product settings. This chapter describes the wizards that may appear when you fix issues or perform specific tasks with BitDefender. Other configuration wizards are described separately in the
part.
11.1. Antivirus Scan Wizard
Whenever you initiate an on-demand scan (for example, right-click a folder and select Scan with BitDefender), the BitDefender Antivirus Scan wizard will appear.
Follow the three-step guided procedure to complete the scanning process.
Note
If the scan wizard does not appear, the scan may be configured to run silently, in the background. Look for the scan progress icon in the
system tray . You can click this
icon to open the scan window and to see the scan progress.
11.1.1. Step 1/3 - Scanning
BitDefender will start scanning the selected objects.
Scanning
Wizards 53
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You can see the scan status and statistics (scanning speed, elapsed time, number of scanned / infected / suspicious / hidden objects and other).
Wait for BitDefender to finish scanning.
Note
The scanning process may take a while, depending on the complexity of the scan.
Password-protected archives.
If BitDefender detects a password-protected archive during scanning and the default action is Prompt for password, you will be prompted to provide the password. Password-protected archives cannot be scanned unless you provide the password. The following options are available:
⚫ I want to enter the password for this object. If you want BitDefender to scan the archive, select this option and type the password. If you do not know the password, choose one of the other options.
⚫ I do not want to enter the password for this object (skip this object).
Select this option to skip scanning this archive.
⚫ I do not want to enter the password for any object (skip all
password-protected objects). Select this option if you do not want to be bothered about password-protected archives. BitDefender will not be able to scan them, but a record will be kept in the scan log.
Click OK to continue scanning.
Stopping or pausing the scan. You can stop scanning anytime you want by clicking Stop&Yes. You will go directly to the last step of the wizard. To temporarily stop the scanning process, just click Pause. You will have to click Resume to resume scanning.
11.1.2. Step 2/3 - Select Actions
When the scanning is completed, a new window will appear, where you can see the scan results.
Wizards 54
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Actions
You can see the number of issues affecting your system.
The infected objects are displayed in groups, based on the malware they are infected with. Click the link corresponding to a threat to find out more information about the infected objects.
You can choose an overall action to be taken for all issues or you can select separate actions for each group of issues.
One or several of the following options can appear on the menu:
Action
Take No Action
Disinfect
Delete
Move to quarantine
Rename files
Description
No action will be taken on the detected files. After the scan is completed, you can open the scan log to view information on these files.
Removes the malware code from infected files.
Deletes detected files.
Moves detected files to quarantine. Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
Changes the name of hidden files by appending
.bd.ren to their name. As a result, you will be able
Wizards 55
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Action Description to search for and find such files on your computer, if any.
Please note that these hidden files are not the files that you deliberately hide from Windows. They are the files hidden by special programs, known as rootkits.
Rootkits are not malicious in nature. However, they are commonly used to make viruses or spyware undetectable by normal antivirus programs.
Click Continue to apply the specified actions.
11.1.3. Step 3/3 - View Results
When BitDefender finishes fixing the issues, the scan results will appear in a new window.
Summary
You can see the results summary. If you want comprehensive information on the scanning process, click Show log file to view the scan log.
Important
If required, please restart your system in order to complete the cleaning process.
Wizards 56
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Click Close to close the window.
BitDefender Could Not Solve Some Issues
In most cases BitDefender successfully disinfects the infected files it detects or it isolates the infection. However, there are issues that cannot be solved.
In these cases, we recommend you to contact the BitDefender Support Team at www.bitdefender.com
. Our support representatives will help you solve the issues you are experiencing.
BitDefender Detected Suspect Files
Suspect files are files detected by the heuristic analysis as potentially infected with malware the signature of which has not been released yet.
If suspect files were detected during the scan, you will be requested to submit them to the BitDefender Lab. Click OK to send these files to the BitDefender Lab for further analysis.
11.2. Custom Scan Wizard
The Custom Scan Wizard lets you create and run a custom scan task and optionally save it as a Quick Task when using BitDefender in Intermediate Mode.
To run a custom scan task using the Custom Scan Wizard you must follow these steps:
1. In Intermediate Mode, go to the Security tab.
2. In the Quick Tasks area, click the arrow on the System Scan button and select Custom Scan.
3. Follow the six-step guided procedure to complete the scanning process.
11.2.1. Step 1/6 - Welcome Window
This is a welcome window.
Wizards 57
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Welcome Window
If you want to skip over this window when running this wizard in the future, select the Don't show this step the next time this wizard is run check box.
Click Next.
11.2.2. Step 2/6 - Select Target
Here you can specify the files or folders to be scanned as well as the scan options.
Wizards 58
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select Target
Click Add Target, select the files or folders that you want to scan and click OK.
The paths to the selected locations will appear in the Scan Target column. If you change your mind about the location, just click the Remove button next to it. Click the Remove All button to remove all the locations that were added to the list.
When you are done selecting the locations, set the Scan Options. The following are available:
Option
Scan all files
Scan files with application extensions only
Description
Select this option to scan all the files in the selected folders.
Only the program files will be scanned. This means only the files with the following extensions: .exe;
.bat; .com; .dll; .ocx; .scr; .bin; .dat; .386;
.vxd; .sys; .wdm; .cla; .class; .ovl; .ole; .exe;
.hlp; .doc; .dot; .xls; .ppt; .wbk; .wiz; .pot;
.ppa; .xla; .xlt; .vbs; .vbe; .mdb; .rtf; .htm;
.hta; .html; .xml; .xtp; .php; .asp; .js; .shs;
.chm; .lnk; .pif; .prc; .url; .smm; .pdf; .msi;
.ini; .csc; .cmd; .bas; .eml and .nws.
Wizards 59
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Option
Scan user defined extensions only
Description
Only the files with the extensions specified by the user will be scanned. These extensions must be separated by ";".
Click Next.
11.2.3. Step 3/6 - Select Actions
Here you can specify the scanner settings and the scan level.
Select Actions
⚫ Select the actions to be taken on the infected and suspect files detected. The following options are available:
Action
Take No Action
Disinfect files
Delete files
Description
No action will be taken on infected files. These files will appear in the report file.
Remove the malware code from the infected files detected.
Deletes infected files immediately, without any warning.
Wizards 60
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Action Description
Move files to Quarantine Moves infected files into the quarantine. Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
⚫ Select the action to be taken on the hidden (rootkits) files. The following options are available:
Action
Take No Action
Rename
Description
No action will be taken on hidden files. These files will appear in the report file.
Changes the name of hidden files by appending
.bd.ren to their name. As a result, you will be able to search for and find such files on your computer, if any.
⚫ Configure scanner aggressiveness. There are 3 levels to choose from. Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level:
Scan Level
Permissive
Default
Aggressive
Description
Only applications files are scanned and only for viruses. The resource consumption level is low.
The resource consumption level is moderate. All files are scanned for viruses and spyware.
All files (including archives) are scanned for viruses and spyware. Hidden files and processes are included in the scan
The resource consumption level is higher.
Advanced users might want to take advantage of the scan settings BitDefender offers. The scanner can be set to search only for specific malware threats. This may greatly reduce scanning times and improve your computer's responsiveness during a scan.
Drag the slider to select Custom and then click the Custom level button. The following window will appear:
Wizards 61
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Custom Scan Level
Specify the type of malware you want BitDefender to scan for by selecting the appropriate options:
Option
Scan for viruses
Scan for adware
Scan for spyware
Scan for applications
Scan for dialers
Scan for rootkits
Scan for keyloggers
Description
Scans for known viruses.
BitDefender detects incomplete virus bodies, too, thus removing any possible threat that could affect your system's security.
Scans for adware threats. Detected files will be treated as infected. The software that includes adware components might stop working if this option is enabled.
Scans for known spyware threats. Detected files will be treated as infected.
Scan for legitimate applications that can be used as a spying tool, to hide malicious applications or for other malicious intent.
Scans for applications dialing high-cost numbers.
Detected files will be treated as infected. The software that includes dialer components might stop working if this option is enabled.
Scans for hidden objects (files and processes), generally known as rootkits.
Scans for malicious applications that record keystrokes..
Wizards 62
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Click OK to close the window.
Click Next.
11.2.4. Step 4/6 - Additional Settings
Before scanning begins, additional options are available:
Additional Settings
⚫ To save the custom task you are creating for future use select the Show this
task in Intermediate UI check box and enter a name for the task in the provided edit field.
The task will be added to the list of Quick Tasks already available in the Security tab and will also appear in Advanced Mode > Antivirus > Virus Scan.
⚫ To shut down the computer after scanning is completed, select the Shut down
the computer after scan finishes if no threats are found check box.
Click Next.
11.2.5. Step 5/6 - Scanning
BitDefender will start scanning the selected objects:
Wizards 63
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Scanning
Note
The scanning process may take a while, depending on the complexity of the scan.
You can click the scan progress icon in the
to open the scan window and see the scan progress.
11.2.6. Step 6/6 - View Results
When BitDefender completes the scanning process, the scan results will appear in a new window:
Wizards 64
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Summary
You can see the results summary. If you want comprehensive information on the scanning process, click View Log to view the scan log.
Important
If required, please restart your system in order to complete the cleaning process.
Click Close to close the window.
11.3. Vulnerability Check Wizard
This wizard checks the system for vulnerabilities and helps you fix them.
Wizards 65
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11.3.1. Step 1/6 - Select Vulnerabilities to Check
Vulnerabilities
Click Next to check the system for the selected vulnerabilities.
Wizards 66
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11.3.2. Step 2/6 - Checking for Vulnerabilities
Vulnerability Check
Wait for BitDefender to finish checking for vulnerabilities.
Wizards 67
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11.3.3. Step 3/6 - Update Windows
Windows Updates
You can see the list of critical and non-critical Windows updates that are not currently installed on your computer. Click Install All System Updates to install all the available updates.
Click Next.
Wizards 68
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11.3.4. Step 4/6 - Update Applications
Applications
You can see the list of applications checked by BitDefender and if they are up to date. If an application is not up to date, click the provided link to download the latest version.
Click Next.
Wizards 69
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11.3.5. Step 5/6 - Change Weak Passwords
User Passwords
You can see the list of the Windows user accounts configured on your computer and the level of protection their password provides. A password can be strong (hard to guess) or weak (easy to crack by malicious people with specialized software).
Click Fix to modify the weak passwords. A new window will appear.
Change Password
Select the method to fix this issue:
⚫ Force user to change password at next login. BitDefender will prompt the user to change the password the next time the user logs on to Windows.
Wizards 70
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Change user password. You must type the new password in the edit fields.
Make sure to inform the user about the password change.
Note
For a strong password, use a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers and special characters (such as # , $ or @ ). You can search the Internet for more information and tips on creating strong passwords.
Click OK to change the password.
Click Next.
11.3.6. Step 6/6 - View Results
Results
Click Close.
11.4. Backup and Restore Wizards
The backup and restore wizards help you back up data and restore them when needed.
Wizards 71
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11.4.1. Local Backup Wizard
This wizard guides you through the process of creating a local backup task. At the end of this process, you will be able to back your files up on the spot or schedule the product to back them up at a later moment.
Step 1/5 - Welcome Window
This is just a welcome page.
Welcome Window
Click Next.
Step 2/5 - Choose what to Backup
Here you can select what data in your computer to back up.
Wizards 72
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Choose what to backup
You can choose either Quick Backup (your music, videos, pictures, emails, applications settings, etc.) or Full Backup (all partitions).
Click Other files, to add other files from your Desktop to Quick Backup. Full
Backup can also be easily customized by selecting what directories to backup from a certain partition.
Click Next.
Step 3/5 - Choose where to Backup
Here you can select the location of the backed-up data.
Wizards 73
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Choose where to backup
The following options are available:
⚫ Backup data on my computer
⚫ Backup data on my USB drive
⚫ Backup data on a network location
⚫ Backup data on CD/DVD
⚫ Backup data on FTP server
If you decide to back your data up on your computer, your USB drive or on a network location, click Choose location and select where to save the data to.
If you want to back your data up on an FTP server, click Choose location and add the FTP server. A new window will appear.
Add FTP Server
You must configure the FTP server connection settings as follows:
Wizards 74
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. Type the FTP server name in the corresponding field.
2. If the FTP server uses a different port than default port 21, type it in the corresponding field.
3. To use passive mode (the FTP server initiates the connection), select the Passive
Mode check box.
4. If the FTP server allows anonymous access, you can leave the Anonymous option selected. Otherwise, select User Name and type the user name and password of an account recognized by the FTP server.
5. Click OK.
Click Next.
Step 4/5 - Choose when to Backup
Here you can select when to back your data up.
Choose when to backup
The following options are available:
⚫ Only backup the data this time
⚫ Backup the data on a schedule I specify
To back your files up on the spot click Only backup the data this time, to schedule the product to backup your files at a later moment, click Backup the data on a
schedule I specify.
If you select Backup the data on a schedule I specify, you can specify how often the scheduled task runs: daily or weekly. You can also specify the start date and time.
Wizards 75
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Click Next.
Step 5/5 - Summary
Here you can review the backup job settings and start the backup.
Summary
You must type a task name into the corresponding field. You can make any changes by returning to the previous steps (click Back).
Click Start backup if you are satisfied with your settings. Wait for BitDefender to complete the backup and then click Finish.
Wizards 76
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
The first time you create a scheduled backup job, you will be prompted to specify the Windows account used to run the job.
To use the current user account, just type its password in the corresponding field. If you want to run the backup under a different account, select The
following Windows user and fill in the fields.
⚫ User name - type the name of the Windows account.
⚫ Password - type the password of the previously specified user account.
⚫ Server - type the domain server name.
Click OK to continue.
Set Running User
11.4.2. Local Restore Wizard
This wizard helps you restore data that you backed up on a local storage medium.
Note
Before restoring any data, make sure that the device where you backed the data up is available. Depending on the device you used, you may need to take one of these actions:
⚫ Insert the backup USB stick into a USB port.
⚫ Insert the backup CD/DVD into the drive.
⚫ Check if you can connect to the network location or FTP server where the backup is stored.
Step 1/4 - Welcome Window
This is just a welcome page.
Wizards 77
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Welcome Window
Click Next.
Step 2/4 - Choose where to Backup from
Here you can select a location where you want to restore files from.
Choose where to backup from
The following options are available:
Wizards 78
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Restore data from my computer
⚫ Restore data from a USB drive
⚫ Restore data from a network location
⚫ Restore data from CD/DVD
⚫ Restore data from FTP server
After selecting an option, click Choose location and select the backup file that you want to restore.
Click Next.
Step 3/4 - Choose the Restore Location and Files
Here you can choose which specific files to restore and where to restore them to.
Choose the restore location and files
The following options are available:
⚫ Restore the backup to its original location
⚫ Restore the backup to a different location
⚫ Restore all data from the selected backup location
⚫ Restore specific files
⚫ Overwrite existing files when restoring
If you want to restore data to another location or specific files only, select the location and data by clicking the corresponding button.
To avoid overwriting the existing file when restoring, clear the Overwrite existing
files when restoring check box.
Click Next.
Wizards 79
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 4/4 - Summary
Here you can review the restore job settings and start the restoring process.
Click Restore if you are satisfied with your settings. Wait for BitDefender to restore the selected data and then click Finish.
11.4.3. Online Backup Wizard
This wizard helps you back up data on secure online servers and create an automatic backup routine.
Note
You must have a BitDefender account with the Online Backup option activated in order to back up data online.
Step 1/4 - What do you want to back up?
Here you can select what data in your computer to back up.
Wizards 80
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Choose what to backup
Choose what you want to back up by checking the checkbox next to each of your important files and folders.
Note
Common Files and Folders is a quick way to find the items most people like to backup such as My Documents, My Pictures, My Music and so on.
You can see the size of your selected files by selecting the Auto calculate checkbox under the Disk Usage Space option.
Click Next to continue or Skip Configuration to exit the wizard.
Step 2/4 - When and how do you want to back up?
This is where you can set up your backup schedule.
Wizards 81
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Choose when to backup
If you select Run scheduled backups automatically without user intervention, you can specify how often the scheduled task runs by using the Frequency and
Timing drop-down menus.
To run the backup task even when you are not logged on, click the corresponding checkbox.
Click Next to continue or Skip Configuration to exit the wizard.
Step 3/4 - Other settings
This is where you can optimized the backup process by setting up connection speed related information. The connection speed refers to the data transfer rate from the
Internet to your computer.
Wizards 82
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Other settings
At the same time, you can choose to receive feedback regarding backup tasks or not by email. Select the corresponding checkbox and type your email address where you want to receive automatic backup reports.
Click Next to continue or Skip Configuration to exit the wizard.
Step 4/4 - Summary
Here you can review the backup job settings.
Wizards 83
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Summary
If you want to start the backup immediately select the Run backup now checkbox.
Click Finish to run backup or Skip Configuration to exit the wizard.
11.4.4. Online Restore Wizard
This wizard helps you restore data that you backed up online.
Step 1/3 - Search for backup
This is where you can search for previous backups tasks to recover files from.
Wizards 84
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Search for backup
The calendar displays in bold all dates on which backup tasks have been run. By clicking a date, only backups tasks up to this date will be included in your search results.
Furthermore, you can filter your search by using the following criteria:
Criteria
What size is it
(KB)?
What type is it?
All or part of the file name
Description
Set the size of the file (in KB) by typing a number into the corresponding field. The size must contain digits only.
Select the file type from the drop-down menu.
Type the name to search for into the corresponding field.
Click Next to continue or Skip Configuration to exit the wizard.
Step 2/3 - Select what to recover
This is where you can select the files to recover.
Wizards 85
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select what to recover
Click Next to continue or Skip Configuration to exit the wizard.
Step 3/3 - Select where to restore
This is where you can set up the restoring location for your files and folders.
Wizards 86
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select where to restore
The default restoring location is: ?:\Programs Files\BitDefender Online
Backup\RecoveredFiles.
To set up another restoring location, follow these steps:
1. Select the New location checkbox.
2. Type the new location in the corresponding textbox or use the browse button to specify it.
3. If you want to save the new location as default, just select the corresponding checkbox.
By selecting the Include original path checkbox, the backed-up data will be restored in accordance with the original location's folder structure.
Let's suppose that you used the default restoring location. Inside the
RestoredFiles folder the original location's folder structure will the created, by f o l l o w i n g t h i s s y n t a x :
ComputerName\DriveName\FolderExample1\BackupData.
Click Finish to run the restore task or Skip Configuration to exit the wizard.
When the restoring process is finished, the following window will appear:
Wizards 87
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Restore finished
Click Open Folder to browse the default restoring location.
11.5. Tuneup Wizards
The Tuneup wizards help you optimize the disk space and improve the performance and responsiveness of your computer.
11.5.1. Disk Defragmenter Wizard
This wizard physically reorganizes the data on the hard disk so that the pieces of each file are stored close together and continuously.
Note
Defragmentation may take a while since it involves moving portions of stored data from a place to another on the hard disk. We recommend you to perform defragmentation when you are not using your computer.
Step 1/3 - Analyzing...
The Disk Defragmenter will analyze the hard disk to determine whether it needs to be defragmented or not.
Wizards 88
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Analyzing
Wait for the Disk Defragmenter to finish the analysis. If you want to cancel the operation, just click Cancel.
Step 2/3 - View Analysis Report
After the analysis is completed, a new window will appear where you can see the results and initiate disk defragmentation, if necessary.
Wizards 89
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Analysis Report
Check the analysis report.
If no disk volume needs defragmenting, click Close to close the window. Otherwise, select the Defragment option corresponding to the disk volumes that need defragmenting and click Run to initiate defragmentation.
Note
The Disk Defragmenter will need 15% of free space on the defragmented volume in order to operate properly. If there is not enough free space on the defragmented volume, defragmentation will be aborted.
Wizards 90
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Defragmenting
Wait for the disk defragmenting to complete. You can cancel disk defragmentation at any time by clicking Abort.
Step 3/3 - View Defragmentation Report
After the disk defragmentation is completed, a new window will appear where you can see the defragmentation statistics.
Wizards 91
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Defragmentation Report
Click Close to close the window.
11.5.2. PC Cleanup Wizard
This wizard removes unnecessary files from the disk, including temporary Internet files and cookies, unused system files and recent documents shortcuts.
Step 1/3 - Initiate Deletion
Here you can start deleting the temporary Internet files and cookies.
Wizards 92
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Welcome Window
Click Next.
Step 2/3 - Deleting Files...
The cleaner will start deleting the temporary Internet files and cookies.
Wizards 93
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Deleting Files...
Wait for the Cleaner to delete the temporary Internet files and the cookies. If you want to cancel the operation, just click Cancel.
Step 3/3 - View Results Summary
After the cleaner has deleted all files, a new window will appear where you can view the results summary.
Wizards 94
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results Summary
You can see statistics regarding the deleted objects.
Click Close to close the window.
11.5.3. Duplicate Finder Wizard
This wizard helps you find and delete files that are duplicated in your system.
Step 1/4 - Select Search Target
Here you can specify where to search for duplicates.
Wizards 95
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Search Target
Click Add Target and select a location where the Duplicate Finder should search for duplicate files. The path to the selected location will appear in the Path column.
If you change your mind about the location, just click the Remove button next to it.
Note
You can select one or several locations.
Click Next.
Step 2/4 - Searching...
The Duplicate Finder will start searching for duplicate files.
Wizards 96
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Searching...
You can see the search status and statistics.
Wait for the Duplicate Finder to complete the search for duplicate files. If you want to cancel the operation, just click Cancel.
Step 3/4 - Select Action
After the search is completed, a new window will appear where you can specify what actions to be taken on the duplicate files detected.
Note
If no duplicate files are found, you will skip this step.
Wizards 97
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Actions
The duplicate files detected are organized and displayed as groups. If you click next to a group, you can see detailed information about the duplicate files (full path, size, creation and modification date).
You can choose an overall action to be taken on all the duplicate files detected or you can choose actions to be taken on groups of duplicate files. The following actions are available on the menu:
Action
Keep Newest
Keep Oldest
No Action
Description
The newest duplicate will be kept, while the other duplicates will be deleted.
The oldest duplicate will be kept, while the other duplicates will be deleted.
No action will be taken on the duplicate files.
If you want to apply an overall action to all the objects in the group, select the desired action from the corresponding menu. If you only want specific files from the group to be deleted, check the Delete option next to the respective files.
Note
The overall action will not overwrite the action chosen for specific files or groups.
This means, for example, that if you set Keep Newest as the overall action, but you
Wizards 98
BitDefender Total Security 2010 choose to take no action on a particular group, then the overall action will apply to all except that particular group.
Click Next.
Step 4/4 - View Results Summary
Here you can view the results of the Duplicate Finder scanning.
Results Summary
Click Run again to initiate a new search for duplicate files or OK to close the window.
11.5.4. Registry Cleaner Wizard
This wizard identifies and deletes invalid or orphan references in the Windows
Registry.
Step 1/4 - Initiate Scanning
Here you can start registry scanning.
Wizards 99
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Status
You can see when the Registry Cleaner was run last and the BitDefender recommendation.
Click Next.
Step 2/4 - Scanning...
The Registry Cleaner will start scanning the Windows Registry.
Wizards 100
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Scanning...
You can see the last registry key scanned and the related statistics.
Wait for the Registry Cleaner to complete the registry key scan. If you want to cancel the operation, just click Cancel.
Note
If you want to stop the scan, just click Stop. You will skip the next step.
Step 3/4 - Select Action
After the registry keys scan is completed, a new window will appear where you can view the results.
Note
If no issues are found or if you have chosen to stop the scan, you will skip this step.
Wizards 101
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Actions
You can see all the invalid or orphan registry keys detected. Detailed information is provided about each registry key (name, value, priority, category).
The registry keys are grouped based on their location in the Windows Registry:
Category
Software Locations
Custom Controls
Description
Registry keys that contain information about the path to applications installed on your computer.
The invalid keys are assigned a low priority, which means that you can delete them without almost any risk.
Registry keys that contain information about the file extensions registered on your computer. These registry keys are commonly used to maintain file associations
(to ensure that the correct program opens when you open a file using Windows Explorer). For example, such a registry key allows Windows to open a .doc file in
Microsoft Word.
The invalid keys are assigned a low priority, which means that you can delete them without almost any risk.
Wizards 102
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Category
Shared DLLs
Description
Registry keys that contain information on the location of shared DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries). DLLs store functions that are used by installed applications to perform certain tasks. They can be shared by multiple applications to reduce memory and disk space requirements.
These registry keys become invalid when the DLL they point to is moved to another location or completely removed (this usually happens when you uninstall a program).
The invalid keys are assigned a medium priority, which means that deleting them may negatively affect the system.
To handle more easily the cleaning process, you can select a category from the menu.
You can choose to delete all or only specific invalid keys from the selected category.
If you check Delete all keys all detected keys will be deleted. If you wish to delete only specific keys, check the Delete option next to the respective keys.
Note
By default, all the invalid keys detected will be deleted.
Click Next.
Step 4/4 - View Results Summary
Here you can view the results of the scan performed by the Registry Cleaner.
Wizards 103
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results Summary
If you did not choose to delete all the registry keys, a warning text will be displayed.
We recommend you to review the respective issues.
Click Close to close the window.
11.5.5. Registry Recovery Wizard
This wizard helps you retrieve registry keys previously deleted from the Windows
Registry using BitDefender Registry Cleaner.
Important
Only users with administrative rights on the system can recover the cleaned registry.
Step 1/2 - Initiate Registry Recovery
Here you can start recovering the cleaned registry
Wizards 104
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Status
You can see a list of time points when the Windows Registry was cleaned. Select the time point to restore the Windows Registry to.
If you are sure that you want to recover the registry keys deleted at the selected time point, click Next.
Warning
The recovery of the cleaned registry might overwrite the registry keys edited since the last registry clean up.
Step 2/2 - View Results
Here you can see if the recovery was successful.
Wizards 105
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results
Click Close to close the window.
11.5.6. File Shredder Wizard
This wizard helps you permanently erase files and their traces from your system.
Use File Shredder to make sure that the files you delete from your computer can never be recovered.
Step 1/3 - Select Target
Here you can specify the files or folders to be permanently removed.
Wizards 106
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Target
Click Add Target, select the file or folder that you want to delete and click OK. The path to the selected location will appear in the Path column. If you change your mind about the location, just click the Remove button next to it.
Note
You can select one or several locations.
Click Next.
Step 2/3 - Deleting Files...
BitDefender will permanently delete the files from the specified locations.
Wizards 107
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Deleting...
Wait for the file shredding operation to complete. If you want to cancel the operation, just click Cancel.
Step 3/3 - View Results Summary
After all files have been removed, a new window will appear where you can view the results.
Wizards 108
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results Summary
Click Close to close the window.
11.6. File Vault Wizards
The File Vault wizards help you create and manage BitDefender file vaults. A file vault is an encrypted storage space on your computer where you can securely store important files, documents and even entire folders.
These wizards do not appear when you fix issues, because file vaults are an optional method of protecting your data. They can only be started from the Intermediate
Mode interface of BitDefender, the File Storage tab, as follows:
⚫ Add File to Vault - starts the wizard that allows you to store your important files
/ documents privately by encrypting them in special, vaulted drives.
⚫ Remove Vault Files - starts the wizard that allows you to erase data from the file vault.
⚫ View File Vault - starts the wizard that allows you to view the content of your file vaults.
⚫ Lock File Vault - starts the wizard that allows you to lock an open file vault in order to protect its content.
Wizards 109
BitDefender Total Security 2010
11.6.1. Add Files to Vault
This wizard helps you create a file vault and add files to it in order to safely store them on your computer.
Step 1/6 - Select Target
Here you can specify the files or folders to be added to vault.
Target
Click Add Target, select the file or folder that you want to add and click OK. The path to the selected location will appear in the Path column. If you change your mind about the location, just click the Remove button next to it.
Note
You can select one or several locations.
Click Next.
Step 2/6 - Select Vault
This is where you can create a new vault or choose an existing vault.
Wizards 110
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select Vault
If you select Browse for a File Vault, you must click Browse and select the file vault. You will go either to the step 5 if the selected vault is opened (mounted ) or to the step 4 if it is locked (unmounted).
If you click Select an existing File Vault, then you must click the desired vault name. You will go either to the step 5 if the selected vault is opened (mounted ) or to the step 4 if it is locked (unmounted).
Select Create New File Vault if none of the existing vaults are suitable for your needs. You will go to the step 3.
Click Next.
Step 3/6 - Create Vault
This is where you can specify information for the new Vault.
Wizards 111
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Create Vault
To complete the file vault related information follow these steps:
1. Click Browse and choose a location for the bvd file.
Note
Remember that the file vault is an encrypted file on your computer with the extension.
bvd
2. Select a drive letter for the new file vault from the corresponding drop-down menu.
Note
Remember that when you mount the will appear.
bvd file, a new logical partition (a new drive)
3. Type a password for the file vault into the corresponding field.
Note
The password must have at least 8 characters.
4. Re-type the password.
5. Set the size of the file vault (in MB) by typing a number into the corresponding field.
Click Next.
Wizards 112
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You will go to the step 5.
Step 4/6 - Password
This is where you will be asked to enter the password for the selected vault.
Enter password
Type the password into the corresponding field and click Next.
Step 5/6 - Summary
This is where you can review chosen operations.
Wizards 113
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Summary
Click Next.
Step 6/6 - Results
This is where you can view the vault content.
Wizards 114
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results
Click Finish.
11.6.2. Remove Vault Files
This wizard helps you remove files from a specific file vault.
Step 1/5 - Select Vault
Here you can specify the vault to remove files from.
Wizards 115
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select Vault
If you select Browse for a File Vault, you must click Browse and select the file vault. You will go either to the step 3 if the selected vault is opened (mounted ) or to the step 2 if it is locked (unmounted).
If you click Select an existing File Vault, then you must click the desired vault name. You will go either to the step 3 if the selected vault is opened (mounted ) or to the step 2 if it is locked (unmounted).
Click Next.
Step 2/5 - Password
This is where you will be asked to enter the password for the selected vault.
Wizards 116
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Enter password
Type the password into the corresponding field and click Next.
Step 3/5 - Select files
This is where you will be provided with the list of the files from the previously selected vault.
Wizards 117
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select files
Select the files to be removed and click Next.
Step 4/5 - Summary
This is where you can review chosen operations.
Wizards 118
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Summary
Click Next.
Step 5/5 - Results
This is where you can view operation result.
Wizards 119
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results
Click Finish.
11.6.3. View File Vault
This wizard helps you open a specific file vault and view the files it contains.
Step 1/4 - Select Vault
Here you can specify the vault to view files from.
Wizards 120
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select Vault
If you select Browse for a File Vault, you must click Browse and select the file vault. You will go either to the step 3 if the selected vault is opened (mounted ) or to the step 2 if it is locked (unmounted).
If you click Select an existing File Vault, then you must click the desired vault name. You will go either to the step 3 if the selected vault is opened (mounted ) or to the step 2 if it is locked (unmounted).
Click Next.
Step 2/4 - Password
This is where you will be asked to enter the password for the selected vault.
Wizards 121
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Enter password
Type the password into the corresponding field and click Next.
Step 3/4 - Summary
This is where you can review chosen operations.
Wizards 122
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Summary
Click Next.
Step 4/4 - Results
This is where you can view the files of the vault.
Wizards 123
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results
Click Finish.
11.6.4. Lock File Vault
This wizard helps you lock a specific file vault in order to protect its content.
Step 1/3 - Select Vault
Here you can specify the vault to lock.
Wizards 124
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select Vault
If you select Browse for a File Vault, you must click Browse and select the file vault.
If you click Select an existing File Vault, then you must click the desired vault name.
Click Next.
Step 2/3 - Summary
This is where you can review chosen operations.
Wizards 125
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Summary
Click Next.
Step 3/3 - Results
This is where you can view operation result.
Wizards 126
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Results
Click Finish.
Wizards 127
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Intermediate Mode
128
BitDefender Total Security 2010
12. Dashboard
The Dashboard tab provides information regarding the security status of your computer and allows you to fix pending issues.
Dashboard
The dashboard consists of the following sections:
⚫ Overall Status - Indicates the number of issues affecting your computer and helps you fix them. If there are any pending issues, you will see a red circle with
an exclamation mark and the Fix All Issues button. Click the button to start the
wizard.
⚫ Status Detail - Indicates the status of each main module using explicit sentences and one of the following icons:
Green circle with a check mark: No issues affect the security status. Your computer and data are protected.
Gray circle with an exclamation mark: The activity of this module's components is not monitored. Thus, no information is available regarding their security status. There may be specific issues related to this module.
Red circle with an exclamation mark: There are issues that affect the security of your system. Critical issues require your immediate attention.
Non-critical issues should also be addressed as soon as possible.
Dashboard 129
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Click the name of a module to see more details about its status and to configure status tracking for its components.
⚫ Usage Profile - Indicates the usage profile that is currently selected and offers a link to a relevant task for that profile:
▸ When the Typical profile is selected, the Scan Now button allows you to perform a System Scan using the
. The entire system will be scanned, except for archives. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware other than
.
▸ When the Parent profile is selected, the Parental Control button allows you to configure the Parental Control settings. For more information on how to configure Parental Control, please refer to
.
▸ When the Gamer profile is selected, the Turn On/Off Game Mode button allows you to enable/disable
Game Mode . Game Mode temporarily modifies
protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance.
▸ When the Custom profile is selected, the Update Now button starts an immediate update. A new window will appear where you can see the update status.
If you want to switch to a different profile or edit the one you are currently using, click the profile and follow the
.
Dashboard 130
BitDefender Total Security 2010
13. Security
BitDefender comes with a Security module that helps you keep your BitDefender up to date and your computer virus free. To enter the Security module, click the
Security tab.
Security
The Security module consists of two sections:
⚫ Status Area - Displays the current status of all monitored security components and allows you to choose which of the components should be monitored.
⚫ Quick Tasks - This is where you can find links to the most important security tasks: update now, system scan, my documents scan, deep system scan, custom scan, vulnerability scan, parental control.
13.1. Status Area
The status area is where you can see the complete list of monitored security components and their current status. By monitoring each security module,
BitDefender will let you know not only when you configure settings that might affect your computer's security, but also when you forget to do important tasks.
The current status of a component is indicated using explicit sentences and one of the following icons:
Green circle with a check mark: No issues affect the component.
Security 131
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Red circle with an exclamation mark: Issues affect the component.
The sentences describing issues are written in red. Just click the Fix button corresponding to a sentence to fix the reported issue. If an issue is not fixed on the spot, follow the wizard to fix it.
13.1.1. Configuring Status Tracking
To select the components BitDefender should monitor, click Configure Status
Tracking and select the Enable alerts check box corresponding to the features you want to be tracked.
Important
You need to enable status tracking for a component if you wish to be notified when issues are affecting the security of that component. To ensure that your system is fully protected, enable tracking for all components and fix all reported issues.
The status of the following security components can be tracked by BitDefender:
⚫ Antivirus - BitDefender monitors the status of the two components of the Antivirus feature: real-time protection and an on-demand scan.
The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table.
Issue Description
Real-time protection is disabled
Files are not scanned as they are accessed by you or by an application running on this system.
You have never scanned your computer for malware
An on demand system scan was never performed to check if files stored on your computer are malware free.
The last system scan you started was aborted before it finished
A full system scan was started but not completed.
Antivirus is in a critical state
Real-time protection is disabled and a system scan is overdue.
⚫ Update - BitDefender monitors if the malware signatures are up-to-date.
The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table.
Security 132
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Issue Description
Automatic Update is disabled
The malware signatures of your BitDefender product are not being automatically updated on a regular basis.
The update has not been performed for x days
The malware signatures of your BitDefender product are outdated.
⚫ Firewall - BitDefender monitors the status of the Firewall feature. If it is not enabled, the issue Firewall is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Antispam - BitDefender monitors the status of the Antispam feature. If it is not enabled, the issue Antispam is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Identity Control - BitDefender monitors the status of the Identity Control feature.
If it is not enabled, the issue Identity Control is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Antiphishing - BitDefender monitors the status of the Antiphishing feature. If it is not enabled for all supported applications, the issue Antiphishing is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Parental Control - BitDefender monitors the status of the Parental Control feature. If it is not enabled, the issue Parental Control is not configured will be reported.
⚫ Vulnerability Check - BitDefender keeps track of the Vulnerability Check feature.
Vulnerability Check lets you know if you need to install any Windows updates, application updates or if you need to strengthen any passwords.
The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table.
Status Description
Vulnerability Check is disabled
Multiple vulnerabilities were detected
BitDefender does not check for potential vulnerabilities regarding missing Windows updates, application updates or weak passwords.
BitDefender found missing Windows/application updates and/or weak passwords.
Critical Microsoft updates
Critical Microsoft updates are available but not installed.
Other Microsoft updates Non-critical Microsoft updates are available but not installed.
Windows Automatic
Updates are disabled
Windows security updates are not being automatically installed as soon as they become available.
Security 133
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Status Description
Application (outdated) A new version of the Application is available but not installed.
User (Weak Password) A user password is easy to crack by malicious people with specialized software.
13.2. Quick Tasks
This is where you can find links to the most important security tasks:
⚫ Update Now - starts an immediate update.
⚫ System Scan - starts a standard scan of your computer (archives excluded). For additional on-demand scan tasks, click the arrow on this button and select a different scan task: My Documents Scan or Deep System Scan.
⚫ Custom Scan - starts a wizard that lets you create and run a custom scan task.
⚫ Vulnerability Scan - starts a wizard that checks your system for vulnerabilities and helps you fix them.
⚫ Configure Parental - opens the Parental Control configuration window.
13.2.1. Updating BitDefender
New malware is found and identified every day. This is why it is very important to keep BitDefender up to date with the latest malware signatures.
By default, BitDefender checks for updates when you turn on your computer and
every hour after that. However, if you want to update BitDefender, just click Update
Now. The update process will be initiated and the following window will appear immediately:
Security 134
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Updating BitDefender
In this window you can see the status of the update process.
The update process is performed on the fly, meaning that the files to be updated are replaced progressively. In this way, the update process will not affect product operation and, at the same time, all vulnerabilities will be excluded.
If you want to close this window, just click Cancel. However, this will not stop the update process.
Note
If you are connected to the Internet through a dial-up connection, then it is recommended to regularly update BitDefender by user request.
Restart the computer if required. In case of a major update, you will be asked to restart your computer. Click Reboot to immediately reboot your system.
If you want to reboot your system later, just click OK. We recommend that you reboot your system as soon as possible.
13.2.2. Scanning with BitDefender
To scan your computer for malware, run a particular scan task by clicking the corresponding button or selecting it from the drop-down menu. The following table presents the available scan tasks, along with their description:
Security 135
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Task
System Scan
My Documents Scan
Deep System Scan
Custom Scan
Description
Scans the entire system, except for archives. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware other than
.
Use this task to scan important current user folders:
My Documents, Desktop and StartUp. This will ensure the safety of your documents, a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup.
Scans the entire system. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware threatening your system's security, such as viruses, spyware, adware, rootkits and others.
Use this task to choose specific files and folders to be scanned.
Note
Since the Deep System Scan and System Scan tasks analyze the entire system, the scanning may take a while. Therefore, we recommend you to run these tasks on low priority or, better, when your system is idle.
When you run a System Scan, Deep System Scan or My Documents Scan, the
Antivirus Scan wizard will appear. Follow the three-step guided procedure to complete the scanning process. For detailed information about this wizard, please refer to
“Antivirus Scan Wizard” (p. 53) .
When you run a Custom Scan, the Custom Scan wizard will guide you through the scanning process. Follow the six-step guided procedure to scan specific files or folders. For detailed information about this wizard, please refer to
.
13.2.3. Searching for Vulnerabilities
Vulnerability Scan checks Microsoft Windows Updates, Microsoft Windows Office
Updates and the passwords to your Microsoft Windows accounts to ensure that your
OS is up to date and that it is not vulnerable to password bypass.
To check your computer for vulnerabilities, click Vulnerability Scan and follow the six-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
13.2.4. Configuring Parental Control
BitDefender Parental Control enables you to control the access to the Internet and to specific applications for each user holding a user account on the system.
Security 136
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To configure Parental Control, click Configure Parental. A new window will appear.
Configure BitDefender Parental Control
Here you can see the status of Parental Control for each Windows user account and you can configure the Parental Control rules. This configuration window is similar to the Parental Control tab in Expert Mode. For more information, please refer to
Security 137
BitDefender Total Security 2010
14. Tune-Up
BitDefender comes with a Tune-Up module that helps you maintain the integrity of your system. The maintenance tools offered are critical for the improvement of your system's responsiveness and the efficient management of the hard drive space.
To perform maintenance operations on your PC, click the Tune-Up tab and use the tools provided.
Tune-Up
The Tune-Up module consists of two sections:
⚫ Status Area - Displays the current status of the main tune-up tasks and allows you to choose which of them should be monitored.
⚫ Quick Tasks - This is where you can find links to the tune-up tasks: clean and recover registry, permanently delete files, delete the temporary Internet files and cookies, delete duplicate files, defragment the local disks.
14.1. Status Area
The current status of a component is indicated using explicit sentences and one of the following icons:
Green circle with a check mark: No issues affect the component.
Red circle with an exclamation mark: Issues affect the component.
Tune-Up 138
BitDefender Total Security 2010
The sentences describing issues are written in red. Just click the Run Now button corresponding to a sentence and follow the wizard to fix the reported issue.
14.1.1. Configuring Status Tracking
Click Configure Status Tracking and select the Enable alerts check box corresponding to the tune-up tools you want BitDefender to monitor.
The status of the following tune-up tools can be tracked by BitDefender:
⚫ Registry Cleaner - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the Registry Cleaner / You
have not run the Registry Cleaner in x days will be reported.
⚫ PC Cleaner - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the PC Cleaner / You have not run
the PC Cleaner in x days will be reported.
⚫ Duplicate Finder - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the Duplicate Finder / You
have not run the Duplicate Finder in x days will be reported.
⚫ Disk Defragmenter - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the Disk Defragmenter / You
have not run the Disk Defragmenter in x days will be reported.
Important
To improve your computer's performance, it is recommended to run all the tasks periodically.
14.2. Quick Tasks
This is where you can find links to the tune-up tasks:
identifies and deletes invalid or orphan references in the Windows
Registry. In order to keep the Windows Registry clean and optimized, it is recommended to run the Registry Cleaner monthly.
can retrieve registry keys previously deleted from the Windows
Registry using BitDefender Registry Cleaner.
permanently erases files and their traces from your system.
removes the temporary Internet files and cookies, unused system files and recent documents shortcuts.
finds and deletes files that are duplicated in your system.
physically reorganizes the data on the hard disk so that the pieces of each file are stored close together and continuously.
Tune-Up 139
BitDefender Total Security 2010
14.2.1. Cleaning Windows Registry
The Windows Registry is an important part of the Windows-based operating systems.
It is a database that contains information and settings for the hardware and the operating system, installed applications, users, preferences of your computer and others.
Many applications write keys in the Windows Registry at installation time. When removing such applications, some of their associated registry keys might not be deleted and continue to remain in the Windows Registry, slowing down your system and even causing system instability. The same happens when you delete shortcuts to or certain files of applications installed on your system, as well as in the case of corrupt drivers.
To clean the Windows Registry and improve the performance of your system, use the Registry Cleaner. The Registry Cleaner scans the Windows Registry and deletes the invalid registry keys.
To clean the Windows Registry, follow these steps:
1. Click Clean Registry.
2. Follow the four-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Registry Cleaner Wizard” (p. 99) .
14.2.2. Recovering Cleaned Registry
Sometimes, after registry clean up, you might notice that your system does not work well or that some applications fail to operate properly due to missing registry keys. This may be caused by shared registry keys that were deleted during registry cleaning or by other deleted keys. To solve this problem, you must recover the cleaned registry.
Important
Only users with administrative rights on the system can recover the cleaned registry.
To recover the cleaned registry, follow these steps:
1. Click Recover Registry.
2. Follow the two-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Registry Recovery Wizard” (p. 104)
.
14.2.3. Finding Duplicate Files
Duplicate files eat up your hard disk space. Just think about having the same .mp3
file stored in three different locations.
Tune-Up 140
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To detect and delete duplicate files on your computer, you can use the Duplicate
Finder. In this way you can improve the management of the free space on your hard drives.
To find duplicate files on your computer, follow these steps:
1. Click Find Duplicates.
2. Follow the four-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Duplicate Finder Wizard” (p. 95) .
14.2.4. Cleaning Up Your PC
Every time you visit a web page, temporary Internet files are created in order to allow you to access it quicker next time. Despite being referred to as temporary, these files are not deleted after you close the browser. This may result in a privacy issue because these files can be seen by anyone who has access to your computer.
Moreover, in time, these files reach a considerable size, eating up your hard disk space.
Cookies are also stored on your computer when you visit a web page. Cookies are small files containing information about your web surfing preferences. They might be seen as a privacy issue as well, as they can be analyzed and used by advertisers to track your online interests and tastes.
PC Cleaner helps you free disk space and protect your privacy by deleting files that may no longer be useful.
⚫ Internet Explorer temporary Internet files and cookies.
⚫ Mozilla Firefox temporary Internet files and cookies.
⚫ temporary system files Windows creates during its operation.
⚫ recent documents shortcuts Windows creates when you open a file.
To cleanup the system of temporary Internet files and cookies, temporary system files and the recent documents shortcuts, follow these steps:
1. Click PC Clean-Up.
2. Follow the three-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
.
14.2.5. Deleting Files Permanently
When you delete a file, it can no longer be accessed through normal means. However, the file continues to be stored on the hard disk until it is overwritten when copying new files.
Even if you delete a file, it can be recovered using specialized programs. This might represent a threat to your privacy as there may be malicious attempts at getting hold of your private data.
Tune-Up 141
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To prevent sensitive data from being recovered after you delete it, you can use
BitDefender to permanently delete that data by physically removing it from your hard disk.
To permanently remove files, follow these steps:
1. Click Shred Files.
2. Follow the three-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“File Shredder Wizard” (p. 106)
.
14.2.6. Defragmenting Hard Disk Volumes
When copying a file exceeding the largest block of free space on the hard disk, file fragmentation occurs. Because there is not enough free space to store the entire file continuously, it will be stored in several blocks. When the fragmented file is accessed, its data must be read from several different locations.
File fragmentation slows down file access and decreases system performance. It also speeds up the wear of the hard disk.
To reduce file fragmentation, you must defragment the disks periodically. Disk defragmentation physically reorganizes the data on the hard disk so that the pieces of each file are stored close together and continuously. It also attempts to create larger free space areas in order to prevent files from being fragmented later.
It is recommended to defragment the hard disk in order to:
⚫ access files faster.
⚫ improve overall system performance.
⚫ extend hard disk life.
To defragment the hard disk, follow these steps:
1. Click Defragment Disks.
2. Follow the three-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Disk Defragmenter Wizard” (p. 88) .
Note
Defragmentation may take a while since it involves moving portions of stored data from a place to another on the hard disk. We recommend you to perform defragmentation when you are not using your computer.
Tune-Up 142
BitDefender Total Security 2010
15. File Storage
BitDefender comes with a File Storage module that helps you keep your data not only safe, but confidential. To achieve this goal, backup your files and use file encryption.
Backup. The antivirus protection alone is no longer sufficient for protecting your valuable data. Imagine that your system is virus free but somehow the computer crashes when you need it most. This is where the Backup section of the File Storage module comes in handy. You can safely backup your data with BitDefender.
BitDefender provides you both online and offline backup.
File Encryption. You surely want your sensitive files to be kept away from prying eyes. This is where the File Encryption section of the File Storage module comes in handy. With this feature you can protect files by placing them in file vaults.
⚫ The file vault is a secured storage space for personal information or sensitive files.
⚫ The file vault is an encrypted file on your computer with the bvd extension. As it is encrypted, the data inside it is invulnerable to theft or to a security breach.
⚫ When you mount this bvd file, a new logical partition (a new drive) will appear.
It will be easier for you to understand this process if you think of a similar one: mounting an ISO image as virtual CD.
Just open My Computer and you will see a new drive based on your file vault. You will be able to do file operations on it (copy, delete, change, etc). The files are protected as long as they reside on this drive (because a password is required for the mounting operation).
When finished, lock (unmount) your vault in order to start protecting its content.
To enter the File Storage module, click the File Storage tab.
File Storage 143
BitDefender Total Security 2010
File Storage
The File Storage module consists of two sections:
⚫ Status Area - Allows you to see the full list of monitored components. You can choose which of the components to be monitored. It is recommended to enable the monitoring option for all of them.
⚫ Quick Tasks - This is where you can find links to the most important security tasks: local and online backup and restore, adding, viewing and removing file vaults.
15.1. Status Area
The current status of a component is indicated using explicit sentences and one of the following icons:
Green circle with a check mark: No issues affect the component.
Red circle with an exclamation mark: Issues affect the component.
The sentences describing issues are written in red. Just click the Fix or Run Now button corresponding to a sentence to fix the reported issue. If an issue is not fixed on the spot, follow the wizard to fix it.
To select the components BitDefender should monitor, click Configure Status
Tracking and select the Enable alerts check box corresponding to the features you want to be tracked.
File Storage 144
BitDefender Total Security 2010
The status area in the File Storage tab offers information regarding the status of the following components:
⚫ File Encryption monitors the status of the File Vault. If it is not enabled, the issue File Encryption is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Local Backup monitors the status of the Local Backup feature. If a backup of your data is overdue, the issue You have never backed up your data locally
/ You have not backed up your data in x days will be reported.
15.2. Quick Tasks
The following buttons are available:
⚫ Local Backup - starts the wizard that allows you to make reserve copies of the valuable data on your computer, a CD, network location or another hard drive.
For more information, please refer to
⚫ Local Restore - starts the wizard that allows you to restore the data that was previously backed up on your computer, a CD, network location or another hard drive. To access this task, click the on the Local Backup button. For more information, please refer to
“Local Restore Wizard” (p. 77)
⚫ Online Backup - starts the wizard that helps you make copies of the valuable data in your system on secured online servers.
⚫ Online Restore - starts the wizard that helps you retrieve the data previously stored on secured online servers.
⚫ Add File to Vault - starts the wizard that allows you to store your important files
/ documents privately by encrypting them in special, vaulted drives. For more information, please refer to
“Add Files to Vault” (p. 110) .
⚫ Remove Vault Files - starts the wizard that allows you to erase data from the file vault. For more information, please refer to
.
⚫ View File Vault - starts the wizard that allows you to view the content of your file vaults. For more information, please refer to
.
⚫ Lock File Vault - starts the wizard that allows you to lock your vault in order to start protecting its content. For more information, please refer to
File Storage 145
BitDefender Total Security 2010
16. Network
The Network module allows you to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers from a single computer. To enter the Network module, click the Network tab.
Network
To be able to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers, you must follow these steps:
1. Join the BitDefender home network on your computer. Joining the network consists in configuring an administrative password for the home network management.
2. Go to each computer you want to manage and join the network (set the password).
3. Go back to your computer and add the computers you want to manage.
16.1. Quick Tasks
Initially, one button is available only.
⚫ Enable Network - allows you to set the network password, thus creating and joining the network.
After joining the network, several more buttons will appear.
⚫ Disable Network - allows you to leave the network.
⚫ Add Computer - allows you to add computers to your network.
Network 146
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Scan All - allows you to scan all managed computers at the same time.
⚫ Update All allows you to update all managed computers at the same time.
⚫ Register All allows you to register all managed computers at the same time.
16.1.1. Joining the BitDefender Network
To join the BitDefender home network, follow these steps:
1. Click Enable Network. You will be prompted to configure the home management password.
Configure Password
2. Type the same password in each of the edit fields.
3. Click OK.
You can see the computer name appearing in the network map.
16.1.2. Adding Computers to the BitDefender Network
Before you can add a computer to the BitDefender home network, you must configure the BitDefender home management password on the respective computer.
To add a computer to the BitDefender home network, follow these steps:
1. Click Add Computer. You will be prompted to provide the local home management password.
Enter Password
Network 147
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Type the home management password and click OK. A new window will appear.
Add Computer
You can see the list of computers in the network. The icon meaning is as follows:
⚫
Indicates an online computer with no BitDefender products installed.
⚫
Indicates an online computer with BitDefender installed.
⚫
Indicates an offline computer with BitDefender installed.
3. Do one of the following:
⚫ Select from the list the name of the computer to add.
⚫ Type the IP address or the name of the computer to add in the corresponding field.
4. Click Add. You will be prompted to enter the home management password of the respective computer.
Network 148
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Authenticate
5. Type the home management password configured on the respective computer.
6. Click OK. If you have provided the correct password, the selected computer name will appear in the network map.
Note
You can add up to five computers to the network map.
16.1.3. Managing the BitDefender Network
Once you have successfully created a BitDefender home network, you can manage all BitDefender products from a single computer.
Network 149
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Network Map
If you move the mouse cursor over a computer from the network map, you can see brief information about it (name, IP address, number of issues affecting the system security, BitDefender registration status).
If you right-click a computer name in the network map, you can see all the administrative tasks you can run on the remote computer.
⚫ Remove PC from home network
Allows you to remove a PC from the network.
⚫ Register BitDefender on this computer
Allows you to register BitDefender on this computer by entering a license key.
⚫ Set a settings password on a remote PC
Allows you to create a password to restrict access to BitDefender settings on this
PC.
⚫ Run an on-demand scan task
Allows you to run an on-demand scan on the remote computer. You can perform any of the following scan tasks: My Documents Scan, System Scan or Deep System
Scan.
⚫ Fix all issues on this PC
Network 150
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Allows you to fix the issues that are affecting the security of this computer by following the
wizard.
⚫ View History/Events
Allows you access to the History&Events module of the BitDefender product installed on this computer.
⚫ Update Now
Intitiates the Update process for the BitDefender product installed on this computer.
⚫ Set Parental Control Profile
Allows you to set the age category to be used by the Parental Control web filter on this computer: child, teenager or adult.
⚫ Run a Tune-Up task on this computer
Allows you to run a tune-up task on the remote PC. You can perform one of the following tasks: defragment disks or clean temporary internet files.
⚫ Set as Update Server for this network
Allows you to set this computer as update server for all BitDefender products installed on the computers in this network. Using this option will reduce internet traffic, because only one computer in the network will connect to the internet to download updates.
Before running a task on a specific computer, you will be prompted to provide the local home management password.
Enter Password
Type the home management password and click OK.
Note
If you plan to run several tasks, you might want to select Don't show this message
again during this session. By selecting this option, you will not be prompted again for this password during the current session.
Network 151
BitDefender Total Security 2010
16.1.4. Scanning All Computers
To scan all managed computers, follow these steps:
1. Click Scan All. You will be prompted to provide the local home management password.
Enter Password
2. Select a scan type.
⚫ System Scan - starts a full scan of your computer (archives excluded).
⚫ Deep System Scan - starts a full scan of your computer (archives included).
⚫ My Documents Scan - starts a quick scan of your documents and settings.
Select Scan Type
3. Click OK.
16.1.5. Updating All Computers
To update all managed computers, follow these steps:
1. Click Update All. You will be prompted to provide the local home management password.
Network 152
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Enter Password
2. Click OK.
16.1.6. Registering All Computers
To register all managed computers, follow these steps:
1. Click Register All. You will be prompted to provide the local home management password.
Enter Password
2. Enter the key you want to register with.
Register All
3. Click OK.
Network 153
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Expert Mode
154
BitDefender Total Security 2010
17. General
The General module provides information on the BitDefender activity and the system.
Here you can also change the overall behavior of BitDefender.
17.1. Dashboard
To see if any issues affect your computer, as well as product activity statistics and your registration status, go to General>Dashboard in Expert Mode.
Dashboard
The dashboard consists of several sections:
⚫ Overall Status - Informs you of any issues affecting the security of your computer.
⚫ Statistics - Displays important information regarding the BitDefender activity.
⚫ Overview - Displays the update status, your account status, registration and license information.
⚫ File Activity - Indicates the evolution of the number of objects scanned by
BitDefender Antimalware. The height of the bar indicates the intensity of the traffic during that time interval.
General 155
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Network Activity - Indicates the evolution of the network traffic filtered by
BitDefender Firewall. The height of the bar indicates the intensity of the traffic during that time interval.
17.1.1. Overall Status
This is where you can find out the number of issues that are affecting the security of your computer. To remove all threats, click Fix All Issues. This will start the
wizard.
To configure which modules will be tracked by BitDefender Total Security 2010, click Configure Status Tracking. A new window will appear:
Configure Status Tracking
If you want BitDefender to monitor a component, select the Enable alerts check box for the.component. The status of the following security components can be tracked by BitDefender:
⚫ Antivirus - BitDefender monitors the status of the two components of the Antivirus feature: real-time protection and an on-demand scan.
The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table.
Issue
Real-time protection is disabled
Description
Files are not scanned as they are accessed by you or by an application running on this system.
General 156
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Issue Description
You have never scanned your computer for malware
An on demand system scan was never performed to check if files stored on your computer are malware free.
The last system scan you started was aborted before it finished
A full system scan was started but not completed.
Antivirus is in a critical state
Real-time protection is disabled and a system scan is overdue.
⚫ Update - BitDefender monitors if the malware signatures are up-to-date.
The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table.
Issue Description
Automatic Update is disabled
The malware signatures of your BitDefender product are not being automatically updated on a regular basis.
The update has not been performed for x days
The malware signatures of your BitDefender product are outdated.
⚫ Firewall - BitDefender monitors the status of the Firewall feature. If it is not enabled, the issue Firewall is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Antispam - BitDefender monitors the status of the Antispam feature. If it is not enabled, the issue Antispam is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Antiphishing - BitDefender monitors the status of the Antiphishing feature. If it is not enabled for all supported applications, the issue Antiphishing is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Parental Control - BitDefender monitors the status of the Parental Control feature. If it is not enabled, the issue Parental Control is not configured will be reported.
⚫ Vulnerability Check - BitDefender keeps track of the Vulnerability Check feature.
Vulnerability Check lets you know if you need to install any Windows updates, application updates or if you need to strengthen any passwords.
The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table.
General 157
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Status Description
Vulnerability Check is disabled
Multiple vulnerabilities were detected
BitDefender does not check for potential vulnerabilities regarding missing Windows updates, application updates or weak passwords.
BitDefender found missing Windows/application updates and/or weak passwords.
Critical Microsoft updates
Critical Microsoft updates are available but not installed.
Other Microsoft updates Non-critical Microsoft updates are available but not installed.
Windows Automatic
Updates are disabled
Windows security updates are not being automatically installed as soon as they become available.
Application (outdated) A new version of the Application is available but not installed.
User (Weak Password) A user password is easy to crack by malicious people with specialized software.
⚫ Registry Cleaner - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the Registry Cleaner / You
have not run the Registry Cleaner in x days will be reported.
⚫ PC Cleaner - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the PC Cleaner / You have not run
the PC Cleaner in x days will be reported.
⚫ Duplicate Finder - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the Duplicate Finder / You
have not run the Duplicate Finder in x days will be reported.
⚫ Disk Defragmenter - BitDefender keeps track of when this tool was last run. If a run is overdue, the issue You have never run the Disk Defragmenter / You
have not run the Disk Defragmenter in x days will be reported.
⚫ File Encryption monitors the status of the File Vault. If it is not enabled, the issue File Encryption is disabled will be reported.
⚫ Local Backup monitors the status of the Local Backup feature. If a backup of your data is overdue, the issue You have never backed up your data locally
/ You have not backed up your data in x days will be reported.
Important
To ensure that your system is fully protected please enable tracking for all components and fix all reported issues.
General 158
BitDefender Total Security 2010
17.1.2. Statistics
If you want to keep an eye on the BitDefender activity, a good place to start is the
Statistics section. You can see the following items:
Item
Scanned files
Disinfected files
Infected files detected
Last system scan
Next scan
Description
Indicates the number of files that were checked for malware at the time of your last scan.
Indicates the number of files that were disinfected at the time of your last scan.
Indicates the number of infected files that were found on your system at the time of your last scan.
Indicates when your computer was last scanned. If the last scan was performed more than a week before, please scan your computer as soon as possible. To scan the entire computer, go to Antivirus,
tab, and run either
Full System Scan or Deep System Scan.
Indicates the next time when your computer is going to be scanned.
17.1.3. Overview
This is where you can see the update status, your account status, registration and license information.
Item Description
Last update
BitDefender account
Registration
Indicates when your BitDefender product was last updated.
Please perform regular updates in order to have a fully protected system.
Indicates the e-mail address that you can use to access your on-line account to recover your lost BitDefender license key and to benefit from BitDefender support and other customized services. You must create a BitDefender account in order to activate your product. To find out information about the BitDefender account, please refer to
“Registration and My Account” (p. 48) .
Indicates your license key type and status. To keep your system safe you must renew or upgrade BitDefender if your key has expired.
General 159
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Item
Expires in
Description
Indicates the number of days left until the license key expires. If your license key expires within the following days, please register the product with a new license key.
To purchase a license key or to renew your license, click the Buy/Renew link, located at the bottom of the window.
17.2. Settings
To configure general settings for BitDefender and to manage its settings, go to
General>Settings in Expert Mode.
General Settings
Here you can set the overall behavior of BitDefender. By default, BitDefender is loaded at Windows startup and then runs minimized in the taskbar.
17.2.1. General Settings
⚫ Enable password protection for product settings - enables setting a password in order to protect the BitDefender configuration.
General 160
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
If you are not the only person with administrative rights using this computer, it is recommended that you protect your BitDefender settings with a password.
If you select this option, the following window will appear:
Type the password in the Password field, re-type it in the Retype password field and click OK.
Once you have set the password, you will be asked for it whenever you want to change the BitDefender settings. The other system administrators (if any) will also have to provide this password in order to change the BitDefender settings.
Enter password
If you want to be prompted for the password only when configuring Parental
Control, you must also select Ask for/Apply password to Parental Control
only. On the other hand, if a password was set only for Parental Control and you uncheck this option, the respective password will be requested when configuring any BitDefender option.
Important
If you forgot the password you will have to repair the product in order to modify the BitDefender configuration.
⚫ Ask me if I want to configure a password when I enable Parental Control
- prompts you to configure a password when you want to enable Parental Control and no password is set. By setting a password, you will prevent other users with administrative rights from changing the Parental Control settings that you configured for a specific user.
⚫ Show BitDefender News (security related notifications) - shows from time to time security notifications regarding virus outbreaks, sent by the BitDefender server.
⚫ Show pop-ups (on-screen notes) - shows pop-up windows regarding the product status. You can configure BitDefender to display pop-ups only when the interface is in Novice / Intermediate Mode or the Expert Mode.
General 161
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Show the Scan Activity bar (on screen graph of
product activity) - displays the
bar whenever you log on to Windows. Clear this check box if you do not want the Scan Activity bar to be displayed anymore.
Note
Scan Activity Bar
This option can be configured only for the current
Windows user account. The Scan activity bar is only available when the interface is in Expert Mode.
17.2.2. Virus Report Settings
⚫ Send virus reports - sends to the BitDefender Labs reports regarding viruses identified in your computer. It helps us keep track of virus-outbreaks.
The reports will contain no confidential data, such as your name, IP address or others, and will not be used for commercial purposes. The information supplied will contain only the virus name and will be used solely to create statistic reports.
⚫ Enable BitDefender Outbreak Detection - sends to the BitDefender Labs reports regarding potential virus-outbreaks.
The reports will contain no confidential data, such as your name, IP address or others, and will not be used for commercial purposes. The information supplied will contain only the potential virus and will be used solely to detect new viruses.
17.3. System Information
BitDefender allows you to view, from a single location, all system settings and the applications registered to run at startup. In this way, you can monitor the activity of the system and of the applications installed on it as well as identify possible system infections.
To obtain system information, go to General>System Info in Expert Mode.
General 162
BitDefender Total Security 2010
System Information
The list contains all the items loaded when starting the system as well as the items loaded by different applications.
Three buttons are available:
⚫ Restore - changes a current file association to default. Available for the File
Associations settings only!
⚫ Go to - opens a window where the selected item is placed (the Registry for example).
Note
Depending on the selected item, the Go to button may not appear.
⚫ Refresh - re-opens the System Info section.
General 163
BitDefender Total Security 2010
18. Antivirus
BitDefender protects your computer from all kinds of malware (viruses, Trojans, spyware, rootkits and so on). The protection BitDefender offers is divided into two categories:
- prevents new malware threats from entering your system.
BitDefender will, for example, scan a word document for known threats when you open it, and an e-mail message when you receive one.
Note
Real-time protection is also referred to as on-access scanning - files are scanned as the users access them.
- allows detecting and removing the malware that already resides in the system. This is the classic scan initiated by the user - you choose what drive, folder or file BitDefender should scan, and BitDefender scans it on-demand. The scan tasks allow you to create customized scanning routines and they can be scheduled to run on a regular basis.
18.1. Real-time Protection
BitDefender provides continuous, real-time protection against a wide range of malware threats by scanning all accessed files, e-mail messages and the communications through Instant Messaging Software applications (ICQ, NetMeeting,
Yahoo Messenger, MSN Messenger). BitDefender Antiphishing prevents you from disclosing personal information while browsing the Internet by alerting you about potential phishing web pages.
To configure real-time protection and BitDefender Antiphishing, go to
Antivirus>Shield in Expert Mode.
Antivirus 164
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Real-time Protection
You can see whether Real-time protection is enabled or disabled. If you want to change the Real-time protection status, clear or select the corresponding check box.
Important
To prevent viruses from infecting your computer keep Real-time protection enabled.
To start a system scan, click Scan Now.
18.1.1. Configuring Protection Level
You can choose the protection level that better fits your security needs. Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level.
There are 3 protection levels:
Protection level Description
Permissive Covers basic security needs. The resource consumption level is very low.
Antivirus 165
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Protection level Description
Default
Aggressive
Only programs and incoming mail messages are scanned for viruses. Besides the classical signature-based scan, the heuristic analysis is also used. The actions taken on infected files are the following: disinfect file/move file to quarantine.
Offers standard security. The resource consumption level is low.
All files and incoming&outgoing mail messages are scanned for viruses and spyware. Besides the classical signature-based scan, the heuristic analysis is also used. The actions taken on infected files are the following: disinfect file/move file to quarantine.
Offers high security. The resource consumption level is moderate.
All files, incoming&outgoing mail messages and web traffic are scanned for viruses and spyware. Besides the classical signature-based scan, the heuristic analysis is also used. The actions taken on infected files are the following: disinfect file/move file to quarantine.
To apply the default real-time protection settings click Default Level.
18.1.2. Customizing Protection Level
Advanced users might want to take advantage of the scan settings BitDefender offers. The scanner can be set to scan only specific file extensions, to search for specific malware threats or to skip archives. This may greatly reduce scanning times and improve your computer's responsiveness during a scan.
You can customize the Real-time protection by clicking Custom level. The following window will appear:
Antivirus 166
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Shield Settings
The scan options are organized as an expandable menu, very similar to those used for exploration in Windows. Click the box with "+" to open an option or the box with
"-" to close an option.
Note
You can observe that some scan options, although the "+" sign appears, cannot be opened. The reason is that these options weren't selected yet. You will observe that if you select them, they can be opened.
⚫ Scan accessed files and P2P transfers options - scans the accessed files and the communications through Instant Messaging Software applications (ICQ,
NetMeeting, Yahoo Messenger, MSN Messenger). Further on, select the type of the files you want to be scanned.
Option
Scan accessed files
Description
Scan all files All the accessed files will be scanned, regardless of their type.
Scan applications only
Only the program files will be scanned. This means only the files with the following extensions: .exe; .bat; .com; .dll; .ocx;
.scr; .bin; .dat; .386; .vxd; .sys; .wdm;
.cla; .class; .ovl; .ole; .exe; .hlp;
Antivirus 167
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Option Description
.doc; .dot; .xls; .ppt; .wbk; .wiz; .pot;
.ppa; .xla; .xlt; .vbs; .vbe; .mdb; .rtf;
.htm; .hta; .html; .xml; .xtp; .php;
.asp; .js; .shs; .chm; .lnk; .pif; .prc;
.url; .smm; .pdf; .msi; .ini; .csc; .cmd;
.bas; .eml and .nws.
Scan user defined extensions
Only the files with the extensions specified by the user will be scanned. These extensions must be separated by ";".
Scan for riskware Scans for riskware. Detected files will be treated as infected. The software that includes adware components might stop working if this option is enabled.
Scan only new and changed files
Scan boot sectors
Scan inside archives
Select Skip dialers and applications from
scan and/or Skip keyloggers from scan if you want to exclude these kinds of files from scanning.
Scans only files that have not been scanned before or that have been changed since the last time they were scanned. By selecting this option, you may greatly improve overall system responsiveness with a minimum trade-off in security.
Scans the system’s boot sector.
The accessed archives will be scanned. With this option on, the computer will slow down.
First action
You can set the maximum size of archives to be scanned (in kilobytes, type 0 if you want all archives to be scanned) and the maximum archive depth to scan.
Select from the drop-down menu the first action to take on infected and suspicious files.
Deny access and continue
In case an infected file is detected, the access to this will be denied.
Disinfect file Removes the malware code from infected files.
Delete file Deletes infected files immediately, without any warning.
Antivirus 168
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Option Description
Second action
Move file to quarantine
Moves infected files into the quarantine.
Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
Select from the drop-down menu the second action to take on infected files, in case the first action fails.
Deny access and continue
In case an infected file is detected, the access to this will be denied.
Scan network shares
Delete file
Don't scan files greater than
[x] Kb
Scan all files
Deletes infected files immediately, without any warning.
Move file to quarantine
Moves infected files into the quarantine.
Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
Type in the maximum size of the files to be scanned. If the size is 0 Kb, all files will be scanned, regardless their size.
All the files accessed from the network will be scanned, regardless of their type.
Scan applications only
Only the program files will be scanned. This means only the files with the following extensions: .exe; .bat; .com; .dll; .ocx;
.scr; .bin; .dat; .386; .vxd; .sys; .wdm;
.cla; .class; .ovl; .ole; .exe; .hlp;
.doc; .dot; .xls; .ppt; .wbk; .wiz; .pot;
.ppa; .xla; .xlt; .vbs; .vbe; .mdb; .rtf;
.htm; .hta; .html; .xml; .xtp; .php;
.asp; .js; .shs; .chm; .lnk; .pif; .prc;
.url; .smm; .pdf; .msi; .ini; .csc; .cmd;
.bas; .eml and .nws.
Scan user defined extensions
Only the files with the extensions specified by the user will be scanned. These extensions must be separated by ";".
⚫ Scan e-mail traffic - scans the e-mail traffic.
The following options are available:
Antivirus 169
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Option
Scan incoming e-mail
Scan outgoing e-mail
Description
Scans all incoming e-mail messages.
Scans all outgoing e-mail messages.
⚫ Scan web (HTTP) traffic - scans the http traffic.
⚫ Show warning when a virus is found - opens an alert window when a virus is found in a file or in an e-mail message.
For an infected file the alert window will contain the name of the virus, the path to it, the action taken by BitDefender and a link to the BitDefender site where you can find more information about it. For an infected e-mail the alert window will contain also information about the sender and the receiver.
In case a suspicious file is detected you can launch a wizard from the alert window that will help you to send that file to the BitDefender Lab for further analysis. You can type in your e-mail address to receive information regarding this report.
⚫ Scan files received/sent over IM. To scan the files you receive or send using
Yahoo Messenger or Windows Live Messenger, select the corresponding check boxes.
Click OK to save the changes and close the window.
18.1.3. Configuring Active Virus Control Settings
BitDefender Active Virus Control (AVC) provides a layer of protection against new threats for which signatures have not yet been released. It constantly monitors and analyses the behavior of the applications running on your computer and alerts you if an application has a suspicious behavior.
The AVC can be configured to alert you and prompt you for action whenever an application tries to perform a possible malicious action.
Antivirus 170
BitDefender Total Security 2010
If you know and trust the detected application, click Allow.
If you want to immediately close the application, click OK.
Select the Rememeber this action for this
application check box before making your choice and BitDefender will take the same action for the detected application in the future. The rule that is thus created will be listed in the table under
Exclusions.
BitDefender AVC Alert
To configure the Active Virus Control, click BD AVC Settings.
BitDefender AVC Settings
Select the corresponding check box to enable Active Virus Control.
Antivirus 171
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Important
Keep the Active Virus Control enabled in order to be protected against unknown viruses.
If you want to be alerted and prompted for action by Active Virus Control whenever an application tries to perform a possible malicious action, select the Ask me before
taking an action check box.
Configuring the Protection Level
The AVC protection level automatically changes when you set a new real-time protection level. If you are not satisfied with the default setting, you can manually configure the protection level.
Note
Keep in mind that if you change the current real-time protection level, the AVC protection level will change accordingly. If you set real-time protection to Permissive, the BitDefender Active Virus Control is automatically disabled and you cannot configure it.
Drag the slider along the scale to set the protection level that best fits your security needs.
Protection level Description
Critical
Default
Medium
Permissive
Strict monitoring of all applications for possible malicious actions.
Detection rates are high and false positives are possible.
Application monitoring is moderate, some false positives are still possible.
Detection rates are low and there are no false positives.
Managing the List of Trusted / Untrusted Applications
You can add applications you know and trust to the list of trusted applications. These applications will no longer be checked by the BitDefender Active Virus Control and will automatically be allowed access. Similarly, applications you wish to always deny access to can be added to the list of untrusted applications and BitDefender Active
Virus Control will automatically block them.
The applications for which you have created rules are listed in the table under
Exclusions. The path to the application and the action you have set for it (Allowed or Blocked) is displayed for each rule.
To manage the list, use the buttons placed above the table:
⚫ Add - add a new application to the list.
Antivirus 172
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Remove - remove an application from the list.
⚫ Edit - edit an application rule.
18.1.4. Disabling Real-time Protection
If you want to disable real-time protection, a warning window will appear.
Disable Real-time Protection
You must confirm your choice by selecting from the menu how long you want the real-time protection to be disabled. You can disable real-time protection for 5, 15 or 30 minutes, for an hour, permanently or until the system restart.
Warning
This is a critical security issue. We recommend you to disable real-time protection for as little time as possible. If real-time protection is disabled, you will not be protected against malware threats.
18.1.5. Configuring Antiphishing Protection
BitDefender provides real-time antiphishing protection for:
⚫ Internet Explorer
⚫ Mozilla Firefox
⚫ Yahoo! Messenger
⚫ Windows Live (MSN) Messenger
You can choose to disable the antiphishing protection completely or for specific applications only.
You can click White List to configure and manage a list of web sites that should not be scanned by BitDefender Antiphishing engines.
Antivirus 173
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Antiphishing White List
You can see the web sites that BitDefender does not currently check for phishing content.
To add a new web site to the white list, type its url address in the New address field and click Add. The white list should contain only web sites you fully trust. For example, add the web sites where you currently shop online.
Note
You can easily add web sites to the white list from the BitDefender Antiphishing toolbar integrated into your web browser. For more information, please refer to
“Integration into Web Browsers” (p. 351)
.
If you want to remove a web site from the white list, click the corresponding Remove button.
Click Save to save the changes and close the window.
18.2. On-demand Scanning
The main objective for BitDefender is to keep your computer clean of viruses. This is first and foremost done by keeping new viruses out of your computer and by scanning your e-mail messages and any new files downloaded or copied to your system.
Antivirus 174
BitDefender Total Security 2010
There is a risk that a virus is already lodged in your system, before you even install
BitDefender. This is why it's a very good idea to scan your computer for resident viruses after you've installed BitDefender. And it's definitely a good idea to frequently scan your computer for viruses.
To configure and initiate on-demand scanning, go to Antivirus>Virus Scan in
Expert Mode.
Scan Tasks
On-demand scanning is based on scan tasks. Scan tasks specify the scanning options and the objects to be scanned. You can scan the computer whenever you want by running the default tasks or your own scan tasks (user-defined tasks). You can also schedule them to run on a regular basis or when the system is idle so as not to interfere with your work
18.2.1. Scan Tasks
BitDefender comes with several tasks, created by default, which cover common security issues. You can also create your own customized scan tasks.
Each task has a Properties window that allows you to configure the task and to see the scan results. For more information, please refer to
.
Antivirus 175
BitDefender Total Security 2010
There are three categories of scan tasks:
⚫ System tasks - contains the list of default system tasks. The following tasks are available:
Default Task
Deep System Scan
System Scan
Quick System Scan
Auto-logon Scan
Description
Scans the entire system. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware threatening your system's security, such as viruses, spyware, adware, rootkits and others.
Scans the entire system, except for archives. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware threatening your system's security, such as viruses, spyware, adware, rootkits and others.
Scans the Windows and Program Files folders.
In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware, except for rootkits, but it does not scan memory, the registry or cookies.
Scans the items that are run when a user logs on to
Windows. By default, the autologon scan is disabled.
If you want to use this task, right-click it, select
Schedule and set the task to run at system
startup. You can specify how long after the startup the task should start running (in minutes).
Note
Since the Deep System Scan and System Scan tasks analyze the entire system, the scanning may take a while. Therefore, we recommend you to run these tasks on low priority or, better, when your system is idle.
⚫ User tasks - contains the user-defined tasks.
A task called My Documents is provided. Use this task to scan important current user folders: My Documents, Desktop and StartUp. This will ensure the safety of your documents, a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup.
⚫ Misc tasks - contains a list of miscellaneous scan tasks. These scan tasks refer to alternative scanning types that cannot be run from this window. You can only modify their settings or view the scan reports.
Three buttons are available to the right of each task:
⚫ Schedule - indicates that the selected task is scheduled for later. Click this button to open the Properties window,
tab, where you can see the task schedule and modify it.
Antivirus 176
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Delete - removes the selected task.
Note
Not available for system tasks. You cannot remove a system task.
⚫ Scan Now - runs the selected task, initiating an
.
To the left of each task you can see the Properties button, that allows you to configure the task and view the scan logs.
18.2.2. Using Shortcut Menu
A shortcut menu is available for each task. Right-click the selected task to open it.
Shortcut Menu
The following commands are available on the shortcut menu:
⚫ Scan Now - runs the selected task, initiating an immediate scan.
⚫ Paths - opens the Properties window,
tab, where you can change the scan target of the selected task.
Antivirus 177
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
In the case of system tasks, this option is replaced by Show Scan Paths, as you can only see their scan target.
⚫ Schedule - opens the Properties window,
tab, where you can schedule the selected task.
⚫ View Logs - opens the Properties window,
tab, where you can see the reports generated after the selected task was run.
⚫ Clone task - duplicates the selected task. This is useful when creating new tasks, as you can modify the settings of the task duplicate.
⚫ Delete - deletes the selected task.
Note
Not available for system tasks. You cannot remove a system task.
⚫ Properties - opens the Properties window,
tab, where you can change the settings of the selected task.
Note
Due to the particular nature of the Misc Tasks category, only the View Logs and
Properties options are available in this case.
18.2.3. Creating Scan Tasks
To create a scan task, use one of the following methods:
an existing task, rename it and make the necessary changes in the
window.
⚫ Click New Task to create a new task and configure it.
18.2.4. Configuring Scan Tasks
Each scan task has its own Properties window, where you can configure the scan options, set the scan target, schedule the task or see the reports. To open this window click the Properties button to the left of the task (or right-click the task and then click Properties).
Note
For more information on viewing logs and the Logs tab, please refer to
Configuring Scan Settings
To configure the scanning options of a specific scan task, right-click it and select
Properties. The following window will appear:
Antivirus 178
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Overview
Here you can see information about the task (name, last run and schedule status) and set the scan settings.
Choosing Scan Level
You can easily configure the scan settings by choosing the scan level. Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate scan level.
There are 3 scan levels:
Protection level Description
Permissive
Default
High
Offers reasonable detection efficiency. The resource consumption level is low.
Only programs are scanned for viruses. Besides the classical signature-based scan, the heuristic analysis is also used.
Offers good detection efficiency. The resource consumption level is moderate.
All files are scanned for viruses and spyware. Besides the classical signature-based scan, the heuristic analysis is also used.
Offers high detection efficiency. The resource consumption level is high.
Antivirus 179
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Protection level Description
All files and archives are scanned for viruses and spyware. Besides the classical signature-based scan, the heuristic analysis is also used.
A series of general options for the scanning process are also available:
⚫ Run the task with Low priority. Decreases the priority of the scan process.
You will allow other programs to run faster and increase the time needed for the scan process to finish.
⚫ Minimize Scan Wizard to tray. Minimizes the scan window to the
Double-click the BitDefender icon to open it.
⚫ Shut down the computer when scan completes if no threats are found
Click OK to save the changes and close the window. To run the task, just click Scan.
Customizing Scan Level
Advanced users might want to take advantage of the scan settings BitDefender offers. The scanner can be set to scan only specific file extensions, to search for specific malware threats or to skip archives. This may greatly reduce scanning times and improve your computer's responsiveness during a scan.
Click Custom to set your own scan options. A new window will appear.
Scan Settings
Antivirus 180
BitDefender Total Security 2010
The scan options are organized as an expandable menu, very similar to those used for exploration in Windows. Click the box with "+" to open an option or the box with
"-" to close an option.
The scan options are grouped into 3 categories:
⚫ Scan Level. Specify the type of malware you want BitDefender to scan for by selecting the appropriate options from the Scan Level category.
Option
Scan for viruses
Scan for adware
Scan for spyware
Scan for application
Scan for dialers
Scan for rootkits
Description
Scans for known viruses.
BitDefender detects incomplete virus bodies, too, thus removing any possible threat that could affect your system's security.
Scans for adware threats. Detected files will be treated as infected. The software that includes adware components might stop working if this option is enabled.
Scans for known spyware threats. Detected files will be treated as infected.
Scan for legitimate applications that can be used as a spying tool, to hide malicious applications or for other malicious intent.
Scans for applications dialing high-cost numbers.
Detected files will be treated as infected. The software that includes dialer components might stop working if this option is enabled.
Scans for hidden objects (files and processes), generally known as rootkits.
⚫ Virus scanning options. Specify the type of objects to be scanned (file types, archives and so on) by selecting the appropriate options from the Virus scanning
options category.
Option
Scan files
Description
Scan all files All files are scanned, regardless of their type.
Scan files only program Only the program files will be scanned. This means only the files with the following extensions: exe; bat; com; dll; ocx; scr; bin; dat; 386; vxd; sys; wdm; cla; class; ovl; ole; exe; hlp; doc; dot; xls; ppt;
Antivirus 181
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Option Description wbk; wiz; pot; ppa; xla; xlt; vbs; vbe; mdb; rtf; htm; hta; html; xml; xtp; php; asp; js; shs; chm; lnk; pif; prc; url; smm; pdf; msi; ini; csc; cmd; bas; eml and nws.
Scan user defined extensions
Only the files with the extensions specified by the user will be scanned. These extensions must be separated by ";".
Scan packed files
Scan inside archives
Scans packed files.
Scans inside regular archives, such as .zip,
.rar, .ace, .iso and others. Select the
Scan installers and chm archives check box if you want these types of files to be scanned.
Scanning archived files increases the scanning time and requires more system resources. You can set the maximum size of the archives to be scanned in kilobytes (KB) by typing the size in this field Limit scanned
archive size to.
Scan inside e-mail archives
Scan boot sectors
Scan memory
Scan registry
Scan cookies
Scans inside mail archives.
Scans the system’s boot sector.
Scans the memory for viruses and other malware.
Scans registry entries.
Scans cookie files.
⚫ Action options. Specify the actions to be taken on each category of detected files using the options in this category.
Note
To set a new action, click the current First action and select the desired option from the menu. Specify a Second action that will be taken in case the first one fails.
▸ Select the action to be taken on the infected files detected. The following options are available:
Antivirus 182
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Action Description
Take No Action No action will be taken on infected files. These files will appear in the report file.
Disinfect files
Delete files
Remove the malware code from the infected files detected.
Deletes infected files immediately, without any warning.
Move files to Quarantine Moves infected files into the quarantine.
Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
▸ Select the action to be taken on the suspicious files detected. The following options are available:
Action Description
Take No Action
Delete files
No action will be taken on suspicious files. These files will appear in the report file.
Deletes suspicious files immediately, without any warning.
Move files to Quarantine Moves suspicious files into the quarantine.
Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
Note
Files are detected as suspicious by the heuristic analysis. We recommend you to send these files to the BitDefender Lab.
▸ Select the action to be taken on the hidden objects (rootkits) detected. The following options are available:
Action
Take No Action
Rename files
Description
No action will be taken on hidden files. These files will appear in the report file.
Changes the name of hidden files by appending
.bd.ren to their name. As a result, you will be able to search for and find such files on your computer, if any.
Antivirus 183
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Action Description
Move files to Quarantine Moves hidden files into the quarantine.
Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
Note
Please note that these hidden files are not the files that you deliberately hide from Windows. They are the files hidden by special programs, known as rootkits.
Rootkits are not malicious in nature. However, they are commonly used to make viruses or spyware undetectable by normal antivirus programs.
▸ Action options for password-protected and encrypted files.
Files encrypted using Windows may be important to you. This is why you can configure different actions to be taken on the infected or suspicious files that are encrypted using Windows. Another category of files that requires special actions is password-protected archives. Password-protected archives cannot be scanned unless you provide the password. Use these options to configure the actions to be taken on password-protected archives and on
Windows-encrypted files.
– Action to take when an encrypted infected file is found. Select the action to be taken on infected files that are encrypted using Windows. The following options are available:
Action Description
Take no action
Disinfect files
Delete files
Only log the infected files that are encrypted using Windows. After the scan is completed, you can open the scan log to view information on these files.
Remove the malware code from the infected files detected. Disinfection may fail in some cases, such as when the infected file is inside specific mail archives.
Immediately remove infected files from the disk, without any warning.
Move files to Quarantine Move infected files from their original location to the
. Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
Antivirus 184
BitDefender Total Security 2010
– Action to take when an encrypted suspect file is found. Select the action to be taken on suspicious files that are encrypted using Windows. The following options are available:
Action Description
Take no action
Delete files
Only log the suspicious files that are encrypted using Windows. After the scan is completed, you can open the scan log to view information on these files.
Deletes suspicious files immediately, without any warning.
Move files to Quarantine Moves suspicious files into the quarantine.
Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
– Action to take when a password-protected file is found. Select the action to be taken on the password-protected files detected. The following options are available:
Action
Log only
Prompt for password
Description
Only keep record of the password-protected files in the scan log. After the scan is completed, you can open the scan log to view information on these files.
When a password-protected file is detected, prompt the user to provide the password in order to scan the file.
If you click Default you will load the default settings. Click OK to save the changes and close the window.
Setting Scan Target
To set the scan target of a specific user scan task, right-click the task and select
Paths. Alternatively, if you are already in the Properties window of a task, select the Paths tab. The following window will appear:
Antivirus 185
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Scan Target
You can see the list of local, network and removable drives as well as the files or folders added previously, if any. All checked items will be scanned when running the task.
The section contains the following buttons:
⚫ Add Folder(s) - opens a browsing window where you can select the file(s) / folder(s) that you want to be scanned.
Note
You can also use drag and drop to add files/folders to the list.
⚫ Delete Item(s) - removes the file(s) / folder(s) previously selected from the list of objects to be scanned.
Note
Only the file(s) / folder(s) that were added afterwards can be deleted, but not those that were automatically "seen" by BitDefender.
Besides the buttons explained above there are also some options that allow the fast selection of the scan locations.
⚫ Local Drives - to scan the local drives.
⚫ Network Drives - to scan all network drives.
⚫ Removable Drives - to scan removable drives (CD-ROM, floppy-disk unit).
Antivirus 186
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ All Entries - to scan all drives, no matter if they are local, in the network or removable.
Note
If you want to scan your entire computer, select the checkbox corresponding to All
Entries.
Click OK to save the changes and close the window. To run the task, just click Scan.
Viewing the Scan Target of System Tasks
You can not modify the scan target of the scan tasks from the System Tasks category. You can only see their scan target.
To view the scan target of a specific system scan task, right-click the task and select
Show Task Paths. For System Scan, for example, the following window will appear:
Scan Target of Full System Scan
System Scan and Deep System Scan will scan all local drives, while Quick
System Scan will only scan the Windows and Program Files folders.
Click OK to close the window. To run the task, just click Scan.
Antivirus 187
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Scheduling Scan Tasks
With complex tasks, the scanning process will take some time and it will work best if you close all other programs. That is why it is best for you to schedule such tasks when you are not using your computer and it has gone into the idle mode.
To see the schedule of a specific task or to modify it, right-click the task and select
Schedule. If you are already in a task's Properties window, select the Scheduler tab. The following window will appear:
Scheduler
You can see the task schedule, if any.
When scheduling a task, you must choose one of the following options:
⚫ Not Scheduled - launches the task only when the user requests it.
⚫ Once - launches the scan only once, at a certain moment. Specify the start date and time in the Start Date/Time fields.
⚫ Periodically - launches the scan periodically, at certain time intervals(minutes, hours, days, weeks, months) starting with a specified date and time.
If you want the scan to be repeated at certain intervals, select Periodically and type in the Every edit box the number of minutes/hours/days/weeks/ months indicating the frequency of this process. You must also specify the start date and time in the Start Date/Time fields.
⚫ On system startup - launches the scan at the specified number of minutes after a user has logged on to Windows.
Antivirus 188
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Click OK to save the changes and close the window. To run the task, just click Scan.
18.2.5. Scanning Files and Folders
Before you initiate a scanning process, you should make sure that BitDefender is up to date with its malware signatures. Scanning your computer using an outdated signature database may prevent BitDefender from detecting new malware found since the last update. To verify when the last update was performed, go to
Update>Update in Advanced View.
Note
In order for BitDefender to make a complete scanning, you need to shut down all open programs. Especially your email-client (i.e. Outlook, Outlook Express or Eudora) is important to shut down.
Scanning Tips
Here are some more scanning tips you may find useful:
⚫ Depending on the size of your hard disk, running a comprehensive scan of your computer (such as Deep System Scan or System Scan) may take a while (up to an hour or even more). Therefore, you should run such scans when you do not need to use your computer for a longer time (for example, during the night).
You can
to start when convenient. Make sure you leave your computer running. With Windows Vista, make sure your computer is not in sleep mode when the task is scheduled to run.
⚫ If you frequently download files from the Internet to a specific folder, create a new scan task and
set that folder as scan target . Schedule the task to run every
day or more often.
⚫ There is a kind of malware which sets itself to be executed at system startup by changing Windows settings. To protect your computer against such malware, you can schedule the Auto-logon Scan task to run at system startup. Please note that autologon scanning may affect system performance for a short time after startup.
Scanning Methods
BitDefender provides four types of on-demand scanning:
- run a scan task from the system / user tasks.
- right-click a file or a folder and select Scan with
BitDefender.
- drag and drop a file or a folder over the
- use BitDefender Manual Scan to directly select the files or folders to be scanned.
Antivirus 189
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Immediate Scanning
To scan your computer or part of it you can run the default scan tasks or your own scan tasks. This is called immediate scanning.
To run a scan task, use one of the following methods:
⚫ double-click the desired scan task in the list.
⚫ click the Scan now button corresponding to the task.
⚫ select the task and then click Run Task.
The
will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
Contextual Scanning
To scan a file or a folder, without configuring a new scan task, you can use the contextual menu. This is called contextual scanning.
Right-click the file or folder you want to be scanned and select Scan with BitDefender. The
will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
You can modify the scan options and see the report files by accessing the Properties window of the
Contextual Menu Scan task.
Contextual Scan
Drag&Drop Scanning
Drag the file or folder you want to be scanned and drop it over the Scan Activity
Bar as shown below.
Antivirus 190
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Drag File
Drop File
The
will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
Manual Scanning
Manual scanning consists in directly selecting the object to be scanned using the
BitDefender Manual Scan option from the BitDefender program group in the Start
Menu.
Note
Manual scanning is very useful, as it can be performed when Windows works in Safe
Mode, too.
To select the object to be scanned by BitDefender, in the Windows Start menu, follow the path Start → Programs → BitDefender 2010 → BitDefender Manual
Scan. The following window will appear:
Antivirus 191
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Manual Scanning
Click Add Folder, select the location you want to scan and click OK. If you want to scan multiple folders, repeat this action for each additional location.
The paths to the selected locations will appear in the Scan Target column. If you change your mind about the location, just click the Remove button next to it. Click the Remove All Paths button to remove all the locations that were added to the list.
When you are done selecting the locations, click Continue. The
will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
Antivirus Scan Wizard
When you initiate an on-demand scan, the Antivirus Scan wizard will appear. Follow the three-step guided procedure to complete the scanning process.
Note
If the scan wizard does not appear, the scan may be configured to run silently, in the background. Look for the scan progress icon in the
system tray . You can click this
icon to open the scan window and to see the scan progress.
Step 1/3 - Scanning
BitDefender will start scanning the selected objects.
Antivirus 192
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Scanning
You can see the scan status and statistics (scanning speed, elapsed time, number of scanned / infected / suspicious / hidden objects and other).
Wait for BitDefender to finish scanning.
Note
The scanning process may take a while, depending on the complexity of the scan.
Password-protected archives.
If BitDefender detects a password-protected archive during scanning and the default action is Prompt for password, you will be prompted to provide the password. Password-protected archives cannot be scanned unless you provide the password. The following options are available:
⚫ Password. If you want BitDefender to scan the archive, select this option and type the password. If you do not know the password, choose one of the other options.
⚫ Don't ask for a password and skip this object from scanning. Select this option to skip scanning this archive.
⚫ Skip all password-protected items without scanning them. Select this option if you do not want to be bothered about password-protected archives.
BitDefender will not be able to scan them, but a record will be kept in the scan log.
Click OK to continue scanning.
Antivirus 193
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Stopping or pausing the scan. You can stop scanning anytime you want by clicking Stop&Yes. You will go directly to the last step of the wizard. To temporarily stop the scanning process, just click Pause. You will have to click Resume to resume scanning.
Step 2/3 - Select Actions
When the scanning is completed, a new window will appear, where you can see the scan results.
Actions
You can see the number of issues affecting your system.
The infected objects are displayed in groups, based on the malware they are infected with. Click the link corresponding to a threat to find out more information about the infected objects.
You can choose an overall action to be taken for all issues or you can select separate actions for each group of issues.
One or several of the following options can appear on the menu:
Action
Take No Action
Description
No action will be taken on the detected files. After the scan is completed, you can open the scan log to view information on these files.
Antivirus 194
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Action
Disinfect
Delete
Move to quarantine
Rename files
Description
Removes the malware code from infected files.
Deletes detected files.
Moves detected files to quarantine. Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened; therefore, the risk of getting infected disappears.
Changes the name of hidden files by appending
.bd.ren to their name. As a result, you will be able to search for and find such files on your computer, if any.
Please note that these hidden files are not the files that you deliberately hide from Windows. They are the files hidden by special programs, known as rootkits.
Rootkits are not malicious in nature. However, they are commonly used to make viruses or spyware undetectable by normal antivirus programs.
Click Continue to apply the specified actions.
Step 3/3 - View Results
When BitDefender finishes fixing the issues, the scan results will appear in a new window.
Antivirus 195
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Summary
You can see the results summary. If you want comprehensive information on the scanning process, click View log to view the scan log.
Important
If required, please restart your system in order to complete the cleaning process.
Click Close to close the window.
BitDefender Could Not Solve Some Issues
In most cases BitDefender successfully disinfects the infected files it detects or it isolates the infection. However, there are issues that cannot be solved.
In these cases, we recommend you to contact the BitDefender Support Team at www.bitdefender.com
. Our support representatives will help you solve the issues you are experiencing.
BitDefender Detected Suspect Files
Suspect files are files detected by the heuristic analysis as potentially infected with malware the signature of which has not been released yet.
If suspect files were detected during the scan, you will be requested to submit them to the BitDefender Lab. Click OK to send these files to the BitDefender Lab for further analysis.
Antivirus 196
BitDefender Total Security 2010
18.2.6. Viewing Scan Logs
To see the scan results after a task has run, right-click the task and select Logs.
The following window will appear:
Scan Logs
Here you can see the report files generated each time the task was executed. For each file you are provided with information on the status of the logged scanning process, the date and time when the scanning was performed and a summary of the scanning results.
Two buttons are available:
⚫ Delete - to delete the selected scan log.
⚫ Show - to view the selected scan log. The scan log will open in your default web browser.
Note
Also, to view or delete a file, right-click the file and select the corresponding option from the shortcut menu.
Click OK to save the changes and close the window. To run the task, just click Scan.
Scan Log Example
The following figure represents an example of a scan log:
Antivirus 197
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Scan Log Example
The scan log contains detailed information about the logged scanning process, such as scanning options, the scanning target, the threats found and the actions taken on these threats.
18.3. Objects Excluded from Scanning
There are cases when you may need to exclude certain files from scanning. For example, you may want to exclude an EICAR test file from on-access scanning or
.avi files from on-demand scanning.
BitDefender allows excluding objects from on-access or on-demand scanning, or from both. This feature is intended to decrease scanning times and to avoid interference with your work.
Two types of objects can be excluded from scanning:
⚫ Paths - the file or the folder (including all the objects it contains) indicated by a specified path will be excluded from scanning.
⚫ Extensions - all files having a specific extension will be excluded from scanning.
Antivirus 198
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
The objects excluded from on-access scanning will not be scanned, no matter if they are accessed by you or by an application.
To see and manage the objects excluded from scanning, go to
Antivirus>Exceptions in Expert Mode.
Exceptions
You can see the objects (files, folders, extensions) that are excluded from scanning.
For each object you can see if it is excluded from on-access, on-demand scanning or both.
Note
The exceptions specified here will NOT apply for contextual scanning. Contextual scanning is a type of on-demand scanning: you right-click the file or folder you want to scan and select Scan with BitDefender.
To remove an entry from the table, select it and click the Delete button.
To edit an entry from the table, select it and click the Edit button. A new window will appear where you can change the extension or the path to be excluded and the
Antivirus 199
BitDefender Total Security 2010 type of scanning you want them to be excluded from, as needed. Make the necessary changes and click OK.
Note
You can also right-click an object and use the options on the shortcut menu to edit or delete it.
You can click Discard to revert the changes made to the rule table, provided that you have not saved them by clicking Apply.
18.3.1. Excluding Paths from Scanning
To exclude paths from scanning, click the Add button. You will be guided through the process of excluding paths from scanning by the configuration wizard that will appear.
Step 1/4 - Select Object Type
Object Type
Select the option of excluding a path from scanning.
Click Next.
Antivirus 200
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 2/4 - Specify Excluded Paths
Excluded Paths
To specify the paths to be excluded from scanning use either of the following methods:
⚫ Click Browse, select the file or folder that you want to be excluded from scanning and then click Add.
⚫ Type the path that you want to be excluded from scanning in the edit field and click Add.
Note
If the provided path does not exist, an error message will appear. Click OK and check the path for validity.
The paths will appear in the table as you add them. You can add as many paths as you want.
To remove an entry from the table, select it and click the Delete button.
Click Next.
Antivirus 201
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 3/4 - Select Scanning Type
Scanning Type
You can see a table containing the paths to be excluded from scanning and the type of scanning they are excluded from.
By default, the selected paths are excluded from both on-access and on-demand scanning. To change when to apply the exception, click on the right column and select the desired option from the list.
Click Next.
Antivirus 202
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 4/4 - Scan Excluded Files
Scan Excluded Files
It is highly recommended to scan the files in the specified paths to make sure that they are not infected. Select the check box to scan these files before excluding them from scanning.
Click Finish.
18.3.2. Excluding Extensions from Scanning
To exclude extensions from scanning, click the Add button. You will be guided through the process of excluding extensions from scanning by the configuration wizard that will appear.
Antivirus 203
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 1/4 - Select Object Type
Object Type
Select the option of excluding extensions from scanning.
Click Next.
Antivirus 204
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 2/4 - Specify Excluded Extensions
Excluded Extensions
To specify the extensions to be excluded from scanning use either of the following methods:
⚫ Select from the menu the extension that you want to be excluded from scanning and then click Add.
Note
The menu contains a list of all the extensions registered on your system. When you select an extension, you can see its description, if available.
⚫ Type the extension that you want to be excluded from scanning in the edit field and click Add.
The extensions will appear in the table as you add them. You can add as many extensions as you want.
To remove an entry from the table, select it and click the Delete button.
Click Next.
Antivirus 205
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 3/4 - Select Scanning Type
Scanning Type
You can see a table containing the extensions to be excluded from scanning and the type of scanning they are excluded from.
By default, the selected extensions are excluded from both on-access and on-demand scanning. To change when to apply the exception, click on the right column and select the desired option from the list.
Click Next.
Antivirus 206
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 4/4 - Select Scanning Type
Scanning Type
It is highly recommended to scan the files having the specified extensions to make sure that they are not infected.
Click Finish.
18.4. Quarantine Area
BitDefender allows isolating the infected or suspicious files in a secure area, named quarantine. By isolating these files in the quarantine, the risk of getting infected disappears and, at the same time, you have the possibility to send these files for further analysis to the BitDefender lab.
In addition, BitDefender scans the quarantined files after each malware signature update. Cleaned files are automatically moved back to their original location.
To see and manage quarantined files and to configure the quarantine settings, go to Antivirus>Quarantine in Expert Mode.
Antivirus 207
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Quarantine
The Quarantine section displays all the files currently isolated in the Quarantine folder. For each quarantined file, you can see its name, the name of the detected virus, the path to its original location and the submission date.
Note
When a virus is in quarantine it cannot do any harm because it cannot be executed or read.
18.4.1. Managing Quarantined Files
You can send any selected file from the quarantine to the BitDefender Lab by clicking
Send. By default, BitDefender will automatically submit quarantined files every 60 minutes.
To delete a selected file from quarantine, click the Delete button. If you want to restore a selected file to its original location, click Restore.
Contextual Menu.
A contextual menu is available, allowing you to manage quarantined files easily. The same options as those mentioned previously are available. You can also select Refresh to refresh the Quarantine section.
Antivirus 208
BitDefender Total Security 2010
18.4.2. Configuring Quarantine Settings
To configure the quarantine settings, click Settings. A new window will appear.
Quarantine Settings
Using the quarantine settings, you can set BitDefender to automatically perform the following actions:
Delete old files.
To automatically delete old quarantined files, check the corresponding option. You must specify the number of days after which the quarantined files should be deleted and frequency with which BitDefender should check for old files.
Note
By default, BitDefender will check for old files every day and delete files older than
30 days.
Delete duplicated files. To automatically delete duplicate quarantined files, check the corresponding option. You must specify the number of days between two consecutive checks for duplicates.
Note
By default, BitDefender will check for duplicate quarantined files every day.
Antivirus 209
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Automatically submit files. To automatically submit quarantined files, check the corresponding option. You must specify the frequency with which to submit files.
Note
By default, BitDefender will automatically submit quarantined files every 60 minutes.
Scan quarantined files after update. To automatically scan quarantined files after each update performed, check the corresponding option. You can choose to automatically move back the cleaned files to their original location by selecting
Restore clean files.
Click OK to save the changes and close the window.
Antivirus 210
BitDefender Total Security 2010
19. Antispam
BitDefender Antispam employs remarkable technological innovations and industry standard antispam filters to weed out spam before it reaches the user's Inbox.
19.1. Antispam Insights
Spam is a growing problem, both for individuals and for organizations. It's not pretty, you wouldn't want your kids to see it, it can get you fired (for wasting too much time or from receiving porn in your office mail) and you can't stop people from sending it. The next best thing to that is, obviously, to stop receiving it. Unfortunately,
Spam comes in a wide range of shapes and sizes, and there's a lot of it.
19.1.1. Antispam Filters
The BitDefender Antispam Engine incorporates several different filters that ensure your Inbox to be SPAM-free:
,
Spammers list , Charset filter ,
,
and
.
Note
You can enable / disable each one of these filters in the
section from the
Antispam module.
Friends List / Spammers List
Most people communicate regularly to a group of people or even receive messages from companies or organizations in the same domain. By using friends or
spammers list, you can easily classify which people you want to receive e-mail from (friends) no matter what the message contains, or which people you never want to hear from again (spammers).
The Friends / Spammers lists can be managed in the
interface or from the
integrated into some of the most commonly used mail clients.
Note
We recommend that you add your friends' names and e-mail addresses to the Friends
list. BitDefender does not block messages from those on the list; therefore, adding friends helps ensure that legitimate messages get through.
Charset Filter
Many spam messages are written in Cyrillic and / or Asian charsets. The Charset
Filter detects this kind of messages and tags them as SPAM.
Antispam 211
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Image Filter
Since avoiding heuristic filter detection has become quite a challenge, nowadays' inbox folders are full with more and more messages only containing an image with unsolicited content. To cope with this growing problem, BitDefender introduced the
Image filter that compares the image signature from the e-mail with those from the BitDefender database. In case of a match the e-mail will be tagged as SPAM.
URL Filter
Almost all spam messages include links to various web locations. These locations usually contain more advertising and the possibility to buy things, and, sometimes, they are used for phishing.
BitDefender maintains a database of such links. The URL filter checks every URL link in a message against its database. If a match is made, the message is tagged as SPAM.
NeuNet (Heuristic) Filter
The NeuNet (Heuristic) filter performs a set of tests on all the message components, (i.e. not only the header but also the message body in either HTML or text format), looking for words, phrases, links or other characteristics of SPAM. Based on the results of the analysis, it adds a SPAM score to the message.
The filter also detects messages marked as SEXUALLY-EXPLICIT: in the subject line and tags them as SPAM.
Note
Starting May 19, 2004, spam that contains sexually oriented material must include the warning SEXUALLY-EXPLICIT: in the subject line or face fines for violations of federal law.
Bayesian Filter
The Bayesian filter module classifies messages according to statistical information regarding the rate at which specific words appear in messages classified SPAM as compared to those declared NON-SPAM (by you or by the heuristic filter).
This means, for example, if a certain four-letter word is seen to appear more often in SPAM, it is natural to assume there is an increased probability that the next incoming message that includes it actually IS SPAM. All relevant words within a message are taken into account. By synthesizing the statistical information, the overall probability for the whole message to be SPAM is computed.
This module presents another interesting characteristic: it is trainable. It adapts quickly to the type of messages received by a certain user, and stores information about all. To function effectively, the filter must be trained, meaning, to be presented with samples of SPAM and legitimate messages, much like a hound is primed to
Antispam 212
BitDefender Total Security 2010 trace a certain scent. Sometimes the filter must be corrected too - prompted to adjust when it makes a wrong decision.
Important
You can correct the Bayesian filter using the Is Spam and Not Spam buttons from the
.
19.1.2. Antispam Operation
The BitDefender Antispam Engine uses all antispam filters combined to determine whether a certain e-mail message should get into your Inbox or not.
Important
The spam messages detected by BitDefender are marked with the [SPAM] prefix in the subject line. BitDefender automatically moves spam messages to a specific folder, as follows:
⚫ In Microsoft Outlook, spam messages are moved to a Spam folder, located in the
Deleted Items folder. The Spam folder is created during the installation of
BitDefender.
⚫ In Outlook Express and Windows Mail, spam messages are moved directly to
Deleted Items.
⚫ In Mozilla Thunderbird, spam messages are moved to a Spam folder, located in the Trash folder. The Spam folder is created during the installation of BitDefender.
If you use other mail clients, you must create a rule to move the e-mail messages marked as [SPAM] by BitDefender to a custom quarantine folder.
Every e-mail that comes from the Internet is first checked with the
filter. If the sender's address is found in the
the e-mail is moved directly to your Inbox.
Otherwise the
filter will take over the e-mail to verify if the sender's address is on its list. The e-mail will be tagged as SPAM and moved in the Spam folder (located in
Microsoft Outlook ) if a match has been made.
Else, the
will check if the e-mail is written in Cyrillic or Asian characters.
If so the e-mail will be tagged as SPAM and moved in the Spam folder.
If the e-mail is not written in Asian or Cyrillic it will be passed to the
The Image filter will detect all the e-mail messages containing attached images with spam content.
The
will look for links and it will compare the links found with the links from the BitDefender database. In case of a match it will add a SPAM score to the e-mail.
The
will take over the e-mail and will perform a set of tests on all the message components, looking for words, phrases, links or other
Antispam 213
BitDefender Total Security 2010 characteristics of SPAM. The result is that it will add a Spam score to the e-mail, too.
Note
If the e-mail is tagged as SEXUALLY EXPLICIT in the subject line, BitDefender will consider it SPAM.
The
module will further analyze the message, according to statistical information regarding the rate at which specific words appear in messages classified
SPAM as compared to those declared NON-SPAM (by you or by the heuristic filter).
A Spam score will be added to the e-mail.
If the aggregate score (URL score + heuristic score + Bayesian score) exceeds the
SPAM score for a message (set by the user in the
section as a tolerance level), the message is considered SPAM.
19.1.3. Antispam Updates
Every time you perform an update:
⚫ new image signatures will be added to the Image filter.
⚫ new links will be added to the URL filter.
⚫ new rules will be added to the NeuNet (Heuristic) filter.
This will help increase the effectiveness of your Antispam engine.
To protect you against spammers, BitDefender can perform automatic updates.
Keep the Automatic Update option enabled.
19.2. Status
To configure the Antispam protection, go to Antispam>Status in Expert Mode.
Antispam 214
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Antispam Status
You can see whether Antispam is enabled or disabled. If you want to change the
Antispam status, clear or select the corresponding check box.
Important
To prevent spam from entering your Inbox, keep the Antispam filter enabled.
In the Statistics section you can view the results of the antispam activity presented per session (since you started your computer) or a summary (since the installation of BitDefender).
19.2.1. Setting the Protection Level
You can choose the protection level that better fits your security needs. Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level.
There are 5 protection levels:
Antispam 215
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Protection level Description
Permissive Offers protection for accounts that receive a lot of legitimate commercial mail. The filter will let most e-mail pass through, but it may produce false negatives
(spam classified as legitimate mail).
Permissive to Moderate Offers protection for accounts that receive some legitimate commercial mail. The filter will let most e-mail pass through, but it may produce false negatives
(spam classified as legitimate mail).
Moderate Offers protection for regular accounts. The filter will block most spam, while avoiding false positives.
Moderate to Aggressive Offers protection for accounts that receive high volumes of spam regularly. The filter will let very little spam through, but it may produce false positives(legitimate mail incorrectly tagged as spam).
Aggressive
Configure the Friends/Spammers Lists and train the
Learning Engine (Bayesian) in order to reduce the number of false positives.
Offers protection for accounts that receive very high volumes of spam regularly. The filter will let very little spam through, but it may produce false positives(legitimate mail incorrectly tagged as spam).
Add your contacts to the Friends List in order to reduce the number of false positives.
To set the default protection level (Moderate to Aggressive) click Default Level.
19.2.2. Configuring the Friends List
The Friends list is a list of all the e-mail addresses from which you always want to receive messages, regardless of their content. Messages from your friends are not labeled as spam, even if the content resembles spam.
Note
Any mail coming from an address contained in the Friends list, will automatically be delivered to your Inbox without further processing.
To configure the Friends list, click Manage Friends (or click the Friends button from the
).
Antispam 216
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Friends List
Here you can add or remove entries from the Friends list.
If you want to add an e-mail address check the E-mail address option, type in the address and click . The address will appear in the Friends list.
Important
Syntax: [email protected].
If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option, type in the domain and click . The domain will appear in the Friends list.
Important
Syntax:
⚫ @domain.com, *domain.com and domain.com - all the received e-mail messages from domain.com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content;
⚫ *domain* - all the received e-mail messages from domain (no matter the domain suffixes) will reach your Inbox regardless of their content;
⚫ *com - all the received e-mail messages having the domain suffix com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content;
To delete an item from the list, select it and click the Remove button. To delete all entries from the list, click the Clear list button and then Yes to confirm.
Antispam 217
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You can save the Friends list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product. To save the Friends list, click the Save button and save it to the desired location. The file will have a .bwl extension.
To load a previously saved Friends list, click the Load button and open the corresponding .bwl file. To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list, select Overwrite the current list.
Note
We recommend that you add your friends' names and e-mail addresses to the Friends
list. BitDefender does not block messages from those on the list; therefore, adding friends helps ensure that legitimate messages get through.
Click Apply and OK to save and close the Friends list.
19.2.3. Configuring the Spammers List
The Spammers list is a list of all the e-mail addresses from which you don't want to receive messages, regardless of their content.
Note
Any e-mail message received from an address contained in the Spammers list will be automatically marked as SPAM, without further processing.
To configure the Spammers list, click Manage Spammers (or click the Spammers button from the
).
Antispam 218
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Spammers List
Here you can add or remove entries from the Spammers list.
If you want to add an e-mail address check the Email address option, type in the address and click . The address will appear in the Spammers list.
Important
Syntax: [email protected].
If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option, type in the domain and click . The domain will appear in the Spammers list.
Important
Syntax:
⚫ @domain.com, *domain.com and domain.com - all the received e-mail messages from domain.com will be tagged as SPAM;
⚫ *domain* - all the received e-mail messages from domain (no matter the domain suffixes) will be tagged as SPAM;
⚫ *com - all the received e-mail messages having the domain suffix com will be tagged as SPAM.
Warning
Do not add domains of legitimate web-based e-mail services (such as Yahoo, Gmail,
Hotmail or other) to the Spammers list. Otherwise, the e-mail messages received
Antispam 219
BitDefender Total Security 2010 from any registered user of such a service will be detected as spam. If, for example, you add yahoo.com
to the Spammers list, all e-mail messages coming from yahoo.com
addresses will be marked as [spam] .
To delete an item from the list, select it and click the Remove button. To delete all entries from the list, click the Clear list button and then Yes to confirm.
You can save the Spammers list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product. To save the Spammers list, click the Save button and save it to the desired location. The file will have a .bwl extension.
To load a previously saved Spammers list, click the Load button and open the corresponding .bwl file. To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list, select Overwrite the current list.
Click Apply and OK to save and close the Spammers list.
Important
If you want to reinstall BitDefender it's a good idea to save the Friends / Spammers lists before, and after the reinstallation process is over you may load them.
19.3. Settings
To configure the antispam settings and filters, go to Antispam>Settings in Expert
Mode.
Antispam 220
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Antispam Settings
Three categories of options are available (Antispam settings, Basic Antispam
filters and Advanced Antispam filters) organized like an expandable menu, similar to those from Windows.
Note
Click the box labeled "+" to open a category or click the one labeled "-" to close it.
To enable/disable an option select/clear the checkbox corresponding to it.
To apply the default settings, click Default.
Click Apply to save the changes.
19.3.1. Antispam Settings
⚫ Mark spam messages in subject - all e-mail messages considered to be spam will be tagged with SPAM in the subject line.
⚫ Mark phishing messages in subject - all e-mail messages considered to be phishing messages will be tagged with SPAM in the subject line.
Antispam 221
BitDefender Total Security 2010
19.3.2. Basic Antispam Filters
⚫ Enable Friends/Spammers lists - filter e-mail messages using the
.
▸ Automatically add recipients to Friends list - automatically add recipients of sent mail to Friends list.
▸ Automatically add to Friends list - when you click the Not Spam button from the
Antispam toolbar , the sender of the selected e-mail is automatically
added to the Friends list.
▸ Automatically add to Spammers list - when you click the Is Spam button from the
Antispam toolbar , the sender of the selected e-mail is automatically
added to the Spammers list.
Note
The Not Spam and the Is Spam buttons are used to train the
.
⚫ Block e-mails written in Asian characters - blocks messages written in
.
⚫ Block e-mails written in Cyrillic characters - blocks messages written in
19.3.3. Advanced Antispam Filters
⚫ Enable the Learning Engine (bayesian) - activates/deactivates the
.
▸ Limit the dictionary size to 200000 words - sets the size of the Bayesian dictionary - smaller is faster, bigger is more accurate.
Note
The recommended size is: 200.000 words.
▸ Train the Learning Engine (bayesian) on outgoing e-mails - trains the
Learning Engine (bayesian) on outgoing e-mails.
⚫ URL filter - activates/deactivates the
.
⚫ NeuNet(Heuristic) filter - activates/deactivates the
▸ Block explicit content - activates/deactivates the detection of messages with
SEXUALLY EXPLICIT in the subject line.
⚫ Image filter - activates/deactivates the
Antispam 222
BitDefender Total Security 2010
20. Parental Control
BitDefender Parental Control enables you to control the access to the Internet and to specific applications for each user holding a user account on the system.
You can configure Parental Control to block:
⚫ inappropriate web pages.
⚫ Internet access, for specific periods of time (such as when it's time for lessons).
⚫ web pages, e-mail messages and instant messages if they contain specific keywords.
⚫ applications like games, chat, filesharing programs or others.
⚫ instant messages sent by IM contacts other than those allowed.
Important
Only users with administrative rights on the system (system administrators) can access and configure Parental Control. To make sure that only you can change the
Parental Control settings for any user, you can protect them with a password. You will be prompted to configure the password when you enable the Parental Control for a specific user.
To successfully use Parental Control to restrict your children computer and online activities, you must complete these main tasks:
1. Create limited (standard) Windows user accounts for your children to use.
Note
To learn how to create Windows user accounts, go to the Windows Help and Support
Center (in the Start menu, click Help and Support).
2. Configure Parental Control for the Windows user accounts your children use.
To configure Parental Control, go to Parental Control in Expert Mode.
Parental Control 223
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Parental Control
You can see information regarding the Parental Control status for each Windows user account. The age category is listed below each user name if Parental Control is enabled. If Parental Control is disabled, the status is not configured.
Additionally, you can see the status of each Parental Control feature per user:
Green circle with a check mark: The feature is enabled.
Red circle with an exclamation mark: The feature is disabled.
Cick the Modify button next to a user name to open the window where you can configure the Parental Control settings for the respective user account.
The following sections in this chapter present in detail the Parental Control features and how to configure them.
20.1. Configuring Parental Control For A User
To configure the Parental Control for a specific user account, click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and then click the Status tab.
Parental Control 224
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Parental Control Status
To configure the Parental Control for this user account, follow these steps:
1. Enable the Parental Control for this user account by selecting the Parental
Control check box.
Important
Keep the Parental Control enabled in order to protect your children against inappropriate content by using your customized computer access rules.
2. Set a password to protect your Parental Control settings. For more information, please refer to
“Protecting Parental Control Settings” (p. 226)
.
3. Set the age category to allow your child to access only websites appropriate for his/her age. For more information, please refer to
“Setting Age Category” (p. 227) .
4. Configure the monitoring options for this user as needed:
⚫ Send me an activity report via e-mail. An e-mail notification is sent every time BitDefender Parental Control blocks an activity for this user.
⚫ Save an internet traffic log. Logs the websites visited by the user.
For more information, please refer to
“Monitoring Children Activity” (p. 229) .
5. Click an icon or a tab to configure the corresponding Parental Control feature:
Parental Control 225
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Web - to filter web navigation according to the rules set by you in the
section.
⚫ Applications - to block access to the applications specified by you in the
section.
⚫ Keywords - to filter web, mail and instant messaging access according to the rules set by you in the
section.
⚫ IM - to allow or block chat with IM contacts according to the rules set by you in the
section.
⚫ Time Limiter - to allow web access according to the timetable set by you in the
section.
Note
To learn how to configure them, please refer to the following topics in this chapter.
To completely block access to the internet, click the Block Internet button.
20.1.1. Protecting Parental Control Settings
If you are not the only person with administrative rights using this computer, it is recommended that you protect your Parental Control settings with a password. By setting a password, you will prevent other users with administrative rights from changing the Parental Control settings that you configured for a specific user.
BitDefender will ask you by default to set a password when enabling Parental Control.
Set Password Protection
Parental Control 226
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To set the password protection, do the following:
1. Type the password in the Password field.
2. Type the password again in the Retype Password field to confirm it.
3. Click OK to save the password and close the window.
Once you set the password, if you want to change the Parental Control settings, you will be asked to provide the password. The other system administrators (if any) will also have to provide this password in order to change the Parental Control settings.
Note
This password will not protect other BitDefender settings.
In case you do not set a password and you do not want this window to appear again, check Don't ask for a password when enabling Parental Control.
20.1.2. Setting Age Category
The heuristic web filter analyzes web pages and blocks those that match the patterns of potentially inappropriate content.
In order to filter web access according to a predefined age-based ruleset, you must set a specific tolerance level. Drag the slider along the scale to set the tolerance level you consider appropriate for the selected user.
There are 3 tolerance levels:
Tolerance level
Child
Teenager
Adult
Description
Offers restricted web access, according to the recommended settings for users under the age of 14. Web pages with potentially harmful content for children (porn, sexuality, drugs, hacking etc) are blocked.
Offers restricted web access, according to the recommended settings for users from 14 to 18 years. Web pages with sexual, pornographic or adult content are blocked.
Offers unrestricted access to all web pages regardless of their content.
Click Default Level to set the slider at default level.
If you want more control over the type of content the user is exposed to on the
Internet, you can define the categories of web content that will be blocked by the web filter. To choose which types of web content will be blocked, click Custom
Categories. A new window will appear:
Parental Control 227
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Web Filter Categories
Select the check box corresponding to a category you want to block and the user will no longer be allowed to access websites matching that category. To make your selection easier, the categories of web content are listed according to the age group for which one could consider them appropriate:
⚫ Child Profile Categories includes content that children under the age of 14 may be allowed access to.
Category
Games
Video/Photo
IM
Search Engines
Regional TLD
News
Description
Websites offering browser games, game discussion forums, game downloads, cheats, walkthroughs etc.
Websites that host video or photo galleries.
Instant messaging applications.
Search engines and search portals.
Websites that have a domain name outside your region.
Online newspapers.
Parental Control 228
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Teenager Profile Categories includes content that may be considered safe for children between 14 and 18 years old.
Category
Web Proxy Blocker
Tabloids
Gambling
Online Shopping
Social Networking
Description
Websites used to mask the URL of a requested website.
Online magazines.
Online casinos, betting websites, websites offering betting tips, betting forums, etc.
Online shops and stores.
Social networking websites.
⚫ Adult Profile Categories includes content that is inappropriate for children and teenagers.
Category Description
Pornography Websites hosting pornographic content.
Hate / Violence / Racism
/ Narcotics
Websites hosting violent or racist content, promoting terrorism or narcotics use.
Drugs / Alcohol / Cigars
Illegal Activities
Websites selling or advertising drugs, alcohol or tobacco products
Websites that promote piracy or host pirated content.
Online Payment
Online Dating
Web forms for online payment and checkout sections of online stores. The user can browse online stores but attempts to purchase are blocked.
Adult dating websites with chat, video or photo sharing.
Click Apply to save the categories of web content blocked for the user.
20.2. Monitoring Children Activity
BitDefender helps you keep track of what your children are doing on the computer even when you are away. Alerts can be sent to you by e-mail every time the Parental
Control module blocks an activity. A log with the history of websites visited can also be saved.
Select the options you want to enable:
Parental Control 229
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Send me an activity report via e-mail. An e-mail notification is sent every time BitDefender Parental Control blocks an activity.
⚫ Save an internet traffic log. Logs the websites visited by users for whom
Parental Control is enabled.
20.2.1. Checking Visited Websites
BitDefender logs by default the websites visited by your children.
To view the logs, click View Logs to open History&Events and select Internet Log.
20.2.2. Configuring E-mail Notifications
To receive e-mail notifications when the Parental Control blocks an activity, select
Send me an activity report via e-mail in the general configuration window of the Parental Control. You will be prompted to configure your e-mail account settings.
Click Yes to open the configuration window.
Note
You can open the configuration window later by clicking Notifications Settings.
E-mail Settings
You must configure your e-mail account settings as follows:
⚫ Outgoing SMTP Server - type the address of the mail server used to send e-mail messages.
Parental Control 230
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ If the server uses a different port than the default port 25, type it in the corresponding field.
⚫ Sender's e-mail address - type the address you want to appear in the From field of the e-mail.
⚫ Recipient's e-mail address - type the address where you want the reports to be e-mailed.
⚫ If the server requires authentication, select the My SMTP server requires
authentication check box and type your user name and password in the corresponding fields.
Note
If you do not know what these settings are, open your mail client and check your e-mail account settings.
To validate the configuration, click the Test Settings button. If any issues are found during validation, BitDefender will inform you which areas require your attention.
Click OK to save the changes and close the window.
20.3. Web Control
The Web Control helps you to block access to web sites with inappropriate content.
A list of candidates for blocking both sites and parts thereof is provided and updated by BitDefender, as part of the regular update process.
To configure the Web Control for a specific user account, click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Web tab.
Parental Control 231
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Web Control
To enable this protection select the check box corresponding to Enable Web
Control.
20.3.1. Creating Web Control Rules
To allow or block access to a website, follow these steps:
1. Click Allow Site or Block Site. A new window will appear:
Parental Control 232
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Specify Website
2. Enter the website address in the Website field.
Syntax:
⚫
⚫
*.xxx.com
- the action of the rule will apply on all web sites finished with
.xxx.com
;
*porn* - the action of the rule will apply on all web sites containing porn in the web site address;
⚫
⚫ www.*.com
- the action of the rule will apply on all web sites having the domain suffix com ; www.xxx.* - the action of the rule will apply on all web sites starting with www.xxx.
no matter the domain suffix.
3. Select the desired action for this rule - Allow or Block.
4. Click Finish to add the rule.
20.3.2. Managing Web Control Rules
The Website Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window. The website address and current status are listed for each
Web Control rule.
To edit a rule, select it, click the Edit button and make the necessary changes in the configuration window. To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button.
You must also select what action BitDefender Parental Control should take on websites for which there are no Web Control rules:
Parental Control 233
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Allow all sites, except the ones in the list. Select this option to allow access to all websites except those for which you have set the Block action.
⚫ Block all sites, except the ones in the list. Select this option to block access to all websites except those for which you have set the Allow action.
20.4. Web Time Limiter
The Web Time Limiter helps you to allow or block web access for users or applications during specified time intervals.
Note
BitDefender will perform updates every hour no matter the settings of the Web Time
Limiter.
To configure the Web Time Limiter for a specific user, click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Web Limiter tab.
Web Time Limiter
To enable this protection select the check box corresponding to Enable Web Time
Limiter.
Select the time intervals when all the internet connections will be blocked. You can click individual cells, or you can click and drag to cover longer periods. Also, you
Parental Control 234
BitDefender Total Security 2010 can click Block all to select all the cells and, implicitly, to block all the web access.
If you click Allow all, the internet connections will be permitted all the time.
Important
The boxes coloured in grey represent the time intervals when all internet connections are blocked.
20.5. Applications Control
The Applications Control helps you to block any application from running. Games, media and messaging software, as well as other categories of software and malware can be blocked this way. Applications blocked in this manner are also protected from modifications, and cannot be copied or moved. You can block applications permanently or just during certain time intervals, such as those when your children should be doing their homework.
To configure the Applications Control for a specific user account, click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Applications tab.
Applications Control
To enable this protection select the check box corresponding to Enable Application
Control.
Parental Control 235
BitDefender Total Security 2010
20.5.1. Creating Application Control Rules
To block or restrict access to an application, follow these steps:
1. Click Block Application or Restrict Application. A new window will appear:
Specify Application
2. Click Browse to locate the application to which you want to block/restrict access.
3. Select the action of the rule:
⚫ Block permanently to block access to the application completely.
⚫ Block based on this schedule to restrict access to certain time intervals.
If you choose to restrict access rather than block the application completely, you must also select from the grid the days and the time intervals during which access is blocked. You can click individual cells, or you can click and drag to cover longer periods. Also, you can click Check all to select all the cells and, implicitly, block the application completely. If you click Uncheck all, access to the application will be permitted at all times.
4. Click Finish to add the rule.
20.5.2. Managing Application Control Rules
The Application Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window. The name of the application, the path and the current status are listed for each Application Control rule.
Parental Control 236
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To edit a rule, select it, click the Edit button and make the necessary changes in the configuration window. To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button.
20.6. Keywords Control
Keywords Control helps you block users' access to e-mail messages, web pages and instant messages that contain specific words. Using Keywords Control, you can prevent your children from seeing inappropriate words or phrases when they are online.
Note
The instant messaging Keywords Control is only available for Yahoo Messenger and
Windows Live (MSN) Messenger.
To configure Keywords Control for a specific user account, click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Keywords tab.
Keywords Control
Select the Enable Keywords Control check box if you want to use this control feature.
Parental Control 237
BitDefender Total Security 2010
20.6.1. Creating Keywords Control Rules
To block a word or phrase, follow these steps:
1. Click Block Keyword. A new window will appear:
Specify Keyword
2. Type the word or phrase you want to block in the edit field. If you want only whole words to be detected, select the Match whole words check box.
3. Select the traffic type BitDefender should scan for the specified word.
Option Description
HTTP Web pages that contain the keyword are blocked.
POP3 E-mail messages that contain the keyword are blocked.
Instant Messaging Instant messages that contain the keyword are blocked.
4. Click Finish to add the rule.
20.6.2. Managing Keywords Control Rules
The Keywords Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window. The words and the current status for the different traffic types are listed for each Keywords Control rule.
To edit a rule, select it, click the Edit button and make the necessary changes in the configuration window. To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button.
Parental Control 238
BitDefender Total Security 2010
20.7. Instant Messaging (IM) Control
The Instant Messaging (IM) Control allows you to specify the IM contacts your children are allowed to chat with.
Note
The IM Control is only available for Yahoo Messenger and Windows Live (MSN)
Messenger.
To configure IM Control for a specific user account, click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Messaging tab.
Instant Messaging Control
Select the Enable Instant Messaging Control check box if you want to use this control feature.
20.7.1. Creating Instant Messaging (IM) Control Rules
To allow or block instant messaging with a contact, follow these steps:
1. Click Block IM ID or Allow IM ID. A new window will appear:
Parental Control 239
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Add IM contact
2. Type the contact's name in the Name field.
3. Type the e-mail address or the user name used by the IM contact in the E-mail
or IM ID field.
4. Choose the IM program the contact associates with.
5. Select the action for this rule - Block or Allow
6. Click Finish to add the rule.
20.7.2. Managing Instant Messaging (IM) Control Rules
The IM Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window. The name, IM ID, IM application and the current status are listed for each IM Control rule.
To edit a rule, select it, click the Edit button and make the necessary changes in the configuration window. To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button.
You must also select what action BitDefender Parental Control should take on IM contacts for which no rules have been created. Select Block or Allow IM with all
the contacts, except the ones in the list.
Parental Control 240
BitDefender Total Security 2010
21. Privacy Control
BitDefender monitors dozens of potential “hotspots” in your system where spyware might act, and also checks any changes made to your system and software. It is effective in blocking Trojan horses and other tools installed by hackers, who try to compromise your privacy and send your personal information, like credit card numbers, from your computer to the hacker.
21.1. Privacy Control Status
To configure the Privacy Control and to view information regarding its activity, go to Privacy Control>Status in Expert Mode.
Privacy Control Status
You can see whether Privacy Control is enabled or disabled. If you want to change the Privacy Control status, clear or select the corresponding check box.
Important
To prevent data theft and protect your privacy keep the Privacy Control enabled.
The Privacy Control protects your computer using these important protection controls:
Privacy Control 241
BitDefender Total Security 2010
- protects your confidential data by filtering all outgoing web
(HTTP), e-mail (SMTP) and instant messaging traffic according to the rules you create in the
section.
- asks for your permission whenever a program tries to modify a registry entry in order to be executed at Windows start-up.
- asks for your permission whenever a new website tries to set a cookie.
- asks for your permission whenever a website tries to activate a script or other active content.
At the bottom of the section you can see the Privacy Control statistics.
21.1.1. Configuring Protection Level
You can choose the protection level that better fits your security needs. Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level.
There are 3 protection levels:
Protection level
Permissive
Default
Aggressive
Description
All protection controls are disabled.
Only Identity Control is enabled.
Identity Control, Registry Control, Cookie Control and
Script Control are enabled.
You can customize the protection level by clicking Custom level. In the window that will appear, select the protection controls you want to enable and click OK.
Click Default Level to position the slider at the default level.
21.2. Identity Control
Keeping confidential data safe is an important issue that bothers us all. Data theft has kept pace with the development of Internet communications and it makes use of new methods of fooling people into giving away private information.
Whether it is your e-mail or your credit card number, when they fall into the wrong hands such information may cause you damage: you may find yourself drowning in spam messages or you might be surprised to access an emptied account.
Identity Control protects you against the theft of sensitive data when you are online.
Based on the rules you create, Identity Control scans the web, e-mail and instant messaging traffic leaving your computer for specific character strings (for example, your credit card number). If there is a match, the respective web page, e-mail or instant message is blocked.
Privacy Control 242
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You can create rules to protect any piece of information you might consider personal or confidential, from your phone number or e-mail address to your bank account information. Multiuser support is provided so that users logging on to different
Windows user accounts can configure and use their own identity protection rules.
If your Windows account is an administrator account, the rules you create can be configured to also apply when other users of the computer are logged on to their
Windows user accounts.
Why use Identity Control?
⚫ Identity Control is very effective in blocking keylogger spyware. This type of malicious applications records your keystrokes and sends them over the Internet to a malicious person (hacker). The hacker can find out sensitive information from the stolen data, such as bank account numbers and passwords, and use it to gain personal benefits.
Supposing such an application manages to avoid antivirus detection, it cannot send the stolen data by e-mail, web or instant messages if you have created appropriate identity protection rules.
⚫ Identity Control can protect you from
attempts (attempts to steal personal information). The most common phishing attempts make use of a deceiving e-mail to trick you into submitting personal information on a fake web page.
For example, you may receive an e-mail claiming to be from your bank and requesting you to urgently update your bank account information. The e-mail provides you with a link to the web page where you must provide your personal information. Although they seem to be legitimate, the e-mail and the web page the misleading link directs you to are fake. If you click the link in the e-mail and submit your personal information on the fake web page, you will disclose this information to the malicious persons who organized the phishing attempt.
If appropriate identity protection rules are in place, you cannot submit personal information (such as your credit card number) on a web page unless you have explicitly defined an exception for the respective web page.
To configure Identity Control, go to Privacy Control>Identity in Expert Mode.
Privacy Control 243
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Identity Control
If you want to use Identity Control, follow these steps:
1. Select the Enable Identity Control check box.
2. Create rules to protect your sensitive data. For more information, please refer to
“Creating Identity Rules” (p. 244)
.
3. If needed, define specific exclusions from the rules you have created. For more information, please refer to
“Defining Exclusions” (p. 247)
.
4. If you are an administrator on the computer, you can exclude yourself from identity rules created by other administrators.
For more information, please refer to
“Rules Defined by Other Administrators”
.
21.2.1. Creating Identity Rules
To create an identity protection rule, click the Add button and follow the configuration wizard.
Privacy Control 244
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Step 1/4 - Welcome Window
Welcome Window
Click Next.
Step 2/4 - Set Rule Type and Data
Set Rule Type and Data
You must set the following parameters:
Privacy Control 245
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Rule Name - type the name of the rule in this edit field.
⚫ Rule Type - choose the rule type (address, name, credit card, PIN, SSN etc).
⚫ Rule Data - type the data you want to protect in this edit field. For example, if you want to protect your credit card number, type all or part of it here.
Note
If you enter less than three characters, you will be prompted to validate the data.
We recommend you to enter at least three characters in order to avoid the mistaken blocking of messages and web pages.
All of the data you enter is encrypted. For extra safety, do not enter all of the data you wish to protect.
Click Next.
Step 3/4 - Select Traffic Types and Users
Select Traffic Types and Users
Select the type of traffic you want BitDefender to scan. The following options are available:
⚫ Scan Web (HTTP traffic) - scans the HTTP (web) traffic and blocks the outgoing data that matches the rule data.
⚫ Scan e-mail (SMTP traffic) - scans the SMTP (mail) traffic and blocks the outgoing e-mail messages that contain the rule data.
⚫ Scan IM (Instant Messaging) traffic - scans the Instant Messaging traffic and blocks the outgoing chat messages that contain the rule data.
Privacy Control 246
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You can choose to apply the rule only if the rule data matches whole words or if the rule data and the detected string case match.
Specify the users for which the rule applies.
⚫ Only for me (current user) - the rule will apply only to your user account.
⚫ Limited user accounts - the rule will apply to you and all limited Windows accounts.
⚫ All users - the rule will apply to all Windows accounts.
Click Next.
Step 4/4 - Describe Rule
Describe Rule
Enter a short description of the rule in the edit field. Since the blocked data (character string) is not displayed in plain text when accessing the rule, the description should help you easily identify it.
Click Finish. The rule will appear in the table.
21.2.2. Defining Exclusions
There are cases when you need to define exceptions to specific identity rules. Let's consider the case when you create a rule that prevents your credit card number from being sent over HTTP (web). Whenever your credit card number is submitted on a website from your user account, the respective page is blocked. If you want, for example, to buy footwear from an online shop (which you know to be secure), you will have to specify an exception to the respective rule.
Privacy Control 247
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To open the window where you can manage exceptions, click Exclusions.
Exclusions
To add an exception, follow these steps:
1. Click the Add button to add a new entry in the table.
2. Double-click Specify excluded item and provide the web site, the e-mail address or the IM contact that you want to add as exception.
3. Double-click Traffic type and choose from the menu the option corresponding to the type of address previously provided.
⚫ If you have specified a web address, select HTTP.
⚫ If you have specified an e-mail address, select E-mail (SMTP).
⚫ If you have specified an IM contact, select IM.
To remove an exception from the list, select it and click the Remove button.
Click OK to save the changes.
21.2.3. Managing Rules
You can see the rules created so far listed in the table.
To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button.
To edit a rule select it and click the Edit button or double-click it. A new window will appear.
Privacy Control 248
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Edit Rule
Here you can change the name, description and parameters of the rule (type, data and traffic). Click OK to save the changes.
21.2.4. Rules Defined by Other Administrators
When you are not the only user with administrative rights on your system, the other administrators can create identity rules of their own. In case you want rules created by other users not to apply when you are logged on, BitDefender allows you to exclude yourself from any rule that you have not created.
You can see a list of rules created by other administrators in the table under Identity
Control Rules. For each rule, its name and the user who created it are listed in the table.
To exclude yourself from a rule, select the rule in the table and click the Delete button.
21.3. Registry Control
A very important part of the Windows operating system is called the Registry. This is where Windows keeps its settings, installed programs, user information and so on.
The Registry is also used to define which programs should be launched automatically when Windows is started. Viruses often use this in order to be automatically launched when the user restarts his computer.
Privacy Control 249
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Registry Control keeps an eye on the Windows Registry - this is again useful for detecting Trojan horses. It will alert you whenever a program will try to modify a registry entry in order to be executed at Windows start-up.
You can see the program that is trying to modify
Windows Registry.
If you do not recognize the program and if it seems suspicious, click Block to prevent it from modifying
Windows Registry. Otherwise, click Allow to permit the modification.
Based on your answer, a rule is created and listed in the rules table. The same action is applied whenever this program tries to modify a registry entry.
Registry Alert
Note
BitDefender will usually alert you when you install new programs that need to run after the next startup of your computer. In most cases, these programs are legitimate and can be trusted
To configure Registry Control, go to Privacy Control>Registry in Expert Mode.
Privacy Control 250
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Registry Control
You can see the rules created so far listed in the table.
To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button.
21.4. Cookie Control
are a very common occurrence on the Internet. They are small files stored on your computer. Websites create these cookies in order to keep track of specific information about you.
Cookies are generally made to make your life easier. For example they can help the website remember your name and preferences, so that you don't have to enter them on every visit.
But cookies can also be used to compromise your privacy, by tracking your surfing patterns.
This is where Cookie Control helps. When enabled, Cookie Control will ask for your permission whenever a new website tries to set a cookie:
Privacy Control 251
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You can see the name of the application that is trying to send the cookie file.
Click Yes or No and a rule will be created, applied and listed in the rules table.
Cookie Alert
This will help you to choose which websites you trust and which you don't.
Note
Because of the great number of cookies used on the Internet today, Cookie Control can be quite bothersome to begin with. At first, it will ask a lot of questions about sites trying to place cookies on your computer. As soon as you add your regular sites to the rule-list, surfing will become as easy as before.
To configure Cookie Control, go to Privacy Control>Cookie in Expert Mode.
Privacy Control 252
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Cookie Control
You can see the rules created so far listed in the table.
Important
The rules are listed in order of their priority starting from the top, meaning the first rule has the highest priority. Drag&drop rules in order to change their priority.
To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button. To modify the rule parameters, select the rule and click the Edit button or double-click it. Make the desired changes in the configuration window.
To manually add a rule, click the Add button and configure the rule parameters in the configuration window.
21.4.1. Configuration Window
When you edit or manually add a rule, the configuration window will appear.
Privacy Control 253
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select Address, Action and Direction
You can set the parameters:
⚫ Domain address - type in the domain on which the rule should apply.
⚫ Action - select the action of the rule.
Action
Allow
Deny
Description
The cookies on that domain will execute.
The cookies on that domain will not execute.
⚫ Direction - select the traffic direction.
Type
Outgoing
Incoming
Both
Description
The rule applies only for the cookies that are sent out back to the connected site.
The rule applies only for the cookies that are received from the connected site.
The rule applies in both directions.
Note
You can accept cookies but never return them by setting the action to Deny and the direction to Outgoing.
Click Finish.
Privacy Control 254
BitDefender Total Security 2010
21.5. Script Control
and other codes such as
and
to create interactive web pages, can be programmed to have harmful effects. ActiveX elements, for example, can gain total access to your data and they can read data from your computer, delete information, capture passwords and intercept messages while you're online. You should only accept active content from sites you fully know and trust.
BitDefender lets you choose to run these elements or to block their execution.
With Script Control you will be in charge of which websites you trust and which you don't. BitDefender will ask you for permission whenever a website tries to activate a script or other active content:
You can see the name of the resource.
Click Yes or No and a rule will be created, applied and listed in the rules table.
Script Alert
To configure Script Control, go to Privacy Control>Script in Expert Mode.
Privacy Control 255
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Script Control
You can see the rules created so far listed in the table.
Important
The rules are listed in order of their priority starting from the top, meaning the first rule has the highest priority. Drag&drop rules in order to change their priority.
To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete button. To modify the rule parameters, select the rule and click the Edit button or double-click it. Make the desired changes in the configuration window.
To manually create a rule, click the Add button and configure the rule parameters in the configuration window.
21.5.1. Configuration Window
When you edit or manually add a rule, the configuration window will appear.
Privacy Control 256
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Select Address and Action
You can set the parameters:
⚫ Domain address - type in the domain on which the rule should apply.
⚫ Action - select the action of the rule.
Action
Allow
Deny
Description
The scripts on that domain will execute.
The scripts on that domain will not execute.
Click Finish.
Privacy Control 257
BitDefender Total Security 2010
22. Firewall
The Firewall protects your computer from inbound and outbound unauthorized connection attempts. It is quite similar to a guard at your gate - it will keep a watchful eye on your Internet connection and keep track of who to allow access to the Internet and who to block.
Note
A firewall is essential if you have a broadband or DSL connection.
In Stealth Mode your computer is “hidden” from malicious software and hackers.
The firewall module is capable of automatically detecting and protecting against port scans (streams of packets sent to a machine in order to find “access points”, often in preparation for an attack).
22.1. Settings
To configure the firewall protection, go to Firewall>Settings in Expert Mode.
Firewall Settings
Firewall 258
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You can see whether the BitDefender firewall is enabled or disabled. If you want to change the firewall status, clear or select the corresponding check box.
Important
To be protected against Internet attacks keep the Firewall enabled.
There are two categories of information:
⚫ Network Configuration Brief. You can see your computer's name, its IP address and the default gateway. If you have more than one network adapter (meaning that you are connected to more than one network), you will see the IP address and the gateway configured for each network adapter.
⚫ Statistics. You can see various statistics regarding the firewall activity:
▸ number of bytes sent.
▸ number of bytes received.
▸ number of port scans detected and blocked by BitDefender. Port scans are frequently used by hackers to find open ports on your computer with the intent of exploiting them.
▸ number of packets dropped.
▸ number of open ports.
▸ number of active incoming connections.
▸ number of active outgoing connections.
To see the active connections and the open ports, go to the
tab.
At the bottom of the section you can see the BitDefender statistics regarding incoming and outgoing traffic. The graph shows the internet traffic volume over the last two minutes.
Note
The graph appears even if the Firewall is disabled.
22.1.1. Setting the Default Action
By default, BitDefender automatically allows all known programs from its white list to access network services and the Internet. For all the other programs, BitDefender prompts you through an alert window to specify the action to be taken. The action you specify is applied every time the respective application requests network/Internet access.
You can drag the slider along the scale to set the default action to be taken on the applications requiring network/Internet access. The following default actions are available:
Firewall 259
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Default action
Allow All
Allow Known Programs
Report
Deny All
Description
Applies the current rules and allows all traffic attempts that do not match any of the current rules without prompting. This policy is strongly discouraged, but it might be useful for network administrators and gamers.
Applies the current rules and allows all outgoing connection attempts from programs which are known to be legitimate (whitelisted) by BitDefender without prompting. For the rest of connection attempts,
BitDefender will ask for your permission.
Whitelisted programs are the most commonly used applications worldwide. They include the most known web browsers, audio&video players, chat and filesharing programs, as well as server clients and operating system applications. To see the complete whitelist, click View Whitelist.
Applies the current rules and consults you about all traffic attempts that do not match any of the current rules.
Applies the current rules and denies all traffic attempts that do not match any of the current rules.
22.1.2. Configuring Advanced Firewall Settings
You can click Advanced Settings to configure the advanced firewall settings.
Advanced Firewall Settings
The following options are available:
⚫ Enable Internet Connection Sharing(ICS) support - enables support for
Internet Connection Sharing(ICS).
Firewall 260
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
This option does not automatically enable ICS on your system, but only allows this type of connection in case you enable it from your operating system.
Internet Connection Sharing (ICS) enables members of local area networks to connect to the Internet through your computer. This is useful when you benefit from a special/particular Internet connection (e.g. wireless connection) and you want to share it with other members of your network.
Sharing your Internet connection with members of local area networks leads to a higher resource consumption level and may involve a certain risk. It also takes off some of your ports (those opened by the members who are using your Internet connection).
⚫ Detect applications that changed since the firewall rule has been created
- checks each application attempting to connect to the Internet to see if it has been changed since the rule controlling its access was added. If the application has been changed, an alert will prompt you to allow or to block the access of the application to the Internet.
Usually, applications are changed by updates. But, there is a risk that they might be changed by malware applications, with the purpose of infecting your computer and other computers in the network.
Note
We recommend you to keep this option selected and to allow access only to those applications that you expect to have changed after the rule controlling their access was created.
Signed applications are supposed to be trusted and have a higher degree of security. You can check Don't detect changes in digitally signed applications in order to allow changed signed applications to connect to the Internet without your receiving an alert about this event.
⚫ Show Wi-Fi Notifications - if you are connected to a wireless network, displays informative windows regarding specific network events (for example, when a new computer has joined the network).
⚫ Block port scans - detects and blocks attempts to find out which ports are open.
Port scans are frequently used by hackers to find out which ports are open on your computer. They might then break into your computer if they find a less secure or vulnerable port.
⚫ Enable strict automatic rules - creates strict rules using the firewall alert window. With this option selected, BitDefender will prompt you for action and create rules for each different process that opens the application requesting network or Internet access.
Firewall 261
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Enable Intrusion Detection (IDS) - activates the heuristic monitoring of the applications trying to access network services or the Internet.
22.2. Network
To configure the firewall settings, go to Firewall>Network in Expert Mode.
Network
The columns in the Network Configuration table provide detailed information on the network you are connected to:
⚫ Adapter - the network adapter your computer uses to connect to the network or the Internet.
⚫ Trust Level - the trust level assigned to the network adapter. Depending on the network adapter configuration, BitDefender may automatically assign the adapter a trust level or prompt you for more information.
⚫ Stealth Mode - whether you can be detected by other computers.
⚫ Generic Profile - whether generic rules are applied to this connection.
⚫ Addresses - the IP address configured on the adapter.
⚫ Gateways - the IP address your computer uses to connect to Internet.
Firewall 262
BitDefender Total Security 2010
22.2.1. Changing the Trust Level
BitDefender assigns each network adapter a trust level. The trust level assigned to the adapter indicates how trustworthy the respective network is.
Based on the trust level, specific rules are created for the adapter regarding how the system and BitDefender processes access the network and the Internet.
You can see the trust level configured for each adapter in the Network
Configuration table, under the Trust Level column. To change the trust level, click the arrow from the Trust Level column and select the desired level.
Trust level
Full Trust
Trusted Local
Safe
Unsafe
Blocked Local
Blocked
Description
Disable the firewall for the respective adapter.
Allow all traffic between your computer and computers in the local network.
Allow sharing resources with computers in the local network.
This level is automatically set for local (home or office) networks.
Stop network or Internet computers from connecting to your computer. This level is automatically set for public networks
(if you received an IP address from an Internet Service
Provider).
Block all traffic between your computer and computers in the local network, while providing Internet access. This trust level is automatically set for unsecured (open) wireless networks.
Completely block network and Internet traffic through the respective adapter.
22.2.2. Configuring the Stealth Mode
Stealth Mode hides your computer from malicious software and hackers in the network or the Internet. To configure the Stealth Mode, click the arrow from the
Stealth column and select the desired option.
Stealth option
On
Off
Description
Stealth Mode is on. Your computer is not visible from both the local network and the Internet.
Stealth Mode is off. Anyone from the local network or the Internet can ping and detect your computer.
Firewall 263
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Stealth option
Remote
Description
Your computer cannot be detected from the Internet.
Local network users can ping and detect your computer.
22.2.3. Configuring Generic Settings
If the IP address of a network adapter is changed, BitDefender modifies the trust level accordingly. If you want to keep the same trust level, click the arrow from the Generic column and select Yes.
22.2.4. Network Zones
You can add allowed or blocked computers for a specific adapter.
A trusted zone is a computer that you fully trust. All traffic between your computer and a trusted computer is allowed. To share resources with specific computers in an unsecured wireless network, add them as allowed computers.
A blocked zone is a computer that you do not want to communicate at all with your computer.
The Zones table displays the current network zones per adapter.
To add a zone, click the Add button.
Add zone
Proceed as follows:
1. Select the IP address of the computer you want to add.
Firewall 264
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Select the action:
⚫ Allow - to allow all traffic between your computer and the selected computer.
⚫ Deny - to block all traffic between your computer and the selected computer.
3. Click OK.
22.3. Rules
To manage the firewall rules controlling applications' access to network resources and Internet, go to Firewall>Rules in Expert Mode.
Firewall Rules
You can see the applications (processes) for which firewall rules have been created.
Clear the Hide system rules check box if you want to also see the rules regarding the system or the BitDefender processes.
To see the rules created for a specific application, click the + box next to the respective application. You can learn detailed information about each rule, as indicated by the table columns:
⚫ Process/Adapter Types - the process and the network adapter types the rule applies to. Rules are automatically created to filter network or Internet access
Firewall 265
BitDefender Total Security 2010 through any adapter. You can manually create rules or edit existing rules to filter an application's network or Internet access through a specific adapter (for example, a wireless network adapter).
⚫ Command Line - the command used to start the process in the Windows command line interface (cmd).
⚫ Protocol - the IP protocol the rule applies to. You may see one of the following:
Protocol
Any
TCP
UDP
A number
Description
Includes all IP protocols.
Transmission Control Protocol - TCP enables two hosts to establish a connection and exchange streams of data. TCP guarantees delivery of data and also guarantees that packets will be delivered in the same order in which they were sent.
User Datagram Protocol - UDP is an IP-based transport designed for high performance. Games and other video-based applications often use UDP.
Represents a specific IP protocol (other than TCP and UDP). You can find the complete list of assigned IP protocol numbers at www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers .
⚫ Network Events - the network events the rule applies to. The following events may be taken into account:
Event
Connect
Traffic
Listen
Description
Preliminary exchange of standard messages used by connection-oriented protocols (such as TCP) to establish a connection. With connection-oriented protocols, data traffic between two computers occurs only after a connection is established.
Flow of data between two computers.
State in which an application monitors the network awaiting to establish a connection or to receive information from a peer application.
⚫ Local Ports - the ports on your computer the rule applies to.
⚫ Remote Ports - the ports on the remote computers the rule applies to.
⚫ Local - whether the rule applies only to computers in the local network.
Firewall 266
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Action - whether the application is allowed or denied access to network or Internet under the specified circumstances.
22.3.1. Adding Rules Automatically
With Firewall enabled, BitDefender will ask for your permission whenever a connection to the Internet has been made:
You can see the following: the application that is trying to access the Internet, the path to the application file, the destination, the protocol used and the
on which the application is trying to connect.
Firewall Alert
Click Allow to allow all traffic (inbound and outbound) generated by this application from the local host to any destination, over the respective IP protocol and on all ports. If you click Block, the application will be denied access to the Internet over the respective IP protocol completely.
Based on your answer, a rule will be created, applied and listed in the table. The next time the application tries to connect, this rule will be applied by default.
Important
Allow inbound connection attempts only from IPs or domains you are sure to trust.
22.3.2. Deleting and Reseting Rules
To delete a rule, select it and click the Remove rule button. You can select and delete several rules at once.
If you want to delete all the rules created for a specific application, select the application from the list and click the Remove rule button.
If you want to load the default rule set for the selected trust level, click Reset Rules.
22.3.3. Creating and Modifying Rules
Creating new rules manually and modifying existing rules consist in configuring the rule parameters in the configuration window.
Creating rules. To create a rule manually, follow these steps:
1. Click the Add rule button. The configuration window will appear.
2. Configure the main and the advanced parameters as needed.
Firewall 267
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3. Click OK to add the new rule.
Modifying rules. To modify an existing rule, follow these steps:
1. Click the Edit rule button or double-click the rule. The configuration window will appear.
2. Configure the main and the advanced parameters as needed.
3. Click OK to save the changes.
Configuring Main Parameters
The Main tab of the configuration window allows configuring the main rule parameters.
Main Parameters
You can configure the following parameters:
⚫ Program Path. Click Browse and select the application the rule applies to. If you want the rule to apply to all applications, select Any.
⚫ Command line. If you want the rule to apply only when the selected application is opened with a specific command in the Windows command line interface, clear the Any check box and type the respective command in the edit field.
⚫ Protocol. Select from the menu the IP protocol the rule applies to.
▸ If you want the rule to apply to all protocols, select Any.
▸ If you want the rule to apply to TCP, select TCP.
Firewall 268
BitDefender Total Security 2010
▸ If you want the rule to apply to UDP, select UDP.
▸ If you want the rule to apply to a specific protocol, select Other. An edit field will appear. Type the number assigned to the protocol you want to filter in the edit field.
Note
IP protocol numbers are assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
(IANA). You can find the complete list of assigned IP protocol numbers at www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers .
⚫ Events. Depending on the selected protocol, choose the network events the rule applies to. The following events may be taken into account:
Event
Connect
Traffic
Listen
Description
Preliminary exchange of standard messages used by connection-oriented protocols (such as TCP) to establish a connection. With connection-oriented protocols, data traffic between two computers occurs only after a connection is established.
Flow of data between two computers.
State in which an application monitors the network awaiting to establish a connection or to receive information from a peer application.
⚫ Adapter Types. Select the adapter types the rule applies to.
⚫ Action. Select one of the available actions:
Action
Allow
Deny
Description
The specified application will be allowed network / Internet access under the specified circumstances.
The specified application will be denied network / Internet access under the specified circumstances.
Configuring Advanced Parameters
The Advanced tab of the configuration window allows configuring advanced rule parameters.
Firewall 269
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Advanced Parameters
You can configure the following advanced parameters:
⚫ Direction. Select from the menu the traffic direction the rule applies to.
Direction
Outbound
Inbound
Both
Description
The rule applies only for the outgoing traffic.
The rule applies only for the incoming traffic.
The rule applies in both directions.
⚫ IP version. Select from the menu the IP version (IPv4, IPv6 or any) the rule applies to.
⚫ Local Address. Specify the local IP address and port the rule applies to as follows:
▸ If you have more than one network adapters, you can clear the Any check box and type a specific IP address.
▸ If you have selected TCP or UDP as protocol you can set a specific port or a range between 0 and 65535. If you want the rule to apply to all ports, select
Any.
⚫ Remote Address. Specify the remote IP address and port the rule applies to as follows:
Firewall 270
BitDefender Total Security 2010
▸ To filter traffic between your computer and a specific computer, clear the Any check box and type its IP address.
▸ If you have selected TCP or UDP as protocol you can set a specific port or a range between 0 and 65535. If you want the rule to apply to all ports, select
Any.
⚫ Apply this rule only to directly connected computers. Select this option when you want the rule to apply only to the local traffic attempts.
⚫ Check process parent chain for the original event. You can only modify this parameter if you have selected Strict automatic rules (go to the
tab and click Advanced Settings). Strict rules mean that BitDefender prompts you for action when an application request network/Internet access everytime the parent process is different.
22.3.4. Advanced Rule Management
If you need advanced control over the firewall rules, click Advanced. A new window will appear.
Advanced Rule Management
You can see the firewall rules listed by the order they are checked in. The table columns provide comprehensive information about each rule.
Firewall 271
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
When a connection attempt is made (whether incoming or outgoing), BitDefender applies the action of the first rule matching the respective connection. Therefore, the order by which rules are checked is very important.
To delete a rule, select it and click the Delete rule button.
To edit an existing rule, select it and click the Edit rule button or double-click it.
You can increase or decrease the priority of a rule. Click the Move Up In List button to increase the priority of the selected rule by one level, or click the Move
Down In List button to decrease the priority of the selected rule by one level. To assign a rule the highest priority, click the Move First button. To assign a rule the lowest priority, click the Move Last button.
Click Close to close the window.
22.4. Connection Control
To monitor the current network / Internet activity (over TCP and UDP) sorted by application and to open the BitDefender Firewall log, go to Firewall>Activity in
Expert Mode.
Connection Control
Firewall 272
BitDefender Total Security 2010
You can see the total traffic sorted by application. For each application, you can see the connections and the open ports, as well as statistics regarding the outgoing & incoming traffic speed and the total amount of data sent / received.
If you want to see the inactive processes too, clear the Hide inactive processes check box.
The meaning of the icons is as follows:
⚫ Indicates an outgoing connection.
⚫ Indicates an incoming connection.
⚫ Indicates an open port on your computer.
The window presents the current network / Internet activity in real-time. As connections or ports are closed, you can see that the corresponding statistics are dimmed and that, eventually, they disappear. The same thing happens to all statistics corresponding to an application which generates traffic or has open ports and which you close.
For a comprehensive list of events regarding the Firewall module usage
(enabling/disabling firewall, traffic blocking, modifying settings) or generated by the activities detected by this module (scanning ports, blocking connection attempts or traffic according to the rules) view the BitDefender Firewall log file by clicking
View Log. The file is located in the Common Files folder of the current Windows user, under the path: ...BitDefender\BitDefender
Firewall\bdfirewall.txt.
If you want the log to contain more information, select Increase log verbosity.
Firewall 273
BitDefender Total Security 2010
23. Vulnerability
An important step in protecting your computer against malicious persons and applications is to keep up to date the operating system and the applications you regularly use. Moreover, to prevent unauthorized physical access to your computer, strong passwords (passwords that cannot be easily guessed) must be configured for each Windows user account.
BitDefender regularly checks your system for vulnerabilities and notifies you about the existing issues.
23.1. Status
To configure the automatic vulnerability checking or run a vulnerability check, go to Vulnerability>Status in Expert Mode.
Vulnerability Status
The table displays the issues covered in the last vulnerability check and their status.
You can see the action you have to take to fix each vulnerability, if any. If the action is None, then the respective issue does not represent a vulnerability.
Vulnerability 274
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Important
To be automatically notified about system or application vulnerabilities, keep the
Automatic Vulnerability Checking enabled.
23.1.1. Fixing Vulnerabilities
Depending on the issue, to fix a specific vulnerability proceed as follows:
⚫ If Windows updates are available, click Install in the Action column to install them.
⚫ If an application is outdated, use the Home Page link provided to download and install the latest version of that application.
⚫ If a Windows user account has a weak password, click Fix to force the user to change the password at the next logon or change the password yourself. For a strong password, use a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers and special characters (such as #, $ or @).
You can click Check Now and follow the wizard to fix vulnerabilities step by step.
For more information, please refer to
“Vulnerability Check Wizard” (p. 65)
.
23.2. Settings
To configure the settings of the automatic vulnerability checking, go to
Vulnerability>Settings in Expert Mode.
Vulnerability 275
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Automatic Vulnerability Checking Settings
Select the check boxes corresponding to the system vulnerabilities you want to be regularly checked.
⚫ Critical Windows Updates
⚫ Regular Windows Updates
⚫ Application Updates
⚫ Weak Passwords
Note
If you clear the check box corresponding to a specific vulnerability, BitDefender will no longer notify you about the related issues.
Vulnerability 276
BitDefender Total Security 2010
24. Backup
BitDefender comes with a Backup module that helps you make reserve copies of any valuable data on your system. You can backup your data on your computer, removable disks or a network location to make sure you can restore them when necessary. The restoration of your data is an easy process.
To backup your data, go to Backup in Expert Mode.
Online backup helps you keep your data safe on secure online servers and easily restore the data when you need it.
Backup Tasks
The following buttons are available:
⚫ Backup Locally - starts an easy five-step procedure to back your data up locally.
⚫ Online Backup - starts an easy five-step procedure to back your data up on secure online servers.
⚫ Local Restore - starts an easy four-step procedure to restore your data backed-up locally.
⚫ Online Restore - starts an easy four-step procedure to restore your data backed-up on online servers.
Backup 277
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Settings - opens BitDefender Backup, which allows you to
set up and execute backup operations in detail .
24.1. Backup Settings
If you need to perform more complex backup and restore operations, you can use the fully-featured BitDefender Backup solution. BitDefender Backup offers:
⚫ a variety of backup options, such as compression, encryption, filtering files to back up or setting backup speed.
⚫ refined control when restoring files (for example, you can restore the data you backed up at a specific point in time).
⚫ advanced scheduling capabilities (for example, you can choose to start the backup job at system start or when the computer is idle).
⚫ a log viewer that helps you keep track of the backup and restore operations you perform and troubleshoot eventual errors.
To open BitDefender Backup, click Settings.
Backup
BitDefender Backup
278
BitDefender Total Security 2010
There are two ways you can set up and execute backup operations. You either access the upper Menu Bar or click a certain tab from the Navigator Bar.
The Navigator Bar, displayed at the top of the main window and under the Menu
Bar, gives access to four sections:
⚫ Get Started
⚫ Job Manager
⚫ Log Viewer
⚫ Toolbox
24.1.1. Get Started
Get Started helps you easily back up e-mails, chat records and data.
You can change to Get Started by doing one of the following:
⚫ Click Get Started in Navigator Bar.
⚫ Click View in the Menu Bar and select Get Started.
⚫ Use a shortcut by pressing CTRL+Alt+S.
Get Started
To backup your key documents, photos, emails and chatting records during the same job, click the Backup My Data button and follow the three step procedure.
Backup 279
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To backup your emails only, click the Backup My Emails button and follow the three step procedure.
To backup your chat records only, click the Backup My Chat Records button and follow the three step procedure.
Note
The three step procedure is described in the
section.
24.1.2. Job Manager
Job Manager is used to view and manage backup jobs, view job properties and job reports as well as to monitor the job execution speed. Job Manager allows checking the job properties and current state, modifying job settings as well as performing job backup or restore.
You can change to Job Manager by doing one of the following:
⚫ Click Job Manager in Navigator Bar.
⚫ Click View in the Menu Bar and select Job Manager.
⚫ Use a shortcut by pressing CTRL+Alt+M.
Backup
Job Manager
280
BitDefender Total Security 2010
On the left, you will see a list of quick operation links, as follows:
Job Management
⚫ Create New Job
⚫ Backup Job
⚫ Scheduled Job
⚫ Delete Job Schedule
⚫ Modify Job Options
⚫ Modify Job Properties
Job Restoration
⚫ Restore File
⚫ Restore Time-Point Data
Job Control
⚫ Pause Job
⚫ Stop Job
⚫ Stop All
Create New Job
To backup your key documents, photos, emails and chatting records during the same job, click the Create New Job button and follow the next three steps.
Create New Job
1. Click the check box to select partitions, directories, or files to backup.
When you select an item in the left side window, its content will be displayed on the right side window to help you refine your selection.
Backup 281
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Type a name for your backup job or accept the default job name.
Default job name is automatically generated when files or directories are selected to be backed up, but it can be modified.
3. Click Browse to choose where to save your backup job.
Note
Do not forget to click Backup to begin or Cancel to stop.
To refine your settings, click Options.
Backup Options Dialog Box
There are several sub-options in the Options dialog box.
Backup Options Dialog Box
Backup Type
BitDefender Backup supports two backup types.
⚫ Full Backup: Completely backs up the selected data source to the backup set on the specified destination. When executing full backup, BitDefender
Backup will not back up only the changed data but the whole data source.
⚫ Incremental Backup: When first executing it, Incremental Backup is the same as Full Backup in that it completely backs up the data source to the backup set on the specified destination. Later on, it only backs up newly created or changed files. Whenever an Incremental Backup is executed, a backup catalog set is created.
Backup 282
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Incremental and Full Backup can also combine into a Rotation Backup. For example, you can set an Incremental Backup of the job while setting a Full
Backup once a week, let's say on Sunday. This is how it is done: Select Weekly from the drop-down menu, 1 from the Every week field and check Sunday.
This Sunday Full Backup will replace all prior backup and it will be the basis the new Incremental Backup starts on.
Catalog Set
It is used to index the file information of every backup, and it is the basis of the
Incremental Backup and Restore process. The catalog set (*.ecs) contains a series of catalogs that represent an index of all files and directories in the backup set. Such index includes data on the backup time, backup directory, file name and properties. Data can be restored from the catalog set.
A catalog set file name is generated automatically by job destination. To modify the catalog set of a job do the following:
1. Click Catalog Set.
2. Type a file name into the corresponding field.
3. Click Browse to select the directory to save Catalog set files.
4. Click OK.
Data Compression
BitDefender Backup allows compressing and saving data to the backup set when executing backup to save space. It supports Quick Compression, Standard
Compression, High Intensity Compression. For example, to start standard compression at a medium compression rate and speed, follow these steps:
1. Click Data Compression.
2. Click Standard Compression.
3. Click OK.
Destination Span
BitDefender Backup allows distributing the backup set to a different destination.
In this case, even if a certain destination does not have enough free space, data backup execution will continue.
You can add one or more destinations to continue backup, modify or even remove them, in one of the following ways:
1. Click Destination Span.
2. Click Add to select a new destination to save backup data.
3. Click Edit to modify the selected backup destination.
4. Click Delete to delete the selected backup destination.
5. Click Delete All to delete all backup destinations.
6. Click OK.
Encryption
BitDefender Backup keeps backed-up data safer by encrypting them before saving it to the backup set. The security settings of a job include password protection.
Backup 283
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To encrypt data before backup, follow these steps:
1. Click Encryption.
2. Choose an encryption type from the drop-down menu.
3. Type your password into the corresponding field.
4. Retype your password into the corresponding field.
5. Click OK.
External Program
The job can run other command before or after backup, and the command can be .exe, .com or .bat, or a specific type of event such as "shut down computer after backup finished".
To execute the command when backup begins, follow these steps:
1. Click External Program
2. Select Before Job Execution option.
3. Click Browse to select command files to execute.
4. Click OK.
To execute command after backup finished, follow these steps:
1. Click External Program
2. Select the After Job Execution option.
3. Click Browse to select the command files to execute.
4. Or click Shut down computer when backup finishes.
5. Or click Restart computer when backup finishes.
6. Or click Logoff the current user when backup finishes.
7. Click OK.
Note
If you want the configuration to work even in case of backup failure, check box
Run External Application even job Execution failed.
File Filter
BitDefender Backup provides a powerful filtering function to exclude or include specified files, file types or directories, to save storage space and to improve backup speed.
Specified file type can be filtered by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click Filter Type.
3. Exclude or include file types in the pop-up dialog box by checking the Include
only selected file types or Exclude selected file types options.
4. If necessary, type another file type into the Custom type field but make sure to use the .abc format. Use , (coma) as separator when typing more than one custom type. Add a short description into the corresponding field.
5. Click OK.
Specified file can be filtered by following these steps:
Backup 284
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click Filter File.
3. Exclude or include specific files in the pop-up dialog box by checking the
Include only the rule-specified files or Exclude the rule-specified files options.
4. Click Browse and select the file. The path to the file location will be automatically added in the Applied to the following directories field. To include or exclude the file irrespective of its location, click Applied to all
directories.
5. Click OK.
Specified directory can be filtered by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click Filter Directory.
3. Exclude or include specific directories in the pop-up dialog box by checking the Include only the rule-specified directories or Exclude the
rule-specified directories options.
4. Click Browse and select the directory. The path to the directory location will be automatically added in the Applied to the following directories field.
To include or exclude directories irrespective of their location, click Applied
to all directories.
5. Click OK.
Filters can be modified by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click the filter you wish to modify and click Edit.
3. Modify your options in the dialog box.
4. Click OK.
Filters can be deleted by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click the filter you wish to remove and click Delete.
3. Or click Delete All directly, to delete all filters.
4. Click OK.
Network Transfer
BitDefender Backup allows backing up and restoring shared data on workgroup networks thoroughly. If the network is not accessible, it will retry to back the data up from time to time. To specify how often and how many times to retry backup, follow these steps.
1. Click Network Transfer.
2. Click When failed to read network files for disconnection, try to
reconnect.
3. Type how often you want to retry data backup (in seconds).
4. Type how many times to retry backup.
5. Click OK.
Backup 285
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
To avoid being overwhelmed by information on network errors, click No error
report is generated when network is not available.
Split Backup Set
The generated backup set can be split into several other backup sets, so that backup can be executed normally even when the destination or file system is limited. BitDefender Backup provides two splitting methods: auto-split and sized-split.
The backup splitting settings of the job can be modified as follows:
1. Click Split Backup Set.
2. Select Automated Split by Destination Space.
3. Or select Specify size to split and choose the desired size from the drop down menu.
4. Click OK.
Speed
BitDefender Backup supports three kinds of speed. The higher the speed, the more CPU will be taken.
Backup Speed can be specified by following these steps.
1. Click Speed.
2. Select Fastest, Medium or Lowest speed.
3. Click OK.
Data Verification
To make sure your backup data is always safe, follow these steps.
1. Click Data Verification.
2. Click Verify data in backup process.
3. Click OK.
Backup Job
Once the job was created , backup is automatically executed. However, you can enter Job Manager to execute backup by selecting the created job and clicking
Backup Job in the menu.
In order to receive backup details when restoring files, you must type a short description in the pop-up window that opens. Click Cancel to ignore the pop-up window or OK to go on. The backup job can also be canceled by clicking the Cancel
Backup button.
Note
For detailed information, a good idea would be to see Properties, Reports and
Execution Info of the job from the state bar window.
Backup 286
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Schedule Job
This is where you can schedule the backup job at a convenient time. You can schedule job to be executed daily, weekly, monthly or at any specified time (for example at system startup). Schedule Job is the basis of automated backup.
Schedule Job
If your computer is a member of a domain network, a series of extra steps are necessary to add a job scheduler.
1. Select the job and click Schedule Job.
2. The Running User dialog box will appear. If you are the domain user, please enter the domain password.
3. Otherwise select Run as the following Windows user.
4. Type the user name, password and the domain server name.
5. Click OK.
Once you set the running user, BitDefender Backup will display the Schedule dialog box so that you can set a convenient time to execute the job.
This is where you can specify how often the scheduled task runs: daily, weekly, monthly, once, at system start, at logon, when the computer is idle. If the task is scheduled daily, weekly, monthly or only once, you can also specify the start time.
You can also select how often the scheduled task is to run (expressed as the number of days or weeks, the day of the month or the date). Another possible setting is the length (in minutes) of the idle period after which the scheduled task starts.
It is also possible to configure multiple schedules for a task by clicking Show
multiple schedules. By clicking Advanced you can set additional scheduling options. For example, you can define the task start and end date.
To further refine the job schedule, click the Settings tab. Three sub-options are available.
⚫ Scheduled Task Completed
Backup 287
BitDefender Total Security 2010
▸ Delete the task if it is not scheduled to run again.
This task is useful for tasks scheduled to run only once.
▸ Stop the task if it runs for:
Specify how long after the task has begun it should be stopped.
⚫ Idle Time
▸ Only start the task if the computer has been idle for at least:
Specify how long (in minutes) must pass without mouse or keyboard use before the scheduled task starts.
▸ If the computer has not been idle that long, retry for up to:
Specify how long (in minutes) the task should keep checking to see if the computer is idle.
▸ Stop the task if the computer ceases to be idle.
Specify whether the task should be stopped if you start to use the computer while the task is running.
⚫ Power Management
▸ Don't start the task if the computer is running on batteries.
Specify whether the task should be prevented from starting while your computer is running on batteries. By selecting this check box you can extend the life of your batteries.
▸ Stop the task if battery mode begins.
Specify whether the task should be stopped when your computer starts running on batteries.
▸ Wake the computer to run this task.
Specify whether the computer should run the scheduled task even when in the
Sleep mode.
Delete Job Schedule
To delete a job schedule, select it and then click Delete Job Schedule in the Job
Management section.
If the job is not scheduled, Delete Job Schedule will be displayed in grey, meaning it is unusable.
Modify Job Options
To modify job options, select the job and then click Modify Job Options in the Job
Management section.
Backup 288
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Modify Job Options
The selected job can be either a backup job or a burn job.
For more information on how to modify backup jobs, please refer to
Let's take a look at how burn job options can be modified.
Modify Options of Burn Job
Several sub-options are available in the burn job dialog box.
Burn
This is where you can set the disk to be ejected after burn, finalized (if you plan to share it with others) or written on using the Joliet file system (less filename restrictions).
If you want to schedule the job, click Set Schedule.
This is where you can schedule the backup job at a convenient time. You can schedule job to be executed daily, weekly, monthly or at any specified time
(for example at system startup). Schedule Job is the basis of automated backup.
If your computer is a member of a domain network, a series of extra steps are necessary to add a job scheduler.
1. Select the job and click Schedule Job.
Backup 289
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. The Running User dialog box will appear. If you are the domain user, please enter the domain password.
3. Otherwise select Run as the following Windows user.
4. Type the user name, password and the domain server name.
5. Click OK.
Once you set the running user, BitDefender Backup will display the Schedule dialog box so that you can set a convenient time to execute the job.
This is where you can specify how often the scheduled task runs: daily, weekly, monthly, once, at system start, at logon, when the computer is idle. If the task is scheduled daily, weekly, monthly or only once, you can also specify the start time. You can also select how often the scheduled task is to run (expressed as the number of days or weeks, the day of the month or the date). Another possible setting is the length (in minutes) of the idle period after which the scheduled task starts.
It is also possible to configure multiple schedules for a task by clicking Show
multiple schedules. By clicking Advanced you can set additional scheduling options. For example, you can define the task start and end date.
To further refine the job schedule, click the Settings tab. Three sub-options are available.
⚫ Scheduled Task Completed
▸ Delete the task if it is not scheduled to run again.
This task is useful for tasks scheduled to run only once.
▸ Stop the task if it runs for:
Specify how long after the task has begun it should be stopped.
⚫ Idle Time
▸ Only start the task if the computer has been idle for at least:
Specify how long (in minutes) must pass without mouse or keyboard use before the scheduled task starts.
▸ If the computer has not been idle that long, retry for up to:
Specify how long (in minutes) the task should keep checking to see if the computer is idle.
▸ Stop the task if the computer ceases to be idle.
Specify whether the task should be stopped if you start to use the computer while the task is running.
⚫ Power Management
▸ Don't start the task if the computer is running on batteries.
Specify whether the task should be prevented from starting while your computer is running on batteries. By selecting this check box you can extend the life of your batteries.
▸ Stop the task if battery mode begins.
Backup 290
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Specify whether the task should be stopped when your computer starts running on batteries.
▸ Wake the computer to run this task.
Specify whether the computer should run the scheduled task even when in the Sleep mode.
External Program
The job can run other command before or after backup, and the command can be .exe, .com or .bat, or a specific type of event such as "shut down computer after backup finished".
To execute the command when backup begins, follow these steps:
1. Click External Program
2. Select Before Job Execution option.
3. Click Browse to select command files to execute.
4. Click OK.
To execute command after backup finished, follow these steps:
1. Click External Program
2. Select the After Job Execution option.
3. Click Browse to select the command files to execute.
4. Or click Shut down computer when backup finishes.
5. Or click Restart computer when backup finishes.
6. Or click Logoff the current user when backup finishes.
7. Click OK.
Note
If you want the configuration to work even in case of backup failure, check box
Run External Application even job Execution failed.
File Filter
BitDefender Backup provides a powerful filtering function to exclude or include specified files, file types or directories, to save storage space and to improve backup speed.
Specified file type can be filtered by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click Filter Type.
3. Exclude or include file types in the pop-up dialog box by checking the Include
only selected file types or Exclude selected file types options.
4. If necessary, type another file type into the Custom type field but make sure to use the .abc format. Use , (coma) as separator when typing more than one custom type. Add a short description into the corresponding field.
5. Click OK.
Specified file can be filtered by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
Backup 291
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Click Filter File.
3. Exclude or include specific files in the pop-up dialog box by checking the
Include only the rule-specified files or Exclude the rule-specified files options.
4. Click Browse and select the file. The path to the file location will be automatically added in the Applied to the following directories field. To include or exclude the file irrespective of its location, click Applied to all
directories.
5. Click OK.
Specified directory can be filtered by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click Filter Directory.
3. Exclude or include specific directories in the pop-up dialog box by checking the Include only the rule-specified directories or Exclude the
rule-specified directories options.
4. Click Browse and select the directory. The path to the directory location will be automatically added in the Applied to the following directories field.
To include or exclude directories irrespective of their location, click Applied
to all directories.
5. Click OK.
Filters can be modified by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click the filter you wish to modify and click Edit.
3. Modify your options in the dialog box.
4. Click OK.
Filters can be deleted by following these steps:
1. Click File Filter.
2. Click the filter you wish to remove and click Delete.
3. Or click Delete All directly, to delete all filters.
4. Click OK.
Data Verification
To make sure your backup data is always safe, follow these steps.
1. Click Data Verification.
2. Click Verify data in backup process.
3. Click OK.
Modify Job Properties
To modify the job properties, select the concerned job and then click Modify Job
Properties in the Job Management section.
Backup 292
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Modify Job Properties
1. Click the check box to select partitions, directories, or files to backup.
When you select an item in the left side window, its content will be displayed on the right side window to help you refine your selection.
2. Type a name for your backup job or accept the default job name.
Default job name is automatically generated when files or directories are selected to be backed up, but it can be modified.
3. Click Browse to choose where to save your backup job.
Note
Do not forget to click Backup to begin or Cancel to stop.
To refine your settings, click Options.
Restore File
To restore your backed-up data, select the job you want to restore data from, click
Restore File in the Job Restoration menu and then follow these steps.
Backup 293
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Restore File
1. Check the boxes next to the partitions, directories, or files selected to be restored.
When you select an item in the left side window, its content will be displayed in the right side window to help you refine your selection.
2. In the Select Restore Location window, you can use the original location without any changes, or specify another location to restore the file to.
Click Browse to choose where to save your backup job.
Note
Do not forget to click Restore to begin or Cancel to stop.
To refine your settings, click Options.
Restore Options Dialog Box
The restore options allow specifying whether the files to be restored already exist at destination at restoration time, and whether to update the modified date of each restored file.
When files to restore already exist
⚫ Skip over the files BitDefender skips the respective files.
⚫ Ask user whether or not to replace the files BitDefender asks you whether or not to replace the existing files.
⚫ Always replace the files directly BitDefender replaces the files without asking.
⚫ Only replace file older than backup file BitDefender replaces older files only. Older files are determined based on the date they were modified on.
Backup 294
BitDefender Total Security 2010
File Modified Date
If the option is selected, BitDefender uses the current date to indicate the date when the files and directories were restored. If not, BitDefender uses as file or directory modification date the date when they were backed up.
Directory Structure
It only becomes active when you choose another location to restore data to.
You can also preserve the directory structure of your data.
Restore Time-Point Data
To restore the data you backed up at a specific point in time, select the job you want to restore data from, click Restore Time-Point Data in the Job Restoration menu and then follow these steps.
Restore Time-Point data
1. Select the backup set of a specified time point from the list. Remarks will be displayed under it.
2. In the Select Restore Location window, you can use either the original location, without any changes, or specify another location to restore the file to.
Click Browse to choose where to save your backup job.
Note
Do not forget to click Restore to begin or Cancel to stop.
To refine your settings, click Options.
Backup 295
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Restore Options Dialog Box
The restore options allow specifying whether the files to be restored already exist at destination at restoration time, and whether to update the modified date of each restored file.
When files to restore already exist
⚫ Only replace file older than backup file BitDefender replaces older files only. Older files are determined based on the date they were modified on.
File Modified Date
If the option is selected, BitDefender uses the current date to indicate the date when the files and directories were restored. If not, BitDefender uses as file or directory modification date the date when they were backed up.
Directory Structure
It only becomes active when you choose another location to restore data to.
You can also preserve the directory structure of your data.
Job Control
There are three ways to monitor a job: pause job, stop job and stop all.
Pause
To pause an ongoing backup or restoration job, click the Pause Job button in the Job Control menu.
Stop
To stop an ongoing backup or restoration job, click the Stop Job button in the
Job Control menu.
Stop All
If there are more than one backup or restore job running, there is no need to stop them one by one. Click the Stop All button in the Job Control menu to stop them all at once.
24.1.3. Log Viewer
This section shows how to view, import, export and clear logs. The Logs option helps you remember what you backed-up or restored and when you did it and also it displays warnings or errors of operations. For example, if an error occurred when a file was read during the execution, BitDefender logged it as a warning message.
You can change to Log Viewer by doing one of the following:
⚫ Click Log Viewer in the Navigator Bar.
⚫ Click View in the Menu Bar and select Log Viewer.
⚫ Use a shortcut by pressing CTRL+Alt+L.
Backup 296
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Log Viewer
View Logs
The log viewing option allows tracing back your operation, and finding out the reason of the operation failure.
The description of a log item on BitDefender Backup contains the following elements:
Type
A classification of the log item severity. There are four degrees of severity on
BitDefender Backup:
⚫ Fatal: A significant problem that prevents BitDefender Backup from running normally. For example, the configuration file of BitDefender Backup has been damaged.
⚫ Error: A problem that leads an operation failure. For example, a job is backed up to a server, but the server cannot be accessed.
⚫ Warning: A problem that does not affect an operation, but may later classify as an event. For example, a file cannot be read at back up.
⚫ Information: It describes a successful operation. For example, a job was successfully deleted.
Backup 297
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Date
The date the log item occurred on.
Time
The local time when the logged item occurred.
Source
The source that logged the respective item, which can be a job or the
BitDefender Backup application. For example, a System marked item indicates that it was logged by the BitDefender Backup application. Other possible marks are the names of the BitDefender Backup jobs having logged the respective item.
User
The name of the user pursuant to whose action the item was logged.
Description
Presents the detailed content of the logged item.
Clear Logs
BitDefender Backup provides two ways to clear logs: automatically and manually.
Important
Once the log record has been cleared, it cannot be recovered again. Therefore, it is better to export all logs to a file and preserve them for future consultation.
Automatically Clear
When BitDefender Backup starts, it compares the existing log size to the default log size. BitDefender Backup will automatically clear all log files exceeding the default log size.
Note
To find out or modify the default log size follow these steps:
1.
Click Tool in the Menu Bar.
2. Click Options and then select Reports & Log.
3. Type the desired size limitation (in MB) into the corresponding field. When the size of the log has reached this limit, BitDefender Backup will clear all logs.
Manually Clear
Follow these steps to clear logs manually.
1. Click Clear All in the Log Management menu.
2. Click Yes to export all logs before clearing them, or click No if you do not want to preserve the logs.
Backup 298
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Import and Export Logs
BitDefender Backup currently supports file import and export in two formats: .TXT
and .XML
Note
We recommend you to export and save the log to a file before clearing it.
To export logs to specified file, follow these steps:
1. Click Export to .TXT file or Export to .XML file in the Log Management menu.
2. Type the file name and select a location for save your file to.
3. Click Save.
To import logs from a specific file, follow these steps:
1. Click Import from .TXT file or Import from .XML file from the Log
Management menu.
2. Find your file.
3. Click Open.
Note
Click the Refresh button in the Log Management menu to make sure you see the latest logs.
24.1.4. Toolbox
This section shows how to use BitDefender Backup to burn data to a CD/DVD or to burn an ISO Image file. It covers subjects such as burning a CD-R/RW,
DVD-R/RW/RAM, DVD+R/RW/DL and preserving backed-up data offline.
You can change to Toolbox by doing one of the following:
⚫ Click Toolbox in Navigator Bar.
⚫ Click View in the Menu Bar and select Toolbox.
⚫ Use a shortcut by pressing CTRL+Alt+T.
Backup 299
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Toolbox
Burn to CD/DVD
To burn data to a CD/DVD manually, follow these steps:
1. Click Burn data to CD/DVD.
2. Click Erase if you want to reuse a rewritable disk. If you want to erase it quickly, click Fast. If you need to erase the information track record completely, click
Complete, but this will take some time.
3. Click Burn with Dialog.
This is where you can set the disk to be ejected after burn, finalized (if you plan to share it with others) or written on using the Joliet file system (less filename restrictions).
4. Click File or Directory in the pop-up dialog box to add data you want to burn.
5. After the data has been added, select burner and the input disc name to burn the data on, and then click Burn.
Burn ISO Image File to CD/DVD
To burn an ISO Image file to a CD/DVD follow these steps:
1. Click Burn ISO Image File to CD/DVD.
Backup 300
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Click Erase if you want to reuse a rewritable disk. If you want to erase it quickly, click Fast. If you need to erase the information track record completely, click
Complete, but this will take some time.
3. Click Burn with Dialog.
This is where you can set to eject disc after burn, to finalize disc (if you plan to share it with others) or write the data using the Joliet file system (less filename restrictions).
4. Click Add.
5. Select an ISO Image file to burn and click Open.
6. Click Burn.
Manage My Burner
This helps you manage and view the recording device and media on the current system. It contains the following links:
⚫ Eject Device Ejects the selected recording device.
⚫ Close Device Closes the selected recording device.
⚫ Media Info Allows viewing the Media information of the recording device.
⚫ Device info Allows viewing the recording device information.
⚫ Capabilities Allows viewing the media recording capabilities.
⚫ Erase Media Erases the content of the disc.
24.1.5. Menu Bar
There are six menus you can use to perform all the functions offered by the
BitDefender backup solution.
Menu Bar
File
⚫ Create New Job: Displays a dialog box in order to create a new backup job or other job.
⚫ Open Backup Set: Displays a dialog box in order to open the backup set or the catalog set for restoration.
⚫ Exit: Allows exiting the BitDefender backup section.
Job
⚫ Backup: Performs the backup of the selected job. If there are more than one selected jobs, execute all the selected jobs.
⚫ Restore File: Restore the selected job. If there are more than one selected jobs, execute all of the selected jobs.
Backup 301
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Restore Time-Point Data: Restores the selected job to a certain time-point.
If there are more than one selected jobs, it executes all of the selected jobs.
⚫ Schedule: Creates the job schedule or modifies the existing one.
⚫ Delete Schedule: Deletes the schedule of the selected job.
⚫ Delete: Deletes the selected job. If there are more than one selected jobs, it executes all of them.
⚫ Delete All: Deletes all jobs in job manager.
⚫ Browse Destination: Allows viewing the backup data of the selected job destination.
⚫ Modify Options: Modifies options of the selected job.
⚫ Properties: Allows modifying properties of the selected job, including data source, name, destination etc. of the job.
Report
⚫ View Reports: If the selected job has security settings, this option allows viewing the contents of the job report.
⚫ Save as: Saves the selected report contents to a specified file.
⚫ Print: Prints the content of the selected report.
⚫ Clear All: Clears the content of the selected job report.
⚫ Refresh: Refreshes the content of the selected job report.
View
⚫ Get Started: If the get started window is not already on display, this option allows opening it.
⚫ Job Manager: If the job manager window is not already on display, this option allows opening it.
⚫ Log Viewer: If the log viewer window is not already on display, this option allows opening it.
⚫ Toolbox: If the window is not already on display, this option allows opening it.
⚫ Display Menu Bar: Hides the Menu Bar. To display it, just press ALT.
⚫ Display Grid Line: Displays or hides the grid line. It applies to the log viewer and job manager windows.
Tool
⚫ Backup Wizard: Starts the backup wizard.
⚫ Restore Wizard: Starts the restore wizard.
⚫ Burn: Starts CD/DVD/ISO burn tool or a burner management tool.
▸ CD/DVD Burn
▸ Burn ISO Files
▸ View Burner Info
⚫ Export All Jobs: Exports all created jobs to a specified file.
⚫ Import Jobs: Imports jobs from a .JOB file, a .TXT file, or an .XML file.
⚫ Export Logs: Exports logs to a .TXT file or an .XML file.
▸ To a TXT file
▸ To an XML file
Backup 302
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Import Logs: Imports logs from a .TXT file or an .XML file.
▸ From a TXT file
▸ From an XML file
⚫ Options: Modifies your global backup options.
▸ General
▸ Report & Log
▸ Job Schedule
Help
⚫ Help Topic: Displays help topics.
⚫ Search: Allows searching help topics based on the entered or selected keyword.
⚫ BitDefender on Website: Allows access to the BitDefender Internet home page to browse BitDefender news and online support.
⚫ Support Information: Provides information on how to contact BitDefender for help and support.
⚫ About BitDefender Backup: Displays the copyright, version, and edition-related info of BitDefender Backup.
Backup 303
BitDefender Total Security 2010
25. Encryption
BitDefender offers encryption capabilities to protect your confidential documents and your instant messaging conversations through Yahoo Messenger and MSN
Messenger.
25.1. Instant Messaging (IM) Encryption
By default, BitDefender encrypts all your instant messaging chat sessions provided that:
⚫ Your chat partner has a BitDefender version installed that supports IM Encryption and IM Encryption is enabled for the instant messaging application used for chatting.
⚫ You and your chat partner use either Yahoo Messenger or Windows Live (MSN)
Messenger.
Important
BitDefender will not encrypt a conversation if a chat partner uses a web-based chat application such as Meebo, or if one of the chat partners uses Yahoo! and the other Windows Live (MSN).
To configure instant messaging encryption, go to Encryption>IM Encryption in
Expert Mode.
Note
You can easily configure instant messaging encryption using the BitDefender toolbar from the chat window. For more information, please refer to
.
Encryption 304
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Instant Messaging Encryption
By default, IM Encryption is enabled for both Yahoo Messenger and Windows Live
(MSN) Messenger. You can choose to disable IM Encryption for a specific chat application only or completely.
Two tables are displayed:
⚫ Encryption Exclusions - lists the user IDs and the associated IM program for which encryption is disabled. To remove a contact from the list, select it and click the Remove button.
⚫ Current Connections - lists the current instant messaging connections (user ID and associated IM program) and whether or not they are encrypted. A connection may not be encrypted for these reasons:
▸ You explicitly disabled encryption for the respective contact.
▸ Your contact does not have installed a BitDefender version that supports IM encryption.
25.1.1. Disabling Encryption for Specific Users
To disable encryption for a specific user, follow these steps:
Encryption 305
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. Click the Add button to open the configuration window.
Adding Contacts
2. Type in the edit field the user ID of your contact.
3. Select the instant messaging application associated with the contact.
4. Click OK.
25.2. File Encryption
BitDefender File Encryption enables you to create encrypted, password-protected logical drives (or vaults) on your computer where you can securely store your confidential and sensitive documents. The data stored on the vaults can only be accessed by users who know the password.
The password allows you to open, store data on and close a vault while maintaining its security. While a vault is open, you can add new files, access current files or change them.
Physically, the vault is a file stored on the local hard drive having the .bvd extension.
Although the physical files representing the vaulted drives can be accessed from a different operating system (such as Linux), the information stored on them cannot be read because it is encrypted.
To manage the file vaults on your computer, go to Encryption>File Encryption in Expert Mode.
Encryption 306
BitDefender Total Security 2010
File Vault
To disable File Encryption, clear the File Encryption is enabled check box and click Yes to confirm. If you disable File Vault, all file vaults will be locked and you will no longer be able to access the files they contain.
The table at the top displays the file vaults on your computer. You can see the name, the status (opened / locked), the drive letter and the full path of the vault. The table at the bottom displays the content of the selected vault.
25.2.1. Creating a Vault
To create a new vault, use any of these methods:
⚫ Click Create vault.
⚫ Right-click in the vaults table and select Create.
⚫ Right-click on your Desktop or in a folder on your computer, point to BitDefender
File Vault and select Create.
A new window will appear.
Encryption 307
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Create File Vault
Proceed as follows:
1. Specify the location and the name of the vault file.
⚫ Click Browse, select the location of the vault and save the vault file under the desired name.
⚫ Just type the name of the vault in the corresponding field to create it in My
Documents. To open My Documents, click the then My Documents.
Windows Start menu and
⚫ Type the full path of the vault file on the disk. For example, C:\my_vault.bvd.
2. Choose a drive letter from the menu. When you open the vault, a virtual disk drive labeled with the selected letter appears in My Computer.
3. Type the desired password to the vault in the Password and Confirm fields.
Anyone trying to open the vault and access its files must provide the password.
4. Select Format drive to format the virtual drive assigned to the vault. You must format the drive before you can add files to the vault.
5. If you want to change the default size (50 MB) of the vault, type the desired value in the Vault size field.
6. Click Create if you only want to create the vault at the selected location. To create and display the vault as a virtual disk drive in My Computer, click
Create&Open.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
Note
It may be convenient to save all file vaults to the same location. In this way, you can find them quicker.
Encryption 308
BitDefender Total Security 2010
25.2.2. Opening a Vault
In order to access and work with the files stored in a vault, you must open the vault.
When you open the vault, a virtual disk drive appears in My Computer. The drive is labeled with the drive letter assigned to the vault.
To open a vault, use any of these methods:
⚫ Select the vault from the table and click Open vault.
⚫ Right-click the vault in the table and select Open.
⚫ Right-click the vault file on your computer, point to BitDefender File Vault and select Open.
A new window will appear.
Open File Vault
Proceed as follows:
1. Choose a drive letter from the menu.
2. Type the vault password in the Password field.
3. Click Open.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
25.2.3. Locking a Vault
When you are done with your work in a file vault, you must lock it in order to protect your data. By locking the vault, the corresponding virtual disk drive disappears from
My Computer. Consequently, access to the data stored in the vault is completely blocked.
To lock a vault, use any of these methods:
Encryption 309
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Select the vault from the table and click Lock vault.
⚫ Right-click the vault in the table and select Lock.
⚫ Right-click the corresponding virtual disk drive from My Computer, point to
BitDefender File Vault and select Lock.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
25.2.4. Changing Vault Password
The vault must be locked before you can change its password. To change the password of a vault, use any of these methods:
⚫ Select the vault from the table and click Change password.
⚫ Right-click the vault in the table and select Change password.
⚫ Right-click the vault file on your computer, point to BitDefender File Vault and select Change vault password.
A new window will appear.
Change Vault Password
Proceed as follows:
1. Type the current password of the vault in the Old password field.
2. Type the new password of the vault in the New password and Confirm new
password fields.
Encryption 310
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
The password must have at least 8 characters. For a strong password, use a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers and special characters
(such as # , $ or @ ).
3. Click OK to change the password.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
25.2.5. Adding Files to a Vault
To add files to a vault, follow these steps:
1. Select from the vaults table the vault you want to add files in.
2. If the vault is locked, you must first open it (right-click it and select Open vault).
3. Click Add file. A new window will appear.
4. Select the files / folders you want to add to the vault.
5. Click OK to copy the selected objects into the vault.
Once the vault is open, you can directly use the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault. Follow these steps:
1. Open My Computer (click the Windows Start menu and then My Computer).
2. Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault. Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it.
3. Copy-paste or drag&drop files and folders directly to this virtual disk drive.
25.2.6. Removing Files from a Vault
To remove a file from a vault, follow these steps:
1. Select from the vaults table the vault containing the file to be removed.
2. If the vault is locked, you must first open it (right-click it and select Open vault).
3. Select the file to be removed from the table that displays the vault content.
4. Click Delete files/folders.
If the vault is open, you can directly remove files from the virtual disk drive assigned to the vault. Follow these steps:
1. Open My Computer (click the Windows Start menu and then My Computer).
2. Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault. Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it.
Encryption 311
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3. Remove files or folders as you normally do in Windows (for example, right-click a file you want to delete and select Delete).
Encryption 312
BitDefender Total Security 2010
26. Tune-Up
BitDefender comes with a Tune-Up module that helps you maintain the integrity of your system. The maintenance tools offered are critical for the improvement of your system's responsiveness and the efficient management of the hard drive space.
To perform maintenance operations on your PC, go to Tune-Up in Expert Mode and use the tools provided.
Tune-Up
BitDefender provides the following PC tune-up options:
physically reorganizes the data on the hard disk so that the pieces of each file are stored close together and continuously.
removes the temporary Internet files and cookies, unused system files and recent documents shortcuts.
finds and deletes files that are duplicated in your system.
identifies and deletes invalid or orphan references in the Windows
Registry. In order to keep the Windows Registry clean and optimized, it is recommended to run the Registry Cleaner monthly.
Tune-Up 313
BitDefender Total Security 2010
can retrieve registry keys previously deleted from the Windows
Registry using BitDefender Registry Cleaner.
permanently erases files and their traces from your system.
To perform one of the tune-up tasks, click the corresponding Run Now button and follow the wizard.
26.1. Defragmenting Hard Disk Volumes
When copying a file exceeding the largest block of free space on the hard disk, file fragmentation occurs. Because there is not enough free space to store the entire file continuously, it will be stored in several blocks. When the fragmented file is accessed, its data must be read from several different locations.
File fragmentation slows down file access and decreases system performance. It also speeds up the wear of the hard disk.
To reduce file fragmentation, you must defragment the disks periodically. Disk defragmentation physically reorganizes the data on the hard disk so that the pieces of each file are stored close together and continuously. It also attempts to create larger free space areas in order to prevent files from being fragmented later.
It is recommended to defragment the hard disk in order to:
⚫ access files faster.
⚫ improve overall system performance.
⚫ extend hard disk life.
To defragment the hard disk, follow these steps:
1. In Expert Mode, click Tune-Up on the left menu.
2. Click Run Now corresponding to Defragment Disks.
3. Follow the three-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Disk Defragmenter Wizard” (p. 88) .
Note
Defragmentation may take a while since it involves moving portions of stored data from a place to another on the hard disk. We recommend you to perform defragmentation when you are not using your computer.
26.2. Cleaning Up Your PC
Every time you visit a web page, temporary Internet files are created in order to allow you to access it quicker next time. Despite being referred to as temporary, these files are not deleted after you close the browser. This may result in a privacy issue because these files can be seen by anyone who has access to your computer.
Moreover, in time, these files reach a considerable size, eating up your hard disk space.
Tune-Up 314
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Cookies are also stored on your computer when you visit a web page. Cookies are small files containing information about your web surfing preferences. They might be seen as a privacy issue as well, as they can be analyzed and used by advertisers to track your online interests and tastes.
PC Cleaner helps you free disk space and protect your privacy by deleting files that may no longer be useful.
⚫ Internet Explorer temporary Internet files and cookies.
⚫ Mozilla Firefox temporary Internet files and cookies.
⚫ temporary system files Windows creates during its operation.
⚫ recent documents shortcuts Windows creates when you open a file.
To cleanup the system of temporary Internet files and cookies, temporary system files and the recent documents shortcuts, follow these steps:
1. In Expert Mode, click Tune-Up on the left menu.
2. Click Run Now corresponding to Clean-up PC.
3. Follow the three-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
.
26.3. Deleting Files Permanently
When you delete a file, it can no longer be accessed through normal means. However, the file continues to be stored on the hard disk until it is overwritten when copying new files.
Even if you delete a file, it can be recovered using specialized programs. This might represent a threat to your privacy as there may be malicious attempts at getting hold of your private data.
To prevent sensitive data from being recovered after you delete it, you can use
BitDefender to permanently delete that data by physically removing it from your hard disk.
To permanently remove files, follow these steps:
1. In Expert Mode, click Tune-Up on the left menu.
2. Click Run Now corresponding to File Shredder.
3. Follow the three-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“File Shredder Wizard” (p. 106)
.
26.4. Cleaning Windows Registry
The Windows Registry is an important part of the Windows-based operating systems.
It is a database that contains information and settings for the hardware and the
Tune-Up 315
BitDefender Total Security 2010 operating system, installed applications, users, preferences of your computer and others.
Many applications write keys in the Windows Registry at installation time. When removing such applications, some of their associated registry keys might not be deleted and continue to remain in the Windows Registry, slowing down your system and even causing system instability. The same happens when you delete shortcuts to or certain files of applications installed on your system, as well as in the case of corrupt drivers.
To clean the Windows Registry and improve the performance of your system, use the Registry Cleaner. The Registry Cleaner scans the Windows Registry and deletes the invalid registry keys.
To clean the Windows Registry, follow these steps:
1. In Expert Mode, click Tune-Up on the left menu.
2. Click Run Now corresponding to Clean Registry.
3. Follow the four-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Registry Cleaner Wizard” (p. 99) .
26.5. Recovering Cleaned Registry
Sometimes, after registry clean up, you might notice that your system does not work well or that some applications fail to operate properly due to missing registry keys. This may be caused by shared registry keys that were deleted during registry cleaning or by other deleted keys. To solve this problem, you must recover the cleaned registry.
To recover the cleaned registry, follow these steps:
1. In Expert Mode, click Tune-Up on the left menu.
2. Click Run Now corresponding to Recover Registry.
3. Follow the two-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Registry Recovery Wizard” (p. 104)
.
Important
Only users with administrative rights on the system can recover the cleaned registry.
26.6. Finding Duplicate Files
Duplicate files eat up your hard disk space. Just think about having the same .mp3
file stored in three different locations.
To detect and delete duplicate files on your computer, you can use the Duplicate
Finder. In this way you can improve the management of the free space on your hard drives.
Tune-Up 316
BitDefender Total Security 2010
To find duplicate files on your computer, follow these steps:
1. In Expert Mode, click Tune-Up on the left menu.
2. Click Run Now corresponding to Find Duplicates.
3. Follow the four-step guided procedure. For more information, please refer to
“Duplicate Finder Wizard” (p. 95) .
Tune-Up 317
BitDefender Total Security 2010
27. Game / Laptop Mode
The Game / Laptop Mode module allows you to configure the special operation modes of BitDefender:
temporarily modifies the product settings so as to minimize the resource consumption when you play.
prevents scheduled tasks from running when the laptop is running on battery in order to save battery power.
27.1. Game Mode
Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance. While in Game Mode, the following settings are applied:
⚫ All BitDefender alerts and pop-ups are disabled.
⚫ The BitDefender real-time protection level is set to Permissive.
⚫ The BitDefender firewall is set to Allow all. This means that all new connections
(both incoming and outgoing) are automatically allowed, regardless of the port and protocol being used.
⚫ Updates are not performed by default.
Note
To change this setting, go to
and clear the Don't update if
Game Mode is on check box.
⚫ Scheduled scan tasks are by default disabled.
⚫ Scheduled backup tasks are by default disabled.
By default, BitDefender automatically enters Game Mode when you start a game from the BitDefender's list of known games or when an application goes to full screen. You can manually enter Game Mode using the default Ctrl+Alt+Shift+G hotkey. It is strongly recommended that you exit Game Mode when you finished playing (you can use the same default Ctrl+Alt+Shift+G hotkey).
Note
While in Game Mode, you can see the letter G over the BitDefender icon.
To configure Game Mode, go to Game / Laptop Mode>Game Mode in Expert
Mode.
Game / Laptop Mode 318
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Game Mode
At the top of the section, you can see the status of the Game Mode. You can click
Turn On Game Mode Mode or Turn Off Game Mode to change the current status.
27.1.1. Configuring Automatic Game Mode
Automatic Game Mode allows BitDefender to automatically enter Game Mode when a game is detected. You can configure the following options:
⚫ Use the default list of games provided by BitDefender - to automatically enter Game Mode when you start a game from the BitDefender's list of known games. To view this list, click Manage Games and then Games List.
⚫ Enter game mode when an application is in full screen - to automatically enter Game Mode when an application goes to full screen.
⚫ Add the application to the game list? - to be prompted to add a new application to the game list when you leave full screen. By adding a new application to the game list, the next time you start it BitDefender will automatically enter Game Mode.
Game / Laptop Mode 319
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
If you do not want BitDefender to automatically enter Game Mode, clear the
Automatic Game Mode check box.
27.1.2. Managing the Game List
BitDefender automatically enters Game Mode when you start an application from the game list. To view and manage the game list, click Manage Games. A new window will appear.
Game List
New applications are automatically added to the list when:
⚫ You start a game from the BitDefender's list of known games. To view this list, click Games List.
⚫ After leaving full screen, you add the application to the game list from the prompt window.
If you want to disable Automatic Game Mode for a specific application from the list, clear its corresponding check box. You should disable Automatic Game Mode for regular applications that go to full screen, such as web browsers and movie players.
To manage the game list, you can use the buttons placed at the top of the table:
⚫ Add - add a new application to the game list.
⚫ Remove - remove an application from the game list.
⚫ Edit - edit an existing entry in the game list.
Game / Laptop Mode 320
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Adding or Editing Games
When you add or edit an entry from the game list, the following window will appear:
Add Game
Click Browse to select the application or type the full path to the application in the edit field.
If you do not want to automatically enter Game Mode when the selected application is started, select Disable.
Click OK to add the entry to the game list.
27.1.3. Configuring Game Mode Settings
To configure the behaviour on scheduled tasks, use these options:
⚫ Enable this module to modify Antivirus scan tasks schedules - to prevent scheduled scan tasks from running while in Game Mode. You can choose one of the following options:
Option
Skip Task
Postpone Task
Description
Do not run the scheduled task at all.
Run the scheduled task immediately after you exit Game
Mode.
⚫ Enable this module to modify Backup tasks schedules - to prevent scheduled backup tasks from running while in Game Mode. You can choose one of the following options:
Option
Skip Task
Description
Do not run the scheduled task at all.
Game / Laptop Mode 321
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Option
Postpone Task
Description
Run the scheduled task immediately after you exit Game
Mode.
To automatically disable the BitDefender firewall while in Game Mode, follow these steps:
1. Click Advanced Settings. A new window will appear.
2. Select the Set Firewall on Allow All (Game Mode) when in Game Mode check box.
3. Click OK to save the changes.
27.1.4. Changing Game Mode Hotkey
You can manually enter Game Mode using the default Ctrl+Alt+Shift+G hotkey.
If you want to change the hotkey, follow these steps:
1. Click Advanced Settings. A new window will appear.
Advanced Settings
2. Under the Use HotKey option, set the desired hotkey:
⚫ Choose the modifier keys you want to use by checking one the following: Control key (Ctrl), Shift key (Shift) or Alternate key (Alt).
⚫ In the edit field, type the letter corresponding to the regular key you want to use.
For example, if you want to use the Ctrl+Alt+D hotkey, you must check only
Ctrl and Alt and type D.
Note
Removing the check mark next to Use HotKey will disable the hotkey.
Game / Laptop Mode 322
BitDefender Total Security 2010
3. Click OK to save the changes.
27.2. Laptop Mode
Laptop Mode is especially designed for laptop and notebook users. Its purpose is to minimize BitDefender's impact on power consumption while these devices are running on battery.
While in Laptop Mode, scheduled tasks are by default not performed.
BitDefender detects when your laptop has switched to battery power and it automatically enters Laptop Mode. Likewise, BitDefender automatically exits Laptop
Mode, when it detects the laptop is no longer running on battery.
To configure Laptop Mode, go to Game / Laptop Mode>Laptop Mode in Expert
Mode.
Laptop Mode
You can see whether Laptop Mode is enabled or not. If Laptop Mode is enabled,
BitDefender will apply the configured settings while the laptop is running on battery.
Game / Laptop Mode 323
BitDefender Total Security 2010
27.2.1. Configuring Laptop Mode Settings
To configure the behaviour on scheduled tasks, use these options:
⚫ Enable this module to modify Antivirus scan tasks schedules - to prevent scheduled scan tasks from running while in Laptop Mode. You can choose one of the following options:
Option
Skip Task
Postpone Task
Description
Do not run the scheduled task at all.
Run the scheduled task immediately after you exit Laptop
Mode.
⚫ Enable this module to modify Backup tasks schedules - to prevent scheduled backup tasks from running while in Laptop Mode. You can choose one of the following options:
Option
Skip Task
Postpone Task
Description
Do not run the scheduled task at all.
Run the scheduled task immediately after you exit Laptop
Mode.
Game / Laptop Mode 324
BitDefender Total Security 2010
28. Home Network
The Network module allows you to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers from a single computer.
Network Map
To be able to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers, you must follow these steps:
1. Join the BitDefender home network on your computer. Joining the network consists in configuring an administrative password for the home network management.
2. Go to each computer you want to manage and join the network (set the password).
3. Go back to your computer and add the computers you want to manage.
28.1. Joining the BitDefender Network
To join the BitDefender home network, follow these steps:
1. Click Enable Network. You will be prompted to configure the home management password.
Home Network 325
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Configure Password
2. Type the same password in each of the edit fields.
3. Click OK.
You can see the computer name appearing in the network map.
28.2. Adding Computers to the BitDefender Network
Before you can add a computer to the BitDefender home network, you must configure the BitDefender home management password on the respective computer.
To add a computer to the BitDefender home network, follow these steps:
1. Click Add Computer. You will be prompted to provide the local home management password.
Enter Password
2. Type the home management password and click OK. A new window will appear.
Home Network 326
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Add Computer
You can see the list of computers in the network. The icon meaning is as follows:
⚫
Indicates an online computer with no BitDefender products installed.
⚫
Indicates an online computer with BitDefender installed.
⚫
Indicates an offline computer with BitDefender installed.
3. Do one of the following:
⚫ Select from the list the name of the computer to add.
⚫ Type the IP address or the name of the computer to add in the corresponding field.
4. Click Add. You will be prompted to enter the home management password of the respective computer.
Home Network 327
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Authenticate
5. Type the home management password configured on the respective computer.
6. Click OK. If you have provided the correct password, the selected computer name will appear in the network map.
Note
You can add up to five computers to the network map.
28.3. Managing the BitDefender Network
Once you have successfully created a BitDefender home network, you can manage all BitDefender products from a single computer.
Home Network 328
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Network Map
If you move the mouse cursor over a computer from the network map, you can see brief information about it (name, IP address, number of issues affecting the system security, BitDefender registration status).
If you click a computer name in the network map, you can see all the administrative tasks you can run on the remote computer.
⚫ Remove PC from home network
Allows you to remove a PC from the network.
⚫ Register BitDefender on this computer
Allows you to register BitDefender on this computer by entering a license key.
⚫ Set a settings password on a remote PC
Allows you to create a password to restrict access to BitDefender settings on this
PC.
⚫ Run an on-demand scan task
Allows you to run an on-demand scan on the remote computer. You can perform any of the following scan tasks: My Documents Scan, System Scan or Deep System
Scan.
Home Network 329
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Fix all issues on this PC
Allows you to fix the issues that are affecting the security of this computer by following the
wizard.
⚫ View History/Events
Allows you access to the History&Events module of the BitDefender product installed on this computer.
⚫ Update Now
Intitiates the Update process for the BitDefender product installed on this computer.
⚫ Set Parental Control Profile
Allows you to set the age category to be used by the Parental Control web filter on this computer: child, teenager or adult.
⚫ Run a Tune-Up task on this computer
Allows you to run a tune-up task on the remote PC. You can perform one of the following tasks: defragment disks or clean temporary internet files.
⚫ Set as Update Server for this network
Allows you to set this computer as update server for all BitDefender products installed on the computers in this network. Using this option will reduce internet traffic, because only one computer in the network will connect to the internet to download updates.
Before running a task on a specific computer, you will be prompted to provide the local home management password.
Enter Password
Type the home management password and click OK.
Note
If you plan to run several tasks, you might want to select Don't show this message
again this session. By selecting this option, you will not be prompted again for this password during the current session.
Home Network 330
BitDefender Total Security 2010
29. Update
New malware is found and identified every day. This is why it is very important to keep BitDefender up to date with the latest malware signatures.
If you are connected to the Internet through broadband or DSL, BitDefender takes care of this itself. By default, it checks for updates when you turn on your computer and every hour after that.
If an update is detected, you may be asked to confirm the update or the update is performed automatically, depending on the
.
The update process is performed on the fly, meaning that the files to be updated are replaced progressively. In this way, the update process will not affect product operation and, at the same time, any vulnerability will be excluded.
Updates come in the following ways:
⚫ Updates for the antivirus engines - as new threats appear, the files containing virus signatures must be updated to ensure permanent up-to-date protection against them. This update type is also known as Virus Definitions Update.
⚫ Updates for the antispam engines - new rules will be added to the heuristic and URL filters and new images will be added to the Image filter. This will help increase the effectiveness of your Antispam engine. This update type is also known as Antispam Update.
⚫ Updates for the antispyware engines - new spyware signatures will be added to the database. This update type is also known as Antispyware Update.
⚫ Product upgrades - when a new product version is released, new features and scan techniques are introduced to the effect of improving the product's performance. This update type is also known as Product Update.
29.1. Automatic Update
To see update-related information and perform automatic updates, go to
Update>Update in Expert Mode.
Update 331
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Automatic Update
Here you can see when the last check for updates and the last update were performed, as well as information about the last update performed (if successful or the errors that occurred). Also, information about the current engine version and the number of signatures is displayed.
If you open this section during an update, you can see the download status.
Important
To be protected against the latest threats keep the Automatic Update enabled.
You can get the malware signatures of your BitDefender by clicking View Virus
List. An HTML file that contains all the available signatures will be created and opened in a web browser. You can search through the database for a specific malware signature or click BitDefender Virus List to go to the online BitDefender signature database.
29.1.1. Requesting an Update
The automatic update can be done anytime you want by clicking Update Now.
This update is also known as Update by user request.
Update 332
BitDefender Total Security 2010
The Update module will connect to the BitDefender update server and will verify if any update is available. If an update was detected, depending on the options set in the
section, you will be asked to confirm the update or the update will be made automatically.
Important
It may be necessary to restart the computer when you have completed the update.
We recommend doing it as soon as possible.
Note
If you are connected to the Internet through a dial-up connection, then it is recommended to regularly update BitDefender by user request.
29.1.2. Disabling Automatic Update
If you want to disable automatic update, a warning window will appear.
Disable Automatic Update
You must confirm your choice by selecting from the menu how long you want the automatic update to be disabled. You can disable the automatic update for 5, 15 or 30 minutes, for an hour, permanently or until the system restart.
Warning
This is a critical security issue. We recommend you to disable automatic update for as little time as possible. If BitDefender is not updated regularly, it will not be able to protect you against the latest threats.
29.2. Update Settings
The updates can be performed from the local network, over the Internet, directly or through a proxy server. By default, BitDefender will check for updates every hour, over the Internet, and install the available updates without alerting you.
To configure the update settings and manage proxies, go to Update>Settings in
Expert Mode.
Update 333
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Update Settings
The update settings are grouped into 4 categories (Update Location Settings,
Automatic Update Settings, Manual Update Settings and Advanced Settings).
Each category will be described separately.
29.2.1. Setting Update Locations
To set the update locations, use the options from the Update Location Settings category.
Note
Configure these settings only if you are connected to a local network that stores
BitDefender malware signatures locally or if you connect to the Internet through a proxy server.
For more reliable and faster updates, you can configure two update locations: a
Primary update location and an Alternate update location. By default, these locations are the same: http://upgrade.bitdefender.com.
To modify one of the update locations, provide the URL of the local mirror in the
URL field corresponding to the location you want to change.
Update 334
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
We recommend you to set as primary update location the local mirror and to leave the alternate update location unchanged, as a fail-safe plan in case the local mirror becomes unavailable.
In case the company uses a proxy server to connect to the Internet, check Use
proxy and then click Proxy Settings to configure the proxy settings. For more information, please refer to
29.2.2. Configuring Automatic Update
To configure the update process performed automatically by BitDefender, use the options in the Automatic Update Settings category.
You can specify the number of hours between two consecutive checks for updates in the Update every field. By default, the update time interval is set to 1 hour.
To specify how the automatic update process should be performed, select one of the following options:
⚫ Silent update - BitDefender automatically downloads and implements the update.
⚫ Prompt before downloading updates - every time an update is available, you will be prompted before downloading it.
⚫ Prompt before installing updates - every time an update was downloaded, you will be prompted before installing it.
29.2.3. Configuring Manual Update
To specify how the manual update (update by user request) should be performed, select one of the following options in the Manual Update Settings category:
⚫ Silent update - the manual update will be performed automatically in the background, without user intervention.
⚫ Prompt before downloading updates - every time an update is available, you will be prompted before downloading it.
29.2.4. Configuring Advanced Settings
To prevent the BitDefender update process from interfering with your work, configure the options in the Advanced Settings category:
⚫ Wait for reboot, instead of prompting - If an update requires a reboot, the product will keep working with the old files until the system is rebooting. The user will not be prompted for rebooting, therefore the BitDefender update process will not interfere with the user’s work.
⚫ Don't update if scan is in progress - BitDefender will not update if a scan process is running. This way, the BitDefender update process will not interfere with the scan tasks.
Update 335
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
If BitDefender is updated while a scan is in progress, the scan process will be aborted.
⚫ Don't update if game mode is on - BitDefender will not update if the game mode is turned on. In this way, you can minimize the product’s influence on system performance during games.
29.2.5. Managing Proxies
If your company uses a proxy server to connect to the Internet, you must specify the proxy settings in order for BitDefender to update itself. Otherwise, it will use the proxy settings of the administrator that installed the product or of the current user's default browser, if any.
Note
The proxy settings can be configured only by users with administrative rights on the computer or by power users (users who know the password to the product settings).
To manage the proxy settings, click Proxy Settings. A new window will appear.
Proxy Manager
There are three sets of proxy settings:
⚫ Proxy Detected at Install Time) - proxy settings detected on the administrator’s account during installation and which can be configured only if you are logged
Update 336
BitDefender Total Security 2010 on to that account. If the proxy server requires a username and a password, you must specify them in the corresponding fields.
⚫ Default Browser Proxy - proxy settings of the current user, extracted from the default browser. If the proxy server requires a username and a password, you must specify them in the corresponding fields.
Note
The supported web browsers are Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox and Opera. If you use another browser by default, BitDefender will not be able to obtain the proxy settings of the current user.
⚫ Custom Proxy - proxy settings that you can configure if you are logged in as an administrator.
The following settings must be specified:
▸ Address - type in the IP of the proxy server.
▸ Port - type in the port BitDefender uses to connect to the proxy server.
▸ Username - type in a user name recognized by the proxy.
▸ Password - type in the valid password of the previously specified user.
When trying to connect to the Internet, each set of proxy settings is tried at a time, until BitDefender manages to connect.
First, the set containing your own proxy settings will be used to connect to the
Internet. If it does not work, the proxy settings detected at installation time will be tried next. Finally, if those do not work either, the proxy settings of the current user will be taken from the default browser and used to connect to the Internet.
Click OK to save the changes and close the window.
Click Apply to save the changes or click Default to load the default settings.
Update 337
BitDefender Total Security 2010
30. Registration
To find complete information on your BitDefender product and the registration status, go to Registration in Expert Mode.
Registration
This section displays:
⚫ Product Information: the BitDefender product and version.
⚫ Registration Information: the e-mail address used to log your BitDefender account (if configured), the current license key and how many days are left until the license expires.
30.1. Registering BitDefender Total Security 2010
Click Register Now to open the product registration window.
Registration 338
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Registration
You can see the BitDefender registration status, the current license key and how many days are left until the license expires.
To register BitDefender Total Security 2010:
1. Type the license key in the edit field.
Note
You can find your license key:
⚫ on the CD label.
⚫ on the product registration card.
⚫ in the online purchase e-mail.
If you do not have a BitDefender license key, click the provided link to go to the
BitDefender online store and buy one.
2. Click Register Now.
3. Click Finish.
30.2. Creating a BitDefender Account
As part of the registration process, you MUST create a BitDefender account. The
BitDefender account gives you access to BitDefender updates, free technical support and special offers and promotions. If you loose your BitDefender license key, you can log in to your account at http://myaccount.bitdefender.com
to retrieve it.
Registration 339
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Important
You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender (if you register it with a license key, the deadline is extended to 30 days). Otherwise, BitDefender will no longer update.
If you have not yet created a BitDefender account, click Activate Product to open the account registration window.
Account Creation
If you do not want to create a BitDefender account at the moment, select Register
later and click Finish. Otherwise, proceed according to your current situation:
⚫ “I do not have a BitDefender account” (p. 340)
⚫ “I already have a BitDefender account” (p. 341)
I do not have a BitDefender account
To successfully create a BitDefender account, follow these steps:
1. Select Create a new account.
2. Type the required information in the corresponding fields. The data you provide here will remain confidential.
⚫ E-mail address - type in your e-mail address.
Registration 340
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Password - type in a password for your BitDefender account. The password must be between 6 and 16 characters long.
⚫ Re-type password - type in again the previously specified password.
Note
Once the account is activated, you can use the provided e-mail address and password to log in to your account at http://myaccount.bitdefender.com
.
3. If you plan to use BitDefender to back your data up on secure online servers, select the corresponding check box to activate Online Backup. You can also activate Online Backup later. Online Backup is only available to users having registered to BitDefender Account.
4. Optionally, BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e-mail address of your account. Select one of the available options from the menu:
⚫ Send me all messages
⚫ Send me only product related messages
⚫ Don't send me any messages
5. Click Create.
6. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
7. Activate your account. Before being able to use your account, you must activate it. Check your e-mail and follow the instructions in the e-mail message sent to you by the BitDefender registration service.
I already have a BitDefender account
BitDefender will automatically detect if you have previously registered a BitDefender account on your computer. In this case, provide the password of your account and click Sign in. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
If you already have an active account, but BitDefender does not detect it, follow these steps to register the product to that account:
1. Select Sign in (previously created account).
2. Type the e-mail address and the password of your account in the corresponding fields.
Note
If you have forgotten your password, click Forgot your password? and follow the instructions.
3. If you plan to use BitDefender to back your data up on secure online servers, select the corresponding check box to activate Online Backup. You can also
Registration 341
BitDefender Total Security 2010 activate Online Backup later. Online Backup is only available to users having registered to BitDefender Account.
4. Optionally, BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e-mail address of your account. Select one of the available options from the menu:
⚫ Send me all messages
⚫ Send me only product related messages
⚫ Don't send me any messages
5. Click Sign in.
6. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
Registration 342
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Integration into Windows and Third-Party Software
343
BitDefender Total Security 2010
31. Integration into Windows Contextual Menu
The Windows contextual menu appears whenever you right-click a file or folder on your computer or objects on your desktop.
Windows Contextual Menu
BitDefender integrates into the Windows contextual menu to help you easily scan files for viruses and prevent other users from accessing your sensitive files. You can quickly locate the BitDefender options on the contextual menu by looking for the
BitDefender icon.
31.1. Scan with BitDefender
You can easily scan files, folders and even entire hard drives using the Windows contextual menu. Right-click the object you want to scan and select Scan with
BitDefender from the menu. The
will appear and guide you through the scanning process.
Scanning options. The scanning options are pre-configured for the best detection results. If infected files are detected, BitDefender will try to disinfect them (remove the malware code). If disinfection fails, the Antivirus Scan wizard will allow you to specify other actions to be taken on infected files.
If you want to change the scanning options, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 344
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Click Antivirus on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Virus Scan tab.
4. Right-click the Contextual Scan task and select Open. A window will appear.
5. Click Custom and configure the scanning options as needed. To find out what an option does, keep the mouse over it and read the description displayed at the bottom of the window.
6. Click OK to save the changes.
7. Click OK to confirm and apply the new scanning options.
Important
You should not change the scanning options of this scanning method unless you have a strong reason to do so.
31.2. BitDefender File Vault
BitDefender File Vault helps you securely store your confidential documents on your computer through the use of file vaults.
⚫ The file vault is a secured storage space for personal information or sensitive files.
⚫ The file vault is an encrypted file on your computer with the bvd extension. As it is encrypted, the data inside it is invulnerable to theft or to a security breach.
⚫ When you mount this bvd file, a new logical partition (a new drive) will appear.
It will be easier for you to understand this process if you think of a similar one: mounting an ISO image as virtual CD.
Just open My Computer and you will see a new drive based on your file vault. You will be able to do file operations on it (copy, delete, change, etc). The files are protected as long as they reside on this drive (because a password is required for the mounting operation).
When finished, lock (unmount) your vault in order to start protecting its content.
You can easily identify the BitDefender file vaults on your computer by the
BitDefender icon and the .bvd extension.
Note
This section shows you how to create and manage BitDefender file vaults only using the options provided on the Windows contextual menu. You can also create and manage file vaults directly from the BitDefender interface.
⚫ In Intermediate Mode, go to the
tab and use the options from the Quick
Tasks area. A wizard will help you complete each task.
Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 345
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ For a more straightforward approach, switch the user interface to Expert Mode and click Encryption on the left-side menu. On the
tab, you can see and manage the existing file vaults and their content.
31.2.1. Create Vault
Keep in mind that a vault is actually just a file with the .bvd extension. Only when you open the vault, a virtual disk drive appears in My Computer and you can safely store files inside it. When creating a vault, you must specify where and under which name to save it on your computer. You must also specify a password to protect its content. Only users who know the password can open the vault and access the documents and data stored inside it.
To create a vault, follow these steps:
1. Right-click on your Desktop or in a folder on your computer, point to BitDefender
File Vault and select Create File Vault. The following window will appear:
Create File Vault
2. Specify the location and the name of the vault file.
⚫ Click Browse, select the location of the vault and save the vault file under the desired name.
⚫ Just type the name of the vault in the corresponding field to create it in My
Documents. To open My Documents, click the then My Documents.
Windows Start menu and
⚫ Type the full path of the vault file on the disk. For example, C:\my_vault.bvd.
3. Choose a drive letter from the menu. When you open the vault, a virtual disk drive labeled with the selected letter appears in My Computer.
4. Type the desired password to the vault in the Password and Confirm fields.
Anyone trying to open the vault and access its files must provide the password.
Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 346
BitDefender Total Security 2010
5. Select Format drive to format the virtual drive assigned to the vault. You must format the drive before you can add files to the vault.
6. If you want to change the default size (50 MB) of the vault, type the desired value in the Vault size field.
7. Click Create if you only want to create the vault at the selected location. To create and display the vault as a virtual disk drive in My Computer, click
Create&Open.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
Note
It may be convenient to save all file vaults to the same location. In this way, you can find them quicker.
31.2.2. Open Vault
In order to access and work with the files stored in a vault, you must open the vault.
When you open the vault, a virtual disk drive appears in My Computer. The drive is labeled with the drive letter assigned to the vault.
To open a vault, follow these steps:
1. Locate on your computer the .bvd file representing the vault you want to open.
2. Right-click the file, point to BitDefender File Vault and select Open. Quicker alternatives would be to double-click the file, or to right-click it and select Open.
The following window will appear:
Open File Vault
3. Choose a drive letter from the menu.
4. Type the vault password in the Password field.
Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 347
BitDefender Total Security 2010
5. Click Open.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
31.2.3. Lock Vault
When you are done with your work in a file vault, you must lock it in order to protect your data. By locking the vault, the corresponding virtual disk drive disappears from
My Computer. Consequently, access to the data stored in the vault is completely blocked.
To lock a vault, follow these steps:
1. Open My Computer (click the Windows Start menu and then My Computer).
2. Identify the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault you want to close. Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it.
3. Right-click the respective virtual disk drive, point to BitDefender File Vault and click Close.
You can also right-click the .bvd file representing the vault, point to BitDefender
File Vault and click Close.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
Note
If several vaults are open, you may want to use the BitDefender Expert Mode interface.
If you go to Encryption,
tab, you can see a table which provides information on the existing vaults. This information includes whether the vault is open and, if so, the drive letter it was assigned.
31.2.4. Add to File Vault
Before you can add files or folders to a vault, you must open the vault. Once a vault is open, you can easily store files or folders inside it using the contextual menu.
Right-click the file or folder you want to copy to a vault, point to BitDefender File
Vault and click Add to File Vault.
⚫ If only one vault is open, the file or folder is copied directly to that vault.
⚫ If several vaults are open, you will be prompted to choose the vault to copy the item to. Select from the menu the drive letter corresponding to the desired vault and click OK to copy the item.
You can also use the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault. Follow these steps:
Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 348
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. Open My Computer (click the Windows Start menu and then My Computer).
2. Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault. Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it.
3. Copy-paste or drag&drop files and folders directly to this virtual disk drive.
31.2.5. Remove from File Vault
In order to remove files or folders from a vault, the vault must be open. To remove files or folders from a vault, follow these steps:
1. Open My Computer (click the Windows Start menu and then My Computer).
2. Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault. Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it.
3. Remove files or folders as you normally do in Windows (for example, right-click a file you want to delete and select Delete).
31.2.6. Change Vault Password
The password protects the content of a vault from unauthorized access. Only users who know the password can open the vault and access the documents and data stored inside it.
The vault must be locked before you can change its password. To change the password of a vault, follow these steps:
1. Locate on your computer the .bvd file representing the vault.
2. Right-click the file, point to BitDefender File Vault and select Change Vault
Password. The following window will appear:
Change Vault Password
3. Type the current password of the vault in the Old Password field.
Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 349
BitDefender Total Security 2010
4. Type the new password of the vault in the New Password and Confirm New
Password fields.
Note
The password must have at least 8 characters. For a strong password, use a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers and special characters
(such as # , $ or @ ).
5. Click OK to change the password.
BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation. If an error has occurred, use the error message to troubleshoot the error. Click OK to close the window.
31.3. Shred Files
When you delete files from Windows, they are not actually removed from your hard-disk. Usually, the files you delete end up in Recycle Bin. Recycle Bin allows you to restore deleted files, in case you need them again or if their deletion was accidental.
When you eventually delete the files in Recycle Bin, Windows can no longer "see" them and you cannot restore them anymore. However, the deleted files still reside on your hard-disk (until they are overwritten with other files). More importantly, they can be recovered using specialized software for file recovery. Using such software, malicious people with access to your computer can get hold of your private data.
If you want to remove sensitive files from your computer, you need more than just the delete function in Windows. BitDefender helps you permanently delete files using the File Shredder. The File Shredder physically removes files from the hard-disk to prevent their recovery with specialized software.
Using the Windows contextual menu, you can quickly shred files or folders from your computer. Right-click the file or folder you want to permanently delete, select
Shred Files and follow the wizard. For more information on the File Shredder wizard, please refer to
“Deleting Files Permanently” (p. 315)
.
Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 350
BitDefender Total Security 2010
32. Integration into Web Browsers
BitDefender protects you against phishing attempts when you are surfing the
Internet. It scans the accessed web sites and alerts you if there are any phishing threats. A White List of web sites that will not be scanned by BitDefender can be configured.
BitDefender integrates directly through an intuitive and easy-to-use toolbar into the following web browsers:
⚫ Internet Explorer
⚫ Mozilla Firefox
You can easily and efficiently manage antiphishing protection and the White List using the BitDefender Antiphishing toolbar integrated into one of the above web browsers.
The antiphishing toolbar, represented by the BitDefender icon, is located on the topside of browser. Click it in order to open the toolbar menu.
Note
If you cannot see the toolbar, open the View menu, point to Toolbars and check
BitDefender Toolbar.
Antiphishing Toolbar
The following commands are available on the toolbar menu:
⚫ Enable / Disable - enables / disables the BitDefender antiphishing protection in the current web browser.
⚫ Settings - opens a window where you can specify the antiphishing toolbar's settings. The following options are available:
Integration into Web Browsers 351
BitDefender Total Security 2010
▸ Real-time Antiphishing Web Protection - detects and alerts you in real-time if a web site is phished (set up to steal personal information). This option controls the BitDefender antiphishing protection in the current web browser only.
▸ Ask before adding to whitelist - prompts you before adding a web site to the White List.
⚫ Add to White List - adds the current web site to the White List.
Note
Adding a site to the White List means that BitDefender will not scan the site for phishing attempts anymore. We recommend you to add to the White List only sites that you fully trust.
⚫ White List - opens the White List.
Antiphishing White List
You can see the list of all the web sites that are not checked by the BitDefender antiphishing engines. If you want to remove a site from the White List so that you can be notified about any existing phishing threat on that page, click the Remove button next to it.
You can add the sites that you fully trust to the White List, so that they will not be scanned by the antiphishing engines anymore. To add a site to the White List, provide its address in the corresponding field and click Add.
Integration into Web Browsers 352
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Report as Phishing - informs the BitDefender Lab that you consider the respective web site to be used for phishing. By reporting phished web sites you help protect other people against identity theft.
⚫ Help - opens the help file.
⚫ About - opens a window where you can see information about BitDefender and where to look for help in case something unexpected appears.
Integration into Web Browsers 353
BitDefender Total Security 2010
33. Integration into Instant Messenger Programs
BitDefender offers encryption capabilities to protect your confidential documents and your instant messaging conversations through Yahoo Messenger and MSN
Messenger.
By default, BitDefender encrypts all your instant messaging chat sessions provided that:
⚫ Your chat partner has a BitDefender version installed that supports IM Encryption and IM Encryption is enabled for the instant messaging application used for chatting.
⚫ You and your chat partner use either Yahoo Messenger or Windows Live (MSN)
Messenger.
Important
BitDefender will not encrypt a conversation if a chat partner uses a web-based chat application, such as Meebo, or another chat application that supports Yahoo
Messenger or MSN.
You can easily configure instant messaging encryption using the BitDefender toolbar from the chat window. The toolbar should be located in the bottom-right corner of the chat window. Look for the BitDefender logo to find it.
Note
The toolbar indicates that a conversation is encrypted by displaying a small key next to the BitDefender logo.
BitDefender Toolbar
By clicking the BitDefender toolbar you are provided with the following options:
⚫ Permanently disable encryption for contact.
⚫ Invite contact to use encryption. To encrypt your conversations, your contact must install BitDefender and use a compatible IM program.
⚫ Add contact to Parental Control blacklist. If you add the contact to the
Parental Control blacklist and Parental Control is enabled, you will no longer see the instant messages sent by that contact. To remove the contact from the blacklist, click the toolbar and select Remove contact from Parental Control
blacklist.
Integration into Instant Messenger Programs 354
BitDefender Total Security 2010
34. Integration into Mail Clients
BitDefender Total Security 2010 includes an Antispam module. Antispam verifies the e-mail messages you receive and identifies those that are spam. The spam messages detected by BitDefender are marked with the [SPAM] prefix in the subject line.
Note
Antispam protection is provided for all POP3/SMTP e-mail clients.
BitDefender integrates directly through an intuitive and easy-to-use toolbar into the following mail clients:
⚫ Microsoft Outlook
⚫ Outlook Express
⚫ Windows Mail
⚫ Mozilla Thunderbird
BitDefender automatically moves spam messages to a specific folder, as follows:
⚫ In Microsoft Outlook, spam messages are moved to a Spam folder, located in the
Deleted Items folder. The Spam folder is created during the installation of
BitDefender.
⚫ In Outlook Express and Windows Mail, spam messages are moved directly to
Deleted Items.
⚫ In Mozilla Thunderbird, spam messages are moved to a Spam folder, located in the Trash folder. The Spam folder is created during the installation of BitDefender.
If you use other mail clients, you must create a rule to move the e-mail messages marked as [SPAM] by BitDefender to a custom quarantine folder.
34.1. Antispam Configuration Wizard
The first time you run your mail client after you have installed BitDefender, a wizard will appear helping you to configure the
and the
and to train the
in order to increase the efficiency of the Antispam filters.
Note
The wizard can also be launched any time you want by clicking the Wizard button from the
.
Integration into Mail Clients 355
BitDefender Total Security 2010
34.1.1. Step 1/6 - Welcome Window
Welcome Window
Click Next.
Integration into Mail Clients 356
BitDefender Total Security 2010
34.1.2. Step 2/6 - Fill in the Friends List
Fill in the Friends List
Here you can see all the addresses from your Address Book. Please select those you want to be added to your Friends list (we recommend to select them all). You will receive all the e-mail messages from these addresses, regardless of their content.
To add all your contacts to the Friends list, check Select all.
If you want to skip this configuration step, select Skip this step. Click Next to continue.
Integration into Mail Clients 357
BitDefender Total Security 2010
34.1.3. Step 3/6 - Delete Bayesian Database
Delete Bayesian Database
You may find that your antispam filter has begun to lose efficiency. This may be due to improper training. (i.e. you have mistakenly tagged a number of legitimate messages as spam, or vice versa). If your filter is very inaccurate, you may need to wipe the filter database and retrain the filter by following the next steps of this wizard.
Select Wipe antispam filter database if you want to reset the Bayesian database.
You can save the Bayesian database to a file so that you can use it with another
BitDefender product or after reinstalling BitDefender. To save the Bayesian database, click the Save Bayes button and save it to the desired location. The file will have a .dat extension.
To load a previously saved Bayesian database, click the Load Bayes button and open the corresponding file.
If you want to skip this configuration step, select Skip this step. Click Next to continue.
Integration into Mail Clients 358
BitDefender Total Security 2010
34.1.4. Step 4/6 - Train Bayesian Filter with Legitimate Mail
Train Bayesian Filter with Legitimate Mail
Please select a folder that contains legitimate e-mail messages. These messages will be used to train the antispam filter.
There are two advanced options under the directory list:
⚫ Include all subfolders - to include the subfolders to your selection.
⚫ Automatically add to Friends list - to add the senders to the Friends list.
If you want to skip this configuration step, select Skip this step. Click Next to continue.
Integration into Mail Clients 359
BitDefender Total Security 2010
34.1.5. Step 5/6 - Train Bayesian Filter with Spam
Train Bayesian Filter with Spam
Please select a folder that contains spam e-mail messages. These messages will be used to train the antispam filter.
Important
Please make sure that the folder you choose contains no legitimate e-mail at all, otherwise the antispam performance will be considerably reduced.
There are two advanced options under the directory list:
⚫ Include all subfolders - to include the subfolders to your selection.
⚫ Automatically add to Spammers list - to add the senders to the Spammers list. E-mail messages from these senders will always be marked as SPAM and processed accordingly.
If you want to skip this configuration step, select Skip this step. Click Next to continue.
Integration into Mail Clients 360
BitDefender Total Security 2010
34.1.6. Step 6/6 - Summary
Summary
Here you can view all the settings for the configuration wizard. You can make any changes, by returning to the previous steps (click Back).
If you do not want to make any modifications, click Finish to end the wizard.
34.2. Antispam Toolbar
In the upper area of your mail client window you can see the Antispam toolbar. The
Antispam toolbar helps you manage antispam protection directly from your mail client. You can easily correct BitDefender if it marked a legitimate message as SPAM.
Integration into Mail Clients 361
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Antispam Toolbar
Each button from the BitDefender toolbar will be explained below:
⚫ Is Spam - sends a message to the Bayesian module indicating that the selected e-mail is spam. The e-mail will be tagged as SPAM and moved to the Spam folder.
The future e-mail messages that fit the same patterns will be tagged as SPAM.
Note
You can select one e-mail or as many e-mail messages as you want.
⚫ Not Spam - sends a message to the Bayesian module indicating that the selected e-mail is not spam and BitDefender should not have tagged it. The e-mail will be moved from the Spam folder to the Inbox directory.
The future e-mail messages that fit the same patterns will no longer be tagged as SPAM.
Note
You can select one e-mail or as many e-mail messages as you want.
Integration into Mail Clients 362
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Important
The Not Spam button becomes active when you select a message marked as
SPAM by BitDefender (normally these messages are located in the Spam folder).
⚫ Add Spammer - adds the sender of the selected e-mail to the Spammers list.
Select Don't show this message again if you don't want to be prompted for confirmation when you add a spammer's address to the list.
Click OK to close the window.
Add Spammer
The future e-mail messages from that address will be tagged as SPAM.
Note
You can select one sender or as many senders as you want.
⚫ Add Friend - adds the sender of the selected e-mail to the Friends list.
Select Don't show this message again if you don't want to be prompted for confirmation when you add a friend's address to the list.
Click OK to close the window.
Add Friend
You will always receive e-mail messages from this address no matter what they contain.
Note
You can select one sender or as many senders as you want.
Integration into Mail Clients 363
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ Spammers - opens the Spammers list that contains all the e-mail addresses from which you don't want to receive messages, regardless of their content.
Note
Any e-mail message received from an address contained in the Spammers list will be automatically marked as SPAM, without further processing.
Spammers List
Here you can add or remove entries from the Spammers list.
If you want to add an e-mail address check the Email address option, type in the address and click the button. The address will appear in the Spammers
list.
Important
Syntax: [email protected].
If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option, type in the domain and click the button. The domain will appear in the Spammers list.
Important
Syntax:
▸ @domain.com, *domain.com and domain.com - all the received e-mail messages from domain.com will be tagged as SPAM;
Integration into Mail Clients 364
BitDefender Total Security 2010
▸ *domain* - all the received e-mail messages from domain (no matter the domain suffixes) will be tagged as SPAM;
▸ *com - all the received e-mail messages having the domain suffix com will be tagged as SPAM.
Warning
Do not add domains of legitimate web-based e-mail services (such as Yahoo, Gmail,
Hotmail or other) to the Spammers list. Otherwise, the e-mail messages received from any registered user of such a service will be detected as spam. If, for example, you add yahoo.com
to the Spammers list, all e-mail messages coming from yahoo.com
addresses will be marked as [spam] .
To import e-mail addresses from Windows Address Book / Outlook Express
Folders into Microsoft Outlook / Outlook Express / Windows Mail select the appropriate option from the Import email addresses from drop-down menu.
For Microsoft Outlook Express / Windows Mail a new window will appear from where you can select the folder that contains the e-mail addresses you want to add to the Spammers list. Choose them and click Select.
In both cases the e-mail addresses will appear in the import list. Select the desired ones and click to add them to the Spammers list. If you click all the e-mail addresses will be added to the list.
To delete an item from the list, select it and click the Remove button. To delete all entries from the list, click the Clear list button and then Yes to confirm.
You can save the Spammers list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product. To save the Spammers list, click the Save button and save it to the desired location. The file will have a .bwl extension.
To load a previously saved Spammers list, click the Load button and open the corresponding .bwl file. To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list, select Overwrite the current list.
Click Apply and OK to save and close the Spammers list.
⚫ Friends - opens the Friends list that contains all the e-mail addresses from which you always want to receive e-mail messages, regardless of their content.
Note
Any mail coming from an address contained in the Friends list, will automatically be delivered to your Inbox without further processing.
Integration into Mail Clients 365
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Friends List
Here you can add or remove entries from the Friends list.
If you want to add an e-mail address check the Email address option, type in the address and click the button. The address will appear in the Friends list.
Important
Syntax: [email protected].
If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option, type in the domain and click the button. The domain will appear in the Friends list.
Important
Syntax:
▸ @domain.com, *domain.com and domain.com - all the received e-mail messages from domain.com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content;
▸ *domain* - all the received e-mail messages from domain (no matter the domain suffixes) will reach your Inbox regardless of their content;
▸ *com - all the received e-mail messages having the domain suffix com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content;
To import e-mail addresses from Windows Address Book / Outlook Express
Folders into Microsoft Outlook / Outlook Express / Windows Mail select the appropriate option from the Import email addresses from drop-down menu.
Integration into Mail Clients 366
BitDefender Total Security 2010
For Microsoft Outlook Express / Windows Mail a new window will appear from where you can select the folder that contains the e-mail addresses you want to add to the Friends list. Choose them and click Select.
In both cases the e-mail addresses will appear in the import list. Select the desired ones and click to add them to the Friends list. If you click all the e-mail addresses will be added to the list.
To delete an item from the list, select it and click the Remove button. To delete all entries from the list, click the Clear list button and then Yes to confirm.
You can save the Friends list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product. To save the Friends list, click the Save button and save it to the desired location. The file will have a .bwl extension.
To load a previously saved Friends list, click the Load button and open the corresponding .bwl file. To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list, select Overwrite the current list.
Note
We recommend that you add your friends' names and e-mail addresses to the
Friends list. BitDefender does not block messages from those on the list; therefore, adding friends helps ensure that legitimate messages get through.
Click Apply and OK to save and close the Friends list.
⚫ Settings - opens the Settings window where you can specify some options for the Antispam module.
Settings
Integration into Mail Clients 367
BitDefender Total Security 2010
The following options are available:
▸ Move message to Deleted Items - moves the spam messages to the Deleted
Items (only for Microsoft Outlook Express / Windows Mail);
▸ Mark message as 'read' - marks all the spam messages as read so as not to be disturbing when new spam messages arrive.
If your antispam filter is very inaccurate, you may need to wipe the filter database and retrain the
. Click Wipe antispam database to reset the
You can save the Bayesian database to a file so that you can use it with another
BitDefender product or after reinstalling BitDefender. To save the Bayesian database, click the Save Bayes button and save it to the desired location. The file will have a .dat extension.
To load a previously saved Bayesian database, click the Load Bayes button and open the corresponding file.
Click the Alerts tab if you want to access the section where you can disable the apparition of the confirmation windows for the Add spammer and Add
friend buttons.
Note
In the Alerts window you can also enable/disable the apparition of the Please
select an email message alert. This alert appears when you select a group instead of an email message.
⚫ Wizard - opens the
antispam configuration wizard , which will help you train
the
in order to further increase the efficiency of the BitDefender
Antispam filtering. You can also add addresses from your Address Book to your
Friends list / Spammers list.
⚫ BitDefender Antispam - opens the
Integration into Mail Clients 368
BitDefender Total Security 2010
How To
369
BitDefender Total Security 2010
35. How to Scan Files and Folders
Scanning is easy and flexible with BitDefender. There are 4 ways to set BitDefender to scan files and folders for viruses and other malware:
⚫ Using Windows Contextual Menu
⚫ Using BitDefender Manual Scan
Once you initiate a scan, the Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the process. For detailed information about this wizard, please refer to
35.1. Using Windows Contextual Menu
This is the easiest and recommended way to scan a file or folder on your computer.
Right-click the object you want to scan and select Scan with BitDefender from the menu. Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan.
Typical situations when you would use this scanning method include the following:
⚫ You suspect a specific file or folder to be infected.
⚫ Whenever you download from the Internet files that you think they might be dangerous.
⚫ Scan a network share before copying files to your computer.
35.2. Using Scan Tasks
If you want to scan your computer or specific folders regularly, you should consider using scan tasks. Scan tasks instruct BitDefender what locations to scan, and which scanning options and actions to apply. Moreover, you can
them to run on a regular basis or at a specific time.
To scan your computer using scan tasks, you must open the BitDefender interface and run the desired scan task. Depending on the user interface view mode, different steps are to be followed to run the scan task.
Running Scan Tasks in Novice Mode
In Novice Mode, you can only run a standard scan of the entire computer by clicking
Scan Now. Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan.
How to Scan Files and Folders 370
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Running Scan Tasks in Intermediate Mode
In Intermediate Mode, you can run a number of pre-configured scan tasks. You can also configure and run custom scan tasks to scan specific locations on your computer using custom scanning options. Follow these steps to run a scan task in Intermediate
Mode:
1. Click the Security tab.
2. On the left-side Quick Tasks area, click System Scan to start a standard scan of the entire computer. To run a different scan task, click the arrow on the button and select the desired scan task. To configure and run a custom scan, click Custom Scan. These are the available scan tasks:
Scan Task
System Scan
Deep System Scan
My Documents Scan
Custom Scan
Description
Scans the entire system, except for archives. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware other than
Scans the entire system. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware threatening your system's security, such as viruses, spyware, adware, rootkits and others.
Use this task to scan important current user folders:
My Documents, Desktop and StartUp. This will ensure the safety of your documents, a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup.
This option helps you configure and run a custom scan task, allowing you to specify what to scan and the general scanning options. You can save custom scan tasks so that you can later access them in
Intermediate Mode or in Expert Mode.
3. Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan. If you chose to run a custom scan, you must complete instead the Custom Scan wizard.
Running Scan Tasks in Expert Mode
In Expert Mode, you can run all of the pre-configured scan tasks, and also change their scanning options. Moreover, you can create customized scan tasks if you want to scan specific locations on your computer. Follow these steps to run a scan task in Expert Mode:
1. Click Antivirus on the left-side menu.
How to Scan Files and Folders 371
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Click the Virus Scan tab. Here you can find a number of default scan tasks and you can create your own scan tasks. These are the default scan tasks that you can use:
Default Task
Deep System Scan
System Scan
Quick System Scan
My Documents
Description
Scans the entire system. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware threatening your system's security, such as viruses, spyware, adware, rootkits and others.
Scans the entire system, except for archives. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware other than
Scans the Windows and Program Files folders.
In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware, except for rootkits, but it does not scan memory, the registry or cookies.
Use this task to scan important current user folders:
My Documents, Desktop and StartUp. This will ensure the safety of your documents, a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup.
3. Double click the scan task you want to run.
4. Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan.
35.3. Using BitDefender Manual Scan
BitDefender Manual Scan lets you scan a specific folder or hard disk partition without having to create a scan task. This feature was designed to be used when Windows is running in Safe Mode. If your system is infected with a resilient virus, you can try to remove the virus by starting Windows in Safe Mode and scanning each hard disk partition using BitDefender Manual Scan.
To scan your computer using BitDefender Manual Scan, follow these steps:
1. On the Windows Start menu, follow the path Start → Programs →
BitDefender 2010 → BitDefender Manual Scan. A new window will appear.
2. Click Add Folder to select the scan target. A new window will appear.
3. Select the scan target:
⚫ To scan your desktop, just select Desktop.
⚫ To scan an entire hard disk partition, select it from My Computer.
⚫ To scan a specific folder, browse for and select the respective folder.
4. Click OK.
How to Scan Files and Folders 372
BitDefender Total Security 2010
5. Click Continue to start the scan.
6. Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan.
What is Safe Mode?
Safe Mode is a special way to start Windows, used mainly to troubleshoot problems affecting normal operation of Windows. Such problems range from conflicting drivers to viruses preventing Windows from starting normally. In Safe Mode, Windows loads only a minimum of operating system components and basic drivers. Only a few applications work in Safe Mode. This is why most viruses are inactive when using
Windows in Safe Mode and they can be easily removed.
To start Windows in Safe Mode, restart your computer and press the F8 key until the Windows Advanced Options Menu appears. You can choose between several options of starting Windows in Safe Mode. You might want to select Safe Mode
with Networking in order to be able to access the Internet.
Note
For more information on Safe Mode, go to the Windows Help and Support Center (in the Start menu, click Help and Support). You can also find useful information by searching the Internet.
35.4. Using Scan Activity Bar
The Scan activity bar is a graphic visualization of the scanning activity on your system. This small window is by default available only in
.
You can use the Scan activity bar to quickly scan files and folders. Drag & drop the file or folder you want to be scanned onto the Scan activity bar. Follow the Antivirus
Scan wizard to complete the scan.
Scan Activity Bar
Note
For more information, please refer to
How to Scan Files and Folders 373
BitDefender Total Security 2010
36. How to Schedule Computer Scan
Scanning your computer periodically is a best practice to keep your computer free from malware. BitDefender allows you to schedule scan tasks so that you can automatically scan your computer.
To schedule BitDefender to scan your computer, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Antivirus on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Virus Scan tab. Here you can find a number of default scan tasks and you can create your own scan tasks.
⚫ System tasks are available and can run on every Windows user account.
⚫ User tasks are only available to and can only be run by the user who created them.
These are the default scan tasks that you can schedule:
Default Task
Deep System Scan
System Scan
Quick System Scan
Autologon Scan
My Documents
Description
Scans the entire system. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware threatening your system's security, such as viruses, spyware, adware, rootkits and others.
Scans the entire system, except for archives. In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware other than
Scans the Windows and Program Files folders.
In the default configuration, it scans for all types of malware, except for rootkits, but it does not scan memory, the registry or cookies.
Scans the items that are run when a user logs on to Windows. To use this task, you must schedule it to run at system startup. By default, the autologon scan is disabled.
Use this task to scan important current user folders:
My Documents, Desktop and StartUp. This will ensure the safety of your documents, a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup.
If none of these scan tasks suit your needs, you can create a new scan task, which you can then schedule to run as needed.
How to Schedule Computer Scan 374
BitDefender Total Security 2010
4. Right-click the desired scan task and select Schedule. A new window will appear.
5. Schedule the task to run as needed:
⚫ To run the scan task one-time only, select Once and specify the start date and time.
⚫ To run the scan task after the system startup, select On system startup. You can specify how long after the startup the task should start running (in minutes).
⚫ To run the scan task on a regular basis, select Periodically and specify the frequency and the start date and time.
Note
For example, to scan your computer every Saturday at 2 AM, you must configure the schedule as follows: a. Select Periodically.
b. In the At every field, type 1 and then select weeks from the menu. In this way, the task is run once every week.
c. Set as start date the first Saturday to come.
d. Set as start time 2:00:00 AM .
6. Click OK to save the schedule. The scan task will run automatically according to the schedule you have defined. If the computer is shut down when the schedule is due, the task will run the next time you start your computer.
How to Schedule Computer Scan 375
BitDefender Total Security 2010
37. How to Back Up Data
With BitDefender Total Security 2010, you can make reserve copies of your valuable data (documents, images etc) on various storage media:
⚫ your computer
⚫ a USB storage device
⚫ a network location
⚫ CD/DVD
⚫ an FTP server
⚫ the BitDefender online servers
Backing data up helps protect against data loss. If you make regular backups of your data, you can restore them whenever necessary. In this way, you can recover lost files or go back to a previous version of a document.
Important
BitDefender Total Security 2010 is not designed to back up and restore Windows.
You cannot create an image of the operating system and of the installed applications so that you can later restore your system to that state, if needed.
Backing up data locally. To back up data on a local storage media, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender.
2. Start the local backup wizard.
⚫ In Novice Mode, Protect Your PC area, click Backup and select Local Backup from the menu.
⚫ In Intermediate Mode, go to the File Storage tab and click Backup Locally.
⚫ In Expert Mode, go to Backup and click Backup Locally.
3. Follow the wizard steps to configure and create the backup. For detailed information, please refer to
.
a. Click Next.
b. Select the data you want to back up and click Next.
c. Specify where you want to back up the selected data: select a storage medium, click Choose location and choose the backup location (except when you back up data on a CD/DVD). Click Next.
d. Configure a backup schedule, if needed, and click Next.
e. Type the name of the backup job and click Start Backup.
f. Wait for the backup to be completed and click Finish.
How to Back Up Data 376
BitDefender Total Security 2010
If you need more backup options, or if you want to manage the backup jobs you have created, open BitDefender in Expert Mode, go to Backup and click Settings.
For detailed information, please refer to
Backing up data online. To back up data on secure online servers, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender.
2. Start the online backup wizard.
⚫ In Novice Mode, Protect Your PC area, click Backup and select Online Backup from the menu.
⚫ In Intermediate Mode, go to the File Storage tab and click Backup Online.
⚫ In Expert Mode, go to Backup and click Backup Online.
3. Follow the wizard steps to configure and create the backup. For detailed information, please refer to
“Online Backup Wizard” (p. 80) .
a. Select the data you want to back up and click Next.
b. Configure the backup schedule and options, as needed, and click Next.
c. Specify your Internet connection speed and reporting options and click Next.
d. Select Run backup now and click Finish.
How to Back Up Data 377
BitDefender Total Security 2010
38. How to Restore Backed-up Data
You can easily recover lost data that you previously backed up with BitDefender.
Before restoring any data, make sure that the device where you backed the data up is available. Depending on the device you used, you may need to take one of these actions:
⚫ Insert the backup USB stick into a USB port.
⚫ Insert the backup CD/DVD into the drive.
⚫ Check if you can connect to the network location or FTP server where the backup is stored.
⚫ Make sure you have a working Internet connection when you restore data from an online backup (stored on the BitDefender servers).
Restoring data from a local backup. To restore data backed up on a local storage medium, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender.
2. Start the local restore wizard.
⚫ In Novice Mode, Protect Your PC area, click Backup and select Local Restore from the menu.
⚫
In Intermediate Mode, go to the File Storage tab, click the arrow on the
Backup Locally button and select Local Restore.
⚫ In Expert Mode, go to Backup and click Local Restore.
3. Follow the wizard steps to restore the data. For detailed information, please refer to
“Local Restore Wizard” (p. 77)
.
a. Click Next.
b. Specify the backup file you want to restore data from: select the storage medium, click Choose location and locate the .ecs backup file. Click Next.
c. Specify the data restore conditions and click Next. You can choose to restore data to a different location or to restore only specific data.
d. Click Restore.
e. Wait for the data to be restored and click Finish.
If you need more data restore options, or if you want to manage the restore jobs you have created, open BitDefender in Expert Mode, go to Backup and click
Settings. For detailed information, please refer to
Restoring data from an online backup. To restore data that was backed up online, on the BitDefender servers, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender.
2. Start the online restore wizard.
How to Restore Backed-up Data 378
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ In Novice Mode, Protect Your PC area, click Backup and select Online Restore from the menu.
⚫ In Intermediate Mode, go to the File Storage tab, click the arrow on the
Backup Online button and select Online Restore.
⚫ In Expert Mode, go to Backup and click Online Restore.
3. Follow the wizard steps to restore the data. For detailed information, please refer to
“Online Restore Wizard” (p. 84) .
a. Apply filters to search for the backed-up data that you want to restore and click Next.
b. Select the files you want to restore and click Next.
c. Specify where to restore the selected files and click Finish.
How to Restore Backed-up Data 379
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Troubleshooting and Getting Help
380
BitDefender Total Security 2010
39. Troubleshooting
This chapter presents some problems you may encounter when using BitDefender and provides you with possible solutions to these problems. Most of these problems can be solved through the appropriate configuration of the product settings.
If you cannot find your problem here, or if the presented solutions do not solve it, you can contact the BitDefender technical support representatives as presented in chapter
.
39.1. Installation Problems
This article helps you troubleshoot the most common installation problems with
BitDefender. These problems can be grouped into the following categories:
⚫ Installation validation errors : the setup wizard cannot be run due to specific
conditions on your system.
: you initiated installation from the setup wizard, but it was not completed successfully.
39.1.1. Installation Validation Errors
When you start the setup wizard, a number of conditions are verified to validate if the installation can be initiated. The following table presents the most common installation validation errors and solutions to overcome them.
Error
You do not have sufficient privileges to install the program.
Description&Solution
In order to run the setup wizard and install BitDefender you need administrator privileges. Do any of the following:
⚫ Log on to a Windows administrator account and run the setup wizard again.
⚫ Right-click the installation file and select Run as.
Type the user name and password of a Windows administrator account on the system.
The installer has detected a previous BitDefender version that was not uninstalled properly.
BitDefender was previously installed on your system, but the installation was not completely removed. This condition blocks a new installation of BitDefender.
To overcome this error and install BitDefender, follow these steps:
1. Go to www.bitdefender.com/uninstall and download the uninstall tool on your computer.
Troubleshooting 381
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Error Description&Solution
2. Run the uninstall tool using administrator privileges.
3. Restart your computer.
4. Start the setup wizard again to install BitDefender.
The BitDefender product is not compatible with your operating system.
You are trying to install BitDefender on an unsupported operating system.
Please check the
to find out the operating systems you can install BitDefender on.
The installation file is designed for a different type of processor.
If your operating system is Windows XP with Service
Pack 1 or without any service pack, you can install
Service Pack 2 or higher and then run the setup wizard again.
If you get such an error, you are trying to run an incorrect version of the installation file. There are two versions of the BitDefender installation file: one for
32-bit processors and the other for 64-bit processors.
To make sure you have the correct version for your system, download the installation file directly from www.bitdefender.com
.
39.1.2. Failed Installation
There are several installation fail possibilities:
⚫ During installation, an error screen appears. You may be prompted to cancel the installation or a button may be provided to run an unistall tool that will clean up the system.
Note
Immediately after you initiate installation, you may notified that there is not enough free disk space to install BitDefender. In such case, free the required amount of disk space on the partition where you want to install BitDefender and then resume or reinitiate the installation.
⚫ The installation hangs out and, possibly, your system freezes. Only a restart restores system responsiveness.
⚫ Installation was completed, but you cannot use some or all of the BitDefender functions.
To troubleshoot a failed installation and install BitDefender, follow these steps:
Troubleshooting 382
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. Clean up the system after the failed installation. If the installation fails, some BitDefender registry keys and files may remain in your system. Such remainders may prevent a new installation of BitDefender. They may also affect system performance and stability. This is why you must remove them before you try to install the product again.
If the error screen provides a button to run an uninstall tool, click that button to clean up the system. Otherwise, proceed as follows: a. Go to www.bitdefender.com/uninstall and download the uninstall tool on your computer.
b. Run the uninstall tool using administrator privileges.
c. Restart your computer.
2. Verify possible causes why installation failed. Before you proceed to reinstall the product, verify and remove possible conditions that may have caused the installation to fail: a. Check if you have any other security solution installed as they may disrupt the normal operation of BitDefender. If this is the case, we recommend you to remove all of the other security solutions and then reinstall BitDefender.
b. You should also check if your system is infected. Do any of the following:
⚫ Use the BitDefender Rescue CD to scan your computer and remove any existing threats. For more information, please refer to
⚫ Open an Internet Explorer window, go to www.bitdefender.com
and run an online scan (click the scan online button).
3. Try again to install BitDefender. It is recommended that you download and run the latest version of the installation file from www.bitdefender.com
.
4. If installation fails again, contact BitDefender for support as described in
.
39.2. BitDefender Services Are Not Responding
This article helps you troubleshoot the BitDefender Services are not responding error. You may encounter this error as follows:
⚫ The BitDefender icon in the
is grayed out and a pop-up informs you that the BitDefender services are not responding.
⚫ The BitDefender window indicates that the BitDefender services are not responding.
The error may be caused by one of the following conditions:
⚫ an important update is being installed.
Troubleshooting 383
BitDefender Total Security 2010
⚫ temporary communication errors between the BitDefender services.
⚫ some of the BitDefender services are stopped.
⚫ other security solutions running on your computer at the same time with
BitDefender.
⚫ viruses on your system affect the normal operation of BitDefender.
To troubleshoot this error, try these solutions:
1. Wait a few moments and see if anything changes. The error may be temporary.
2. Restart the computer and wait a few moments until BitDefender is loaded. Open
BitDefender to see if the error persists. Restarting the computer usually solves the problem.
3. Check if you have any other security solution installed as they may disrupt the normal operation of BitDefender. If this is the case, we recommend you to remove all of the other security solutions and then reinstall BitDefender.
4. If the error persists, there may be a more serious problem (for example, you may be infected with a virus that interferes with BitDefender). Please contact
BitDefender for support as described in section
39.3. File and Printer Sharing in Wi-Fi (Wireless) Network Does
Not Work
This article helps you troubleshoot the following problems with the BitDefender firewall in Wi-Fi networks:
⚫ Cannot share files with computers in the Wi-Fi network.
⚫ Cannot access a network printer attached to the Wi-Fi network.
⚫ Cannot access the printer shared by a computer in the Wi-Fi network.
⚫ Cannot share your printer with computers in the Wi-Fi network.
Before you begin troubleshooting these problems, you should know some things about security and the BitDefender firewall configuration in Wi-Fi networks. From a security viewpoint, Wi-Fi networks fall into one of these categories:
⚫ Secured Wi-Fi networks.
This type of network allows only authorized
Wi-Fi-enabled devices to connect to it. Network access is conditioned by a password. Examples of secured Wi-Fi networks are those set up in office networks.
⚫ Open (unsecured) Wi-Fi networks. Any Wi-Fi-enabled device within the range of an unsecured Wi-Fi network can freely connect to it. Unsecured Wi-Fi networks are widely used. They include almost every public Wi-Fi network (such as those in school campuses, coffee shops, airports and other). A home network that you set up using a wireless router is also unsecured until you activate security on the router.
Troubleshooting 384
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Unsecured Wi-Fi networks present a great security risk because your computer is connected to unknown computers. Without the proper protection provided by a firewall, anyone connected to the network can access your shares and even break into your computer.
When connected to an unsecured Wi-Fi network, BitDefender automatically blocks communication with the computers in this network. You can only access the Internet, but cannot share files or a printer with other users in the network.
To enable communication with a Wi-Fi network, there are two solutions:
⚫ The
allows file and printer sharing only with specific computers (trusted computers) in the Wi-Fi network. Use this solution when you are connected to a public Wi-Fi network (for example, a campus or coffee shop network) and you want to share files or a printer with a friend or access a Wi-Fi network printer.
⚫ The
allows file and printer sharing for the entire Wi-Fi network (safe network). This solution is not recommended for security reasons, but it may be useful in particular situations (for example, you can use it for a home or office Wi-Fi network).
39.3.1. "Trusted Computer" Solution
To configure the BitDefender firewall to allow file and printer sharing with a computer in the Wi-Fi network, or access to a Wi-Fi network printer, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Firewall on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Network tab.
4. In the Zones table, select the Wi-Fi network and then click the Add button.
5. Select the desired computer or Wi-Fi network printer from the list of devices detected in the Wi-Fi network. If that computer or printer was not automatically detected, you can type its IP address in the Zone field.
6. Select the Allow action.
7. Click OK.
If you still cannot share files or a printer with the selected computer, most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer. Check for other potential causes, such as the following:
⚫ The firewall on the other computer may block file and printer sharing in unsecured
(public) Wi-Fi networks.
▸ If the firewall is from a BitDefender 2009 or BitDefender 2010 product, the same procedure must be followed on the other computer to allow file and printer sharing with your computer.
Troubleshooting 385
BitDefender Total Security 2010
▸ If the Windows Firewall is used, it can be configured to allow file and printer sharing as follows: open the Windows Firewall settings window, Exceptions tab and select the File and Printer Sharing check box.
▸ If another firewall program is used, please refer to its documentation or help file.
⚫ General conditions that may prevent using or connecting to the shared printer:
▸ You may need to log on to a Windows administrator account to access the shared printer.
▸ Permissions are set for the shared printer to allow access to specific computer and users only. If you are sharing your printer, check the permissions set for the printer to see if the user on the other computer is allowed access to the printer. If you are trying to connect to a shared printer, check with the user on the other computer if you have permission to connect to the printer.
▸ The printer connected to your computer or to the other computer is not shared.
▸ The shared printer is not added on the computer.
Note
To learn how to manage printer sharing (share a printer, set or remove permissions for a printer, connect to a network printer or to a shared printer), go to the Windows
Help and Support Center (in the Start menu, click Help and Support).
If you still cannot access the Wi-Fi network printer, most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer. Access to the Wi-Fi network printer may be restricted to specific computers or users only. You should check with the administrator of the Wi-Fi network if you have permission to connect to that printer.
If you suspect the problem is with the BitDefender firewall, you can contact
BitDefender for support as described in section
.
39.3.2. "Safe Network" Solution
It is recommended that you use this solution only for home or office Wi-Fi networks.
To configure the BitDefender firewall to allow file and printer sharing with the entire
Wi-Fi network, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Firewall on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Network tab.
4. In the Network Configuration table, Trust Level column, click the arrow in the cell corresponding to the Wi-Fi network.
Troubleshooting 386
BitDefender Total Security 2010
5. Depending on the level of security you want to obtain, choose one of the following options:
⚫ Unsafe - to access the files and printers shared in the Wi-Fi network, without allowing access to your shares.
⚫ Safe - to allow file and printer sharing both ways. This means that the users connected to the Wi-Fi network can also access your shared files or printer.
If you still cannot share files or a printer with specific computers in the Wi-Fi network, most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer. Check for other potential causes, such as the following:
⚫ The firewall on the other computer may block file and printer sharing in unsecured
(public) Wi-Fi networks.
▸ If the firewall is from a BitDefender 2009 or BitDefender 2010 product, the same procedure must be followed on the other computer to allow file and printer sharing with your computer.
▸ If the Windows Firewall is used, it can be configured to allow file and printer sharing as follows: open the Windows Firewall settings window, Exceptions tab and select the File and Printer Sharing check box.
▸ If another firewall program is used, please refer to its documentation or help file.
⚫ General conditions that may prevent using or connecting to the shared printer:
▸ You may need to log on to a Windows administrator account to access the shared printer.
▸ Permissions are set for the shared printer to allow access to specific computer and users only. If you are sharing your printer, check the permissions set for the printer to see if the user on the other computer is allowed access to the printer. If you are trying to connect to a shared printer, check with the user on the other computer if you have permission to connect to the printer.
▸ The printer connected to your computer or to the other computer is not shared.
▸ The shared printer is not added on the computer.
Note
To learn how to manage printer sharing (share a printer, set or remove permissions for a printer, connect to a network printer or to a shared printer), go to the Windows
Help and Support Center (in the Start menu, click Help and Support).
If you still cannot access a Wi-Fi network printer, most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer. Access to the Wi-Fi network printer may be restricted to specific computers or users only. You should check with the administrator of the Wi-Fi network if you have permission to connect to that printer.
Troubleshooting 387
BitDefender Total Security 2010
If you suspect the problem is with the BitDefender firewall, you can contact
BitDefender for support as described in section
.
39.4. Antispam Filter Does Not Work Properly
This article helps you troubleshoot the following problems concerning the BitDefender
Antispam filtering operation:
⚫ A number of legitimate e-mail messages are marked as [spam].
⚫ Many spam messages are not marked accordingly by the antispam filter.
⚫ The antispam filter does not detect any spam message.
39.4.1. Legitimate Messages Are Marked as [spam]
Legitimate messages are marked as [spam] simply because they look like spam to the BitDefender antispam filter. You can normally solve this problem by adequately configuring the Antispam filter.
BitDefender automatically adds the receivers of your e-mail messages to a Friends
List. The e-mail messages received from the contacts in the Friends list are considered to be legitimate. They are not verified by the antispam filter and, thus, they are never marked as [spam].
The automatic configuration of the Friends list does not prevent the detection errors that may occur in these situations:
⚫ You receive a lot of solicited commercial mail as a result of subscribing on various websites. In this case, the solution is to add the e-mail addresses from which you receive such e-mail messages to the Friends list.
⚫ A significant part of your legitimate mail is from people to whom you never e-mailed before, such as customers, potential business partners and others. Other solutions are required in this case.
If you are using one of the mail clients BitDefender integrates into, try the following solutions:
1.
This is used to train the Learning Engine (Bayesian) of the antispam filter and it helps prevent future detection errors. The Learning
Engine analyzes the indicated messages and learns their patterns. The next e-mail messages that fit the same patterns will not be marked as [spam].
2.
Decrease antispam protection level.
By decreasing the protection level, the antispam filter will need more spam indications to classify an e-mail message as spam. Try this solution only if many legitimate messages (including solicited commercial messages) are incorrectly detected as spam.
3.
Retrain the Learning Engine (Bayesian filter).
Try this solution only if the previous solutions did not offer satisfactory results.
Troubleshooting 388
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
BitDefender integrates into the most commonly used mail clients through an easy-to-use antispam toolbar. For a complete list of supported mail clients, please refer to
If you are using a different mail client, you cannot indicate detection errors and train the Learning Engine. To solve the problem, try decreasing the antispam protection level.
Add Contacts to Friends List
If you are using a supported mail client, you can easily add the senders of legitimate messages to the Friends list. Follow these steps:
1. In your mail client, select an e-mail message from the sender that you want to add to the Friends list.
2. Click the Add Friend button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar.
3. You may be asked to acknowledge the addresses added to the Friends list. Select
Don't show this message again and click OK.
You will always receive e-mail messages from this address no matter what they contain.
If you are using a different mail client, you can add contacts to the Friends list from the BitDefender interface. Follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Antispam on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Status tab.
4. Click Manage Friends. A configuration window will appear.
5. Type the e-mail address you always want to receive e-mail messages from and click the button to add the address to the Friends List.
6. Click OK to save the changes and close the window.
Indicate Detection Errors
If you are using a supported mail client, you can easily correct the antispam filter
(by indicating which e-mail messages should not have been marked as [spam]).
Doing so will considerably improve the efficiency of the antispam filter. Follow these steps:
1. Open your mail client.
2. Go to the junk mail folder where spam messages are moved.
3. Select the legitimate message incorectly marked as [spam] by BitDefender.
Troubleshooting 389
BitDefender Total Security 2010
4. Click the Add Friend button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar to add the sender to the Friends list. You may need to click OK to acknowledge. You will always receive e-mail messages from this address no matter what they contain.
5. Click the Not Spam button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar (normally located in the upper part of the mail client window). This indicates to the Learning
Engine that the selected message is not spam. The e-mail message will be moved to the Inbox folder. The next e-mail messages that fit the same patterns will no longer be marked as [spam].
Decrease Antispam Protection Level
To decrease the antispam protection level, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Antispam on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Status tab.
4. Move the slider lower on the scale.
It is recommended to decrease protection by just one level and then wait enough time to evaluate the results. If many legitimate e-mail messages are still being marked as [spam], you can further decrease the protection level. If you notice that many spam messages are not detected, you should not decrease the protection level.
Retrain Learning Engine (Bayesian)
Before training the Learning Engine (Bayesian), prepare a folder containing only
SPAM messages and another one containing only legitimate messages. The Learning
Engine will analyze them and learn the characteristics that define the spam or legitimate messages that you usually receive. In order for the training to be efficient, there must be over 50 messages in each category.
To reset the Bayesian database and retrain the Learning Engine, follow these steps:
1. Open your mail client.
2. On the BitDefender antispam toolbar, click the Wizard button to start the antispam configuration wizard. Detailed information on this wizard is provided in section
“Antispam Configuration Wizard” (p. 355)
.
3. Click Next.
4. Select Skip this step and click Next.
5. Select Clear antispam filter database and click Next.
6. Select the folder containing legitimate messages and click Next.
7. Select the folder containing SPAM messages and click Next.
Troubleshooting 390
BitDefender Total Security 2010
8. Click Finish to start the training process.
9. When training is completed, click Close.
Ask for Help
If this information was not helpful, you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section
.
39.4.2. Many Spam Messages Are Not Detected
If you are receiving many spam messages that are not marked as [spam], you must configure the BitDefender antispam filter so as to improve its efficiency.
If you are using one of the mail clients BitDefender integrates into, try the following solutions one at a time:
1.
Indicate undetected spam messages.
This is used to train the Learning Engine
(Bayesian) of the antispam filter and it usually improves antispam detection. The
Learning Engine analyzes the indicated messages and learns their patterns. The next e-mail messages that fit the same patterns will be marked as [spam].
2.
Add spammers to the Spammers list.
The e-mail messages received from addresses in the Spammers list are automatically marked as [spam].
3.
Increase antispam protection level.
By increasing the protection level, the antispam filter will need less spam indications to classify an e-mail message as spam.
4.
Retrain the Learning Engine (Bayesian filter).
Use this solution when antispam detection is very unsatisfactory and indicating undetected spam messages no longer works.
Note
BitDefender integrates into the most commonly used mail clients through an easy-to-use antispam toolbar. For a complete list of supported mail clients, please refer to
If you are using a different mail client, you cannot indicate spam messages and train the Learning Engine. To solve the problem, try increasing the antispam protection level and adding spammers to the Spammers list.
Indicate Undetected Spam Messages
If you are using a supported mail client, you can easily indicate which e-mail messages should have been detected as spam. Doing so will considerably improve the efficiency of the antispam filter. Follow these steps:
1. Open your mail client.
Troubleshooting 391
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Go to the Inbox folder.
3. Select the undetected spam messages.
4. Click the Is Spam button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar (normally located in the upper part of the mail client window). This indicates to the Learning Engine that the selected messages are spam. They are immediately marked as [spam] and moved to the junk mail folder. The next e-mail messages that fit the same patterns will be marked as [spam].
Add Spammers to Spammers List
If you are using a supported mail client, you can easily add the senders of the spam messages to the Spammers list. Follow these steps:
1. Open your mail client.
2. Go to the junk mail folder where spam messages are moved.
3. Select the messages marked as [spam] by BitDefender.
4. Click the Add Spammer button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar.
5. You may be asked to acknowledge the addresses added to the Spammers list.
Select Don't show this message again and click OK.
If you are using a different mail client, you can manually add spammers to the
Spammers list from the BitDefender interface. It is convenient to do this only when you have received several spam messages from the same e-mail address. Follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Antispam on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Status tab.
4. Click Manage Spammers. A configuration window will appear.
5. Type the spammer's e-mail address and click the button to add the address to the Spammers List.
6. Click OK to save the changes and close the window.
Increase Antispam Protection Level
To increase the antispam protection level, follow these steps:
1. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
2. Click Antispam on the left-side menu.
3. Click the Status tab.
4. Move the slider higher on the scale.
Troubleshooting 392
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Retrain Learning Engine (Bayesian)
Before training the Learning Engine (Bayesian), prepare a folder containing only
SPAM messages and another one containing only legitimate messages. The Learning
Engine will analyze them and learn the characteristics that define the spam or legitimate messages that you usually receive. In order for the training to be efficient, there must be over 50 messages in each folder.
To reset the Bayesian database and retrain the Learning Engine, follow these steps:
1. Open your mail client.
2. On the BitDefender antispam toolbar, click the Wizard button to start the antispam configuration wizard. Detailed information on this wizard is provided in section
“Antispam Configuration Wizard” (p. 355)
.
3. Click Next.
4. Select Skip this step and click Next.
5. Select Clear antispam filter database and click Next.
6. Select the folder containing legitimate messages and click Next.
7. Select the folder containing SPAM messages and click Next.
8. Click Finish to start the training process.
9. When training is completed, click Close.
Ask for Help
If this information was not helpful, you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section
.
39.4.3. Antispam Filter Does Not Detect Any Spam Message
If no spam message is marked as [spam], there may be a problem with the
BitDefender Antispam filter. Before troubleshooting this problem, make sure it is not caused by one of the following conditions:
⚫ The BitDefender Antispam protection is available only for e-mail clients configured to receive e-mail messages via the POP3 protocol. This means the following:
▸ E-mail messages received via web-based e-mail services (such as Yahoo, Gmail,
Hotmail or other) are not filtered for spam by BitDefender.
▸ If your e-mail client is configured to receive e-mail messages using other protocol than POP3 (for example, IMAP4), the BitDefender Antispam filter does not check them for spam.
Troubleshooting 393
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Note
POP3 is one of the most widely used protocols for downloading e-mail messages from a mail server. If you do not know the protocol that your e-mail client uses to download e-mail messages, ask the person who configured your e-mail client.
⚫ BitDefender Total Security 2010 doesn't scan Lotus Notes POP3 traffic.
You should also verify the following possible causes:
1. Make sure Antispam is enabled.
a. Open BitDefender.
b. Click the Settings button in the upper-right corner of the window.
c. In the Security Settings category, check the antispam status.
If Antispam is disabled, this is what is causing your problem. Enable Antispam and monitor the antispam operation to see if the problem is fixed.
2. Although very unlikely, you may want to check if you (or someone else) configured
BitDefender not to mark spam messages as [spam].
a. Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode.
b. Click Antispam on the left-side menu and then the Settings tab.
c. Make sure option Mark spam messages in subject is selected.
A possible solution is to repair or reinstall the product. However, you may want to contact BitDefender for support instead, as described in section
39.5. BitDefender Removal Failed
This article helps you troubleshoot errors that may occur when removing BitDefender.
There are two possible situations:
⚫ During removal, an error screen appears. The screen provides a button to run an uninstall tool that will clean up the system.
⚫ The removal hangs out and, possibly, your system freezes. Click Cancel to abort the removal. If this does not work, restart the system.
If removal fails, some BitDefender registry keys and files may remain in your system.
Such remainders may prevent a new installation of BitDefender. They may also affect system performance and stability. In order to completely remove BitDefender from your system, you must run the uninstall tool.
If removal fails with an error screen, click the button to run the uninstall tool to clean up the system. Otherwise, proceed as follows:
1. Go to www.bitdefender.com/uninstall and download the uninstall tool on your computer.
Troubleshooting 394
BitDefender Total Security 2010
2. Run the uninstall tool using administrator privileges. The uninstall tool will remove all the files and registry keys that were not removed during the automatic removal process.
3. Restart your computer.
If this information was not helpful, you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section
.
Troubleshooting 395
BitDefender Total Security 2010
40. Support
As a valued provider, BitDefender strives to provide its customers with an unparalleled level of fast and accurate support. The BitDefender Knowledge Base provides you with articles that contain solutions to most of your problems and questions related to BitDefender. If you cannot find the solution in the Knowledge
Base, you can contact the BitDefender Customer Care. Our support representatives will answer your questions in a timely manner and give you all the assistance you need.
40.1. BitDefender Knowledge Base
The BitDefender Knowledge Base is an online repository of information about the
BitDefender products. It stores, in an easily accessible format, reports on the results of the ongoing technical support and bugfixing activities of the BitDefender support and development teams, along with more general articles about virus prevention, the management of BitDefender solutions with detailed explanations, and many other articles.
The BitDefender Knowledge Base is open to the public and freely searchable. The extensive information it contains is yet another means of providing BitDefender customers with the technical knowledge and insight they need. All valid requests for information or bug reports coming from BitDefender clients eventually find their way into the BitDefender Knowledge Base, as bugfix reports, workaround cheatsheets or informational articles to supplement product helpfiles.
The BitDefender Knowledge Base is available any time at http://kb.bitdefender.com
.
40.2. Asking for Help
In order to ask for help, you must use the BitDefender Web Self-Service. Just follow these steps:
1. Go to http://www.bitdefender.com/help . This is where you can find the BitDefender
Knowledge Base. The BitDefender Knowledge Base hosts numerous articles that contain solutions to BitDefender-related issues.
2. Search the BitDefender Knowledge Base for articles that may provide a solution to your problem.
3. Please read the relevant article and try the proposed solution.
4. If this solution does not solve your problem, use the link in the article to contact
BitDefender Customer Care.
5. Login to your BitDefender account.
6. Contact the BitDefender support representatives by e-mail, chat or phone.
Support 396
BitDefender Total Security 2010
40.3. Contact Information
Efficient communication is the key to a successful business. During the past 10 years BITDEFENDER has established an unquestionable reputation by constantly striving for better communication so as to exceed the expectations of our clients and partners. Should you have any questions, do not hesitate to contact us.
40.3.1. Web Addresses
Sales department: [email protected]
Technical support: www.bitdefender.com/help
Documentation: [email protected]
Partner Program: [email protected]
Marketing: [email protected]
Media Relations: [email protected]
Job Opportunities: [email protected]
Virus Submissions: [email protected]
Spam Submissions: [email protected]
Report Abuse: [email protected]
Product web site: http://www.bitdefender.com
Product ftp archives: ftp://ftp.bitdefender.com/pub
Local distributors: http://www.bitdefender.com/site/Partnership/list/
BitDefender Knowledge Base: http://kb.bitdefender.com
40.3.2. BitDefender Offices
The BitDefender offices are ready to respond to any inquiries regarding their areas of operation, both in commercial and in general matters. Their respective addresses and contacts are listed below.
U.S.A
BitDefender, LLC
6301 NW 5th Way, Suite 3500
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33309
Phone (office&sales): 1-954-776-6262
Sales: [email protected]
Technical support: http://www.bitdefender.com/help
Web: http://www.bitdefender.com
Germany
BitDefender GmbH
Airport Office Center
Robert-Bosch-Straße 2
59439 Holzwickede
Support 397
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Deutschland
Office: +49 2301 91 84 222
Sales: [email protected]
Technical support: http://kb.bitdefender.de
Web: http://www.bitdefender.de
UK and Ireland
Business Centre 10 Queen Street
Newcastle, Staffordshire
ST5 1ED
E-mail: [email protected]
Phone: +44 (0) 8451-305096
Sales: [email protected]
Technical support: http://www.bitdefender.com/help
Web: http://www.bitdefender.co.uk
Spain
BitDefender España SLU
C/ Balmes, 191, 2º, 1ª, 08006
Barcelona
Fax: +34 932179128
Phone: +34 902190765
Sales: [email protected]
Technical support: http://kb.bitdefender.es
Website: http://www.bitdefender.es
Romania
BITDEFENDER SRL
West Gate Park, Building H2, 24 Preciziei Street
Bucharest
Fax: +40 21 2641799
Sales phone: +40 21 2063470
Sales e-mail: [email protected]
Technical support: http://kb.bitdefender.ro
Website: http://www.bitdefender.ro
Support 398
BitDefender Total Security 2010
BitDefender Rescue CD
399
BitDefender Total Security 2010
41. Overview
BitDefender Total Security 2010 comes with a bootable CD (BitDefender Rescue
CD) capable to scan and disinfect all existing hard drives before your operating system starts.
You should use BitDefender Rescue CD any time your operating system is not working properly because of virus infections. That usually happens when you don't use an antivirus product.
The update of the virus signatures is made automatically, without user intervention each time you start the BitDefender Rescue CD.
BitDefender Rescue CD is a BitDefender re-mastered Knoppix distribution, which integrates the latest BitDefender for Linux security solution into the GNU/Linux
Knoppix Live CD, offering a desktop antivirus which can scan and disinfect existing hard drives (including Windows NTFS partitions). At the same time, BitDefender
Rescue CD can be used to restore your valuable data when you cannot boot Windows.
Note
BitDefender Rescue CD can be downloaded from this location: http://download.bitdefender.com/rescue_cd/
41.1. System Requirements
Before booting BitDefender Rescue CD, you must first verify if your system meets the following requirements.
Processor type x86 compatible, minimum 166 MHz, but do not expect a great performance in this case. An i686 generation processor, at 800MHz, would make a better choice.
Memory
Minimum 512 MB of RAM Memory (1 GB recommended)
CD-ROM
BitDefender Rescue CD runs from a CD-ROM, therefore a CD-ROM and a BIOS capable to boot from it is required.
Internet connection
Although BitDefender Rescue CD will run with no Internet connection, the update procedures will require an active HTTP link, even through some proxy server.
Therefore, for an up to date protection, the Internet connection is a MUST.
Graphical resolution
Standard SVGA-compatible graphics card.
Overview 400
BitDefender Total Security 2010
41.2. Included Software
BitDefender Rescue CD includes the following software packages.
Xedit
This is a text file editor.
Vim
This is a powerful text file editor, containing syntax highlighting, a GUI, and much more. For more information, please refer to the Vim homepage .
Xcalc
This is a calculator.
RoxFiler
RoxFiler is a fast and powerful graphical file manager.
For more information, please refer to the RoxFiler homepage .
MidnightCommander
GNU Midnight Commander (mc) is a text-mode file manager.
For more information, please refer to the MC homepage .
Pstree
Pstree displays running processes.
Top
Top displays Linux tasks.
Xkill
Xkill kills a client by its X resources.
Partition Image
Partition Image helps you save partitions in the EXT2, Reiserfs, NTFS, HPFS,
FAT16, and FAT32 file system formats to an image file. This program can be useful for backup purposes.
For more information, please refer to the Partimage homepage .
GtkRecover
GtkRecover is a GTK version of the console program recover. It helps you recover a file.
For more information, please refer to the GtkRecover homepage .
ChkRootKit
ChkRootKit is a tool that helps you scan your computer for rootkits.
For more information, please refer to the ChkRootKit homepage .
Nessus Network Scanner
Nessus is a remote security scanner for Linux, Solaris, FreeBSD, and Mac OS
X.
Overview 401
BitDefender Total Security 2010
For more information, please refer to the Nessus homepage .
Iptraf
Iptraf is an IP Network Monitoring Software.
For more information, please refer to the Iptraf homepage .
Iftop
Iftop displays bandwidth usage on an interface.
For more information, please refer to the Iftop homepage .
MTR
MTR is a network diagnostic tool.
For more information, please refer to the MTR homepage .
PPPStatus
PPPStatus displays statistics about the incoming and outgoing TCP/IP traffic.
For more information, please refer to the PPPStatus homepage .
Wavemon
Wavemon is a monitoring application for wireless network devices.
For more information, please refer to the Wavemon homepage .
USBView
USBView displays information about devices connected to the USB bus.
For more information, please refer to the USBView homepage .
Pppconfig
Pppconfig helps automatically setting up a dial up ppp connection.
DSL/PPPoe
DSL/PPPoe configures a PPPoE (ADSL) connection.
I810rotate
I810rotate toggles the video output on i810 hardware using i810switch(1).
For more information, please refer to the I810rotate homepage .
Mutt
Mutt is a powerful text-based MIME mail client.
For more information, please refer to the Mutt homepage .
Mozilla Firefox
Mozilla Firefox is a well-known web browser.
For more information, please refer to the Mozilla Firefox homepage .
Elinks
Elinks is a text mode web browser.
For more information please refer to the Elinks homepage .
Overview 402
BitDefender Total Security 2010
42. BitDefender Rescue CD Howto
This chapter contains information on how to start and stop the BitDefender Rescue
CD, scan your computer for malware as well as save data from your compromised
Windows PC to a removable device. However, by using the software applications that come with the CD, you can do many tasks the description of which goes far beyond the scope of this user's guide.
42.1. Start BitDefender Rescue CD
To start the CD, set up the BIOS of your computer to boot off the CD, put the CD in the drive and reboot the computer. Make sure that your computer can boot from
CD.
Wait until the next screen shows up and follow the on-screen instructions to start
BitDefender Rescue CD.
Boot Splash Screen
At boot time, the update of the virus signatures is made automatically. This may take a while.
When the boot process has finished you will see the next desktop. You may now start using BitDefender Rescue CD.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 403
BitDefender Total Security 2010
The Desktop
42.2. Stop BitDefender Rescue CD
You can safely shut down your computer by selecting Exit from the BitDefender Rescue CD contextual menu (right-click to open it) or by issuing the halt command in a terminal.
Choose "EXIT"
When BitDefender Rescue CD has successfully closed all programs it will show a screen like the following image. You may remove the CD in order to boot from your hard drive. Now it's ok to turn off your computer or to reboot it.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 404
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Wait for this message when shutting down
42.3. How do I perform an antivirus scan?
A wizard will appear when the boot process has finished and allow you to full scan your computer. All you have to do is click the Start button.
Note
If your screen resolution isn't high enough, you will be asked to start scanning in text-mode.
Follow the three-step guided procedure to complete the scanning process.
1. You can see the scan status and statistics (scanning speed, elapsed time, number of scanned / infected / suspicious / hidden objects and other).
Note
The scanning process may take a while, depending on the complexity of the scan.
2. You can see the number of issues affecting your system.
The issues are displayed in groups. Click the "+" box to open a group or the "-" box to close a group.
You can choose an overall action to be taken for each group of issues or you can select separate actions for each issue.
3. You can see the results summary.
If you want to scan a certain directory only, you can use one of the following alternatives:
⚫ Use the BitDefender Scanner for Unices.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 405
BitDefender Total Security 2010
1. Double click the START SCANNER icon on the Desktop. This will launch the
BitDefender Scanner for Unices.
2. Click Scanner, a new window will appear.
3. Select the directory you wish to scan and click Open to start scanning using the same wizard that appeared when you first booted.
⚫ Use the contextual menu - browse your folders, right-click a file or directory and select Send to. Then choose BitDefender Scanner.
⚫ Or you can issue the next command as root, from a terminal. The BitDefender
Antivirus Scanner will start with the selected file or folder as default location to scan.
# bdscan /path/to/scan/
42.4. How do I configure the Internet connection?
If you're in a DHCP network and you have an ethernet network card, the Internet connection should already be detected and configured. For a manual configuration, follow the next steps.
1. Double-click the Network Connections shortcut on the Desktop. The following window will appear.
Network Connections
2. Select the type of connection you are using and click OK.
Connection modemlink
Description
Select this type of connection when you are using a modem and a telephone line to access the Internet.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 406
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Connection netcardconfig gprsconnect pppoeconf
Description
Select this type of connection when you are using a local area network (LAN) to access the Internet. It is also suitable for wireless connections.
Select this type of connection when you are accessing the
Internet over a mobile phone network by using GPRS
(General Packet Radio Service) protocol. Of course you can use also a GPRS modem instead of a mobile phone.
Select this type of connection when you are using a DSL
(Digital Subscriber Line) modem to access the Internet.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you're not sure what to write, contact your system or network administrator for details.
Important
Please be aware that you only activate the modem by selecting the above-mentioned options. To configure the network connection follow these steps.
1. Right -click the Desktop. The BitDefender Rescue CD contextual menu will appear.
2. Select Terminal (as root).
3. Type the following commands:
# pppconfig
4. Follow the on-screen instructions. If you're not sure what to write, contact your system or network administrator for details.
42.5. How do I update BitDefender?
At boot time, the update of the virus signatures is made automatically. However, if you skipped this step or simply wish to update after booting, here are two ways to update BitDefender.
⚫ Use the BitDefender Scanner for Unices.
1. Double click the START SCANNER icon on the desktop. This will launch the
BitDefender Scanner for Unices.
2. Click Update.
⚫ Use the Update Signatures shortcut on the Desktop.
1. Double-click the Update Signatures shortcut on the Desktop. The following window will appear.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 407
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Update Signatures
2. Do one of the following:
▸ Select Cumulative to install signatures already saved on your hard disk by browsing your computer and loading the cumulative.zip file.
▸ Select Update to immediately connect to the internet and download the latest virus signatures.
3. Click OK.
42.5.1. How do I update BitDefender over a proxy?
If there is a proxy server between your computer and the Internet, some configurations are to be done in order to update the virus signatures.
To update BitDefender over a proxy, use one of the following options:
⚫ Use the BitDefender Scanner for Unices.
1. Double click the START SCANNER icon on the Desktop. This will launch the
BitDefender Scanner for Unices.
2. Click Settings, a new window will appear.
3. Under Update Settings, select the Enable HTTP Proxy check box. Specify the Proxy host (to be specified as follows: host[:port]), Proxy user (to be specified as follows: [domain\]username) and Password. Select the Bypass
proxy server when not available check box for a direct connection to be used when the proxy server is not available.
4. Click Save
5. Click Update
⚫ Use Terminal (as root).
1. Right -click the Desktop. The BitDefender Rescue CD contextual menu will appear.
2. Select Terminal (as root).
3. Type the command: cd /ramdisk/BitDefender-scanner/etc.
4. Type the command: mcedit bdscan.conf to edit this file by using GNU Midnight
Commander (mc).
5. Uncomment the following line: #HttpProxy = (just delete the # sign) and specify the domain, username, password and server port of the proxy server.
For example, the respective line must look like this:
HttpProxy = myuser:[email protected]:8080
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 408
BitDefender Total Security 2010
6. Press F2 to save the current file, confirm saving, and then press F10 to close it.
7. Type the command: bdscan update.
42.6. How do I save my data?
Let's assume that you cannot start your Windows PC due to some unknown issues.
At the same time, you desperately need to access some important data from your computer. This is where BitDefender Rescue CD comes in handy.
To save your data from the computer to a removable device, such as an USB memory stick, just follow these steps:
1. Put the BitDefender Rescue CD in the CD drive, the memory stick into the USB drive and then restart the computer.
Note
If you plug the memory stick at a later moment, you have to mount the removable device by following these steps: a. Double-click the Terminal Emulator shortcut on the Desktop.
b. Type the following command:
# mount /media/sdb1
Please be aware that depending on your computer configuration it might be sda1 instead of sdb1 .
2. Wait until BitDefender Rescue CD finishes booting. The following window will appear.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 409
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Desktop Screen
3. Double-click the partition where the data you want to save is located (e.g.
[sda3]).
Note
When working with BitDefender Rescue CD, you will deal with Linux-type partition names. So, [sda1] will probably correspond to the (C:) Windows-type partition,
[sda3] to (F:) , and [sdb1] to the memory stick.
Important
If the computer was not properly shut down, it is possible that certain partitions were not mounted automatically. To mount a partition, follow these steps.
a. Double-click the Terminal Emulator shortcut on the Desktop.
b. Type the following command:
# mount /media/partition_name
4. Browse your folders and open the desired directory. For instance, MyData which contains Movies, Music and E-books sub-directories.
5. Right-click the desired directory and select Copy. The following window will appear.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 410
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Saving Data
6. Type /media/sdb1/ into the corresponding textbox and click Copy.
Please be aware that depending on your computer configuration it might be sda1 instead of sdb1.
42.7. How do I use console mode?
If your screen resolution is not high enough to run the graphical user interface, you can run the BitDefender Rescue CD in console mode. The simple text mode allows you to perform a complete scan of your computer.
To run the CD in console mode, set up the BIOS of your computer to boot off the
CD, put the CD in the drive and reboot the computer. Wait for the boot splash screen to appear and select Start knoppix in console mode.
After booting, follow the on-screen instructions to perform a complete scan of your computer.
BitDefender detects the partitions on your hard drive and automatically updates the database of malware signatures before scanning begins. If any infected files are found, BitDefender will disinfect them. After the scanning process is completed, the scan log is displayed.
Note
The scanning process may take a while, depending on the complexity of the scan.
BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 411
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Glossary
ActiveX
ActiveX is a model for writing programs so that other programs and the operating system can call them. ActiveX technology is used with Microsoft Internet Explorer to make interactive Web pages that look and behave like computer programs, rather than static pages. With ActiveX, users can ask or answer questions, use push buttons, and interact in other ways with the Web page. ActiveX controls are often written using Visual Basic.
Active X is notable for a complete lack of security controls; computer security experts discourage its use over the Internet.
Adware
Adware is often combined with a host application that is provided at no charge as long as the user agrees to accept the adware. Because adware applications are usually installed after the user has agreed to a licensing agreement that states the purpose of the application, no offense is committed.
However, pop-up advertisements can become an annoyance, and in some cases degrade system performance. Also, the information that some of these applications collect may cause privacy concerns for users who were not fully aware of the terms in the license agreement.
Archive
A disk, tape, or directory that contains files that have been backed up.
A file that contains one or more files in a compressed format.
Backdoor
A hole in the security of a system deliberately left in place by designers or maintainers. The motivation for such holes is not always sinister; some operating systems, for example, come out of the box with privileged accounts intended for use by field service technicians or the vendor's maintenance programmers.
Boot sector
A sector at the beginning of each disk that identifies the disk's architecture
(sector size, cluster size, and so on). For startup disks, the boot sector also contains a program that loads the operating system.
Boot virus
A virus that infects the boot sector of a fixed or floppy disk. An attempt to boot from a diskette infected with a boot sector virus will cause the virus to become active in memory. Every time you boot your system from that point on, you will have the virus active in memory.
Browser
Short for Web browser, a software application used to locate and display Web pages. The two most popular browsers are Netscape Navigator and Microsoft
Glossary 412
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Internet Explorer. Both of these are graphical browsers, which means that they can display graphics as well as text. In addition, most modern browsers can present multimedia information, including sound and video, though they require plug-ins for some formats.
Command line
In a command line interface, the user types commands in the space provided directly on the screen using command language.
Cookie
Within the Internet industry, cookies are described as small files containing information about individual computers that can be analyzed and used by advertisers to track your online interests and tastes. In this realm, cookie technology is still being developed and the intention is to target ads directly to what you've said your interests are. It's a double-edge sword for many people because on one hand, it's efficient and pertinent as you only see ads about what you're interested in. On the other hand, it involves actually "tracking" and
"following" where you go and what you click. Understandably so, there is a debate over privacy and many people feel offended by the notion that they are viewed as a "SKU number" (you know, the bar code on the back of packages that gets scanned at the grocery check-out line). While this viewpoint may be extreme, in some cases it is accurate.
Disk drive
It's a machine that reads data from and writes data onto a disk.
A hard disk drive reads and writes hard disks.
A floppy drive accesses floppy disks.
Disk drives can be either internal (housed within a computer) or external (housed in a separate box that connects to the computer).
Download
To copy data (usually an entire file) from a main source to a peripheral device.
The term is often used to describe the process of copying a file from an online service to one's own computer. Downloading can also refer to copying a file from a network file server to a computer on the network.
Electronic mail. A service that sends messages on computers via local or global networks.
Events
An action or occurrence detected by a program. Events can be user actions, such as clicking a mouse button or pressing a key, or system occurrences, such as running out of memory.
False positive
Occurs when a scanner identifies a file as infected when in fact it is not.
Glossary 413
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Filename extension
The portion of a filename, following the final point, which indicates the kind of data stored in the file.
Heuristic
A rule-based method of identifying new viruses. This method of scanning does not rely on specific virus signatures. The advantage of the heuristic scan is that it is not fooled by a new variant of an existing virus. However, it might occasionally report suspicious code in normal programs, generating the so-called
"false positive".
IP
Many operating systems use filename extensions, e.g. Unix, VMS, and MS-DOS.
They are usually from one to three letters (some sad old OSes support no more than three). Examples include "c" for C source code, "ps" for PostScript, "txt" for arbitrary text.
Internet Protocol - A routable protocol in the TCP/IP protocol suite that is responsible for IP addressing, routing, and the fragmentation and reassembly of IP packets.
Java applet
A Java program which is designed to run only on a web page. To use an applet on a web page, you would specify the name of the applet and the size (length and width, in pixels) that the applet can utilize. When the web page is accessed, the browser downloads the applet from a server and runs it on the user's machine (the client). Applets differ from applications in that they are governed by a strict security protocol.
For example, even though applets run on the client, they cannot read or write data onto the client's machine. Additionally, applets are further restricted so that they can only read and write data from the same domain that they are served from.
Macro virus
A type of computer virus that is encoded as a macro embedded in a document.
Many applications, such as Microsoft Word and Excel, support powerful macro languages.
These applications allow you to embed a macro in a document, and have the macro execute each time the document is opened.
Mail client
An e-mail client is an application that enables you to send and receive e-mail.
Memory
Internal storage areas in the computer. The term memory identifies data storage that comes in the form of chips, and the word storage is used for memory that
Glossary 414
BitDefender Total Security 2010 exists on tapes or disks. Every computer comes with a certain amount of physical memory, usually referred to as main memory or RAM.
Non-heuristic
This method of scanning relies on specific virus signatures. The advantage of the non-heuristic scan is that it is not fooled by what might seem to be a virus, and does not generate false alarms.
Packed programs
A file in a compression format. Many operating systems and applications contain commands that enable you to pack a file so that it takes up less memory. For example, suppose you have a text file containing ten consecutive space characters. Normally, this would require ten bytes of storage.
However, a program that packs files would replace the space characters by a special space-series character followed by the number of spaces being replaced.
In this case, the ten spaces would require only two bytes. This is just one packing technique - there are many more.
Path
The exact directions to a file on a computer. These directions are usually described by means of the hierarchical filing system from the top down.
The route between any two points, such as the communications channel between two computers.
Phishing
The act of sending an e-mail to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft. The e-mail directs the user to visit a Web site where they are asked to update personal information, such as passwords and credit card, social security, and bank account numbers, that the legitimate organization already has. The Web site, however, is bogus and set up only to steal the user’s information.
Polymorphic virus
A virus that changes its form with each file it infects. Since they have no consistent binary pattern, such viruses are hard to identify.
Port
An interface on a computer to which you can connect a device. Personal computers have various types of ports. Internally, there are several ports for connecting disk drives, display screens, and keyboards. Externally, personal computers have ports for connecting modems, printers, mice, and other peripheral devices.
In TCP/IP and UDP networks, an endpoint to a logical connection. The port number identifies what type of port it is. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP traffic.
Glossary 415
BitDefender Total Security 2010
Report file
A file that lists actions that have occurred. BitDefender maintains a report file listing the path scanned, the folders, the number of archives and files scanned, how many infected and suspicious files were found.
Rootkit
A rootkit is a set of software tools which offer administrator-level access to a system. The term was first used for the UNIX operating systems and it referred to recompiled tools which provided intruders administrative rights, allowing them to conceal their presence so as not to be seen by the system administrators.
The main role of rootkits is to hide processes, files, logins and logs. They may also intercept data from terminals, network connections or peripherals, if they incorporate the appropriate software.
Rootkits are not malicious in nature. For example, systems and even some applications hide critical files using rootkits. However, they are mostly used to hide malware or to conceal the presence of an intruder into the system. When combined with malware, rootkits pose a great threat to the integrity and the security of a system. They can monitor traffic, create backdoors into the system, alter files and logs and avoid detection.
Script
Another term for macro or batch file, a script is a list of commands that can be executed without user interaction.
Spam
Electronic junk mail or junk newsgroup postings. Generally known as any unsolicited e-mail.
Spyware
Any software that covertly gathers user information through the user's Internet connection without his or her knowledge, usually for advertising purposes.
Spyware applications are typically bundled as a hidden component of freeware or shareware programs that can be downloaded from the Internet; however, it should be noted that the majority of shareware and freeware applications do not come with spyware. Once installed, the spyware monitors user activity on the Internet and transmits that information in the background to someone else.
Spyware can also gather information about e-mail addresses and even passwords and credit card numbers.
Spyware's similarity to a Trojan horse is the fact that users unwittingly install the product when they install something else. A common way to become a victim of spyware is to download certain peer-to-peer file swapping products that are available today.
Aside from the questions of ethics and privacy, spyware steals from the user by using the computer's memory resources and also by eating bandwidth as it
Glossary 416
BitDefender Total Security 2010 sends information back to the spyware's home base via the user's Internet connection. Because spyware is using memory and system resources, the applications running in the background can lead to system crashes or general system instability.
Startup items
Any files placed in this folder will open when the computer starts. For example, a startup screen, a sound file to be played when the computer first starts, a reminder calendar, or application programs can be startup items. Normally, an alias of a file is placed in this folder rather than the file itself.
System tray
Introduced with Windows 95, the system tray is located in the Windows taskbar
(usually at the bottom next to the clock) and contains miniature icons for easy access to system functions such as fax, printer, modem, volume, and more.
Double click or right click an icon to view and access the details and controls.
TCP/IP
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol - A set of networking protocols widely used on the Internet that provides communications across interconnected networks of computers with diverse hardware architectures and various operating systems. TCP/IP includes standards for how computers communicate and conventions for connecting networks and routing traffic.
Trojan
A destructive program that masquerades as a benign application. Unlike viruses,
Trojan horses do not replicate themselves but they can be just as destructive.
One of the most insidious types of Trojan horse is a program that claims to rid your computer of viruses but instead introduces viruses onto your computer.
The term comes from a story in Homer's Iliad, in which the Greeks give a giant wooden horse to their foes, the Trojans, ostensibly as a peace offering. But after the Trojans drag the horse inside their city walls, Greek soldiers sneak out of the horse's hollow belly and open the city gates, allowing their compatriots to pour in and capture Troy.
Update
A new version of a software or hardware product designed to replace an older version of the same product. In addition, the installation routines for updates often check to make sure that an older version is already installed on your computer; if not, you cannot install the update.
BitDefender has it's own update module that allows you to manually check for updates, or let it automatically update the product.
Virus
A program or piece of code that is loaded onto your computer without your knowledge and runs against your will. Most viruses can also replicate themselves. All computer viruses are manmade. A simple virus that can copy
Glossary 417
BitDefender Total Security 2010 itself over and over again is relatively easy to produce. Even such a simple virus is dangerous because it will quickly use all available memory and bring the system to a halt. An even more dangerous type of virus is one capable of transmitting itself across networks and bypassing security systems.
Virus definition
The binary pattern of a virus, used by the antivirus program to detect and eliminate the virus.
Worm
A program that propagates itself over a network, reproducing itself as it goes.
It cannot attach itself to other programs.
Glossary 418
Download
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement